SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT SYSTEMS APPLICATIONS PRODUCTS IN DATA
SC 13E4, 1998-06-25
PREPACKAGED SOFTWARE
Previous: CHEVY CHASE MASTER CREDIT CARD TRUST II, 8-K, 1998-06-25
Next: SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT SYSTEMS APPLICATIONS PRODUCTS IN DATA, 424B3, 1998-06-25



<PAGE>   1
===============================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                           ---------------------------

                                 SCHEDULE 13E-4

                          ISSUER TENDER OFFER STATEMENT
      (PURSUANT TO SECTION 13(e)(1) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934)

                           ---------------------------

                  SAP Aktiengesellschaft Systeme, Anwendungen,
                                 Produkte in der
                                Datenverarbeitung
                                 (Name of Issuer)

                  SAP Aktiengesellschaft Systeme, Anwendungen,
                                 Produkte in der
                                Datenverarbeitung
                            ---------------------------
                        (Name of Person(s) Filing Statement)


                           AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
                         ------------------------------
                         (Title of Class of Securities)

                                    803054204
                      -------------------------------------
                      (CUSIP Number of Class of Securities)

                           ---------------------------

                                  Michael Junge
                            Head of Legal Department
                                     SAP AG
                                Neurottstrasse 16
                                 69190 Walldorf
                           Federal Republic of Germany
                               011-49-6227-7-47474
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
           (Name, Address and Telephone Number of Person Authorized to
 Receive Notices and Communications on Behalf of the Person(s) Filing Statement)
                                 June 25, 1998
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
     (Date Tender Offer First Published, Sent or Given to Security Holders)
                                   Copies to:
                                Peter Y. Solmssen
                           Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
                              2000 One Logan Square
                             Philadelphia, PA 19103
                                 (215) 963-5000

                           ---------------------------


                           CALCULATION OF FILING FEE

         -------------------------------------------------------
         Transaction Valuation*             Amount of Filing Fee
           U.S.$170,069,282.4938              U.S.$34,013.86
         -------------------------------------------------------

*   The transaction valuation was determined based on the average of the high
    and low prices of a Preference Share of SAP Aktiengesellshaft Systeme,
    Anwendungen, Produkte in der

<PAGE>   2
Datenverarbeitung on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange on June 19, 1998 translated
into Dollars at the exchange rate of DM 1.7856 per Dollar on such date,
multiplied by 1/3, the number of Preference Shares represented per Rule 144A
ADSs, and multiplied by 752,604 the number of Rule 144A ADSs outstanding as of
June 18, 1998.

/X/      Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Rule
         0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing with which the offsetting fee was
         previously paid. Identify the previous filing by registration statement
         number, or the form or schedule and the date of its filing.

         Amount Previously Paid: U.S.$44,576.19
         Form or registration no.: Registration
         Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-57383) Filing Party: SAP
         Aktiengesellshaft Systeme, Anwendungen,
         Produkte in der Datenverarbeitung Date Filed: June 22, 1998

===============================================================================





                                       -2-
<PAGE>   3
ITEM 1.                    SECURITY AND ISSUER.

         Preliminary Note: References in this Statement to the "Prospectus" are
to the Prospectus, dated June 24, 1998, filed herewith as Exhibit 9(a)(1)
and made a part hereof. The Prospectus is incorporated into, and constitutes a
part of, the Company's Registration Statement on Form F-1 (No. 333-57383), as
amended (the "Registration Statement"). Capitalized terms used, but not defined,
herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Registration
Statement.

         (a) The name of the issuer is SAP Aktiengesellschaft Systeme,
Anwendungen, Produkte in der Datenverarbeitung ("SAP" and, together with its
subsidiaries, the "Company" unless the context otherwise requires),
a corporation organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany
("Germany"), and the address of its principal executive office is Neurottstrasse
16, 69190 Walldorf, Germany.

         (b) The exact title of the class of security being sought is "American
Depositary Shares" (the "Rule 144A ADSs"), each representing one third of one
preference share of the Company, without nominal value (the "Preference
Shares"). As of June 18, 1998, 752,604 Rule 144A ADSs were outstanding.

         Upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the
Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal filed herewith as Exhibit
9(a)(2) and made a part hereof (which together constitute the "Exchange Offer"),
the Company is offering to exchange four American Depositary Shares (the
"ADSs"), each representing one twelfth of one Preference Share, for each
outstanding Rule 144A ADS. The ADSs are substantially identical to the Rule 144A
ADSs, except that the ADSs may be eligible for listing on a United States
national securities exchange or quotation on a United States automated
inter-dealer quotation system and, subject to certain conditions, their resale
will not be subject to the restrictions set forth in the two deposit agreements
between the holders of the Rule 144A ADSs, SAP and The Bank of New York, as
depositary, dated May 31, 1995 and August 14, 1996, respectively. The Exchange
Offer is not subject to any minimum number of Rule 144A ADSs being tendered.

         (c) The Rule 144A ADSs are currently eligible for quotation through the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.'s PORTAL system and the
principal trading market for Preference Shares is the Frankfurt Stock Exchange 
in Germany. See also the information appearing under the captions "Exchange 
Offer Summary" and "The Exchange Offer" of the Prospectus and "Nature of Trading
Market" in the Registration Statement on Form 20-F (the "Form 20-F") appearing
in the Prospectus, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

         (d) Not applicable.

ITEM 2.  SOURCE AND AMOUNT OF FUNDS OR OTHER CONSIDERATION.

         (a) The consideration being offered for the outstanding Rule 144A ADSs
consists of up to 3,010,416 ADSs.

         (b) Not applicable.

ITEM 3.  PURPOSE OF THE TENDER OFFER AND PLANS OR PROPOSALS OF THE ISSUER OR
         AFFILIATE.

         As to the purpose of the Exchange Offer, see the information under the
caption "Purpose of the Exchange Offer" in the Prospectus, which information is
incorporated herein by reference. As to the disposition of the acquired
securities, see the information contained under the caption "Important Notice to
Holders and Beneficial Owners of Rule 144A ADSs" in the Prospectus, which
information is incorporated herein by reference.


                                       -3-
<PAGE>   4
         Other than as described in this Item, the Company presently has no
plans or proposals which relate to or would result in any of the matters listed
in Items 3(a) through 3(j) of Schedule 13E-4.

ITEM 4.  INTEREST IN SECURITIES OF THE ISSUER.

         As of the date hereof, complete information in response to this item is
not available. However, as of the date hereof, to the best of SAP's knowledge,
none of its directors or executive officers or none of the directors or
executive officers of any of its subsidiaries has effected any transaction in
the Rule 144 ADSs, Preference Shares or ADSs during the 40 business days
preceding the date hereof.

ITEM 5.  CONTRACTS, ARRANGEMENTS, UNDERSTANDINGS OR RELATIONSHIPS WITH RESPECT 
         TO THE ISSUER'S SECURITIES.

         Except as set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange
Offer -- Exchange Agent", which is incorporated herein by reference, and Exhibit
9(c)(1) hereto, there are no contracts, arrangements, understandings or
relationships relating, directly or indirectly, to the Exchange Offer (whether
or not legally enforceable) between the Company or any of its executive officers
or directors and any person with respect to any securities of the Company.

ITEM 6.  PERSONS RETAINED, EMPLOYED OR TO BE COMPENSATED.

         The information appearing in the Prospectus under the caption "The
Exchange Offer -- Solicitation of Tenders; Expenses" and in Exhibit 9(c)(1)
hereto is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION.

         (a) (1): Information required by this Item is included in the
consolidated financial statements of the Company included in the Form 20-F
appearing in the Prospectus, which financial statements are incorporated herein
by reference. (2): Information required by this Item is included in the
Prospectus under the caption "Recent Developments," which is incorporated herein
by reference. (3): Information required by this Item is included in the Form
20-F under "Item 8. Selected Consolidated Financial Data," which is incorporated
herein by reference. (4): Not applicable.
              
         (b) Not applicable.

ITEM 8.  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.

         (a) None.

         (b) None.

         (c) None.

         (d) None.

         (e) The Prospectus (Exhibit 9(a)(1)) and the Letter of Transmittal
(Exhibit 9(a)(2)) are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

ITEM 9.   MATERIAL TO BE FILED AS EXHIBITS.

         9(a)(1) - Prospectus, dated June 24, 1998.

         9(a)(2) - Form of Letter of Transmittal.


                                       -4-
<PAGE>   5
         9(c)(1) - Form of Exchange Agent Agreement.
         
         9(e)(1) - Form 20-F appearing in the Prospectus (filed as part of
                   Exhibit 9(a)(1) hereto).


                                       -5-
<PAGE>   6
                                    SIGNATURE

         After due inquiry and to the best of our knowledge and belief, we
certify that the information set forth in this statement is true, complete and
correct.

                               SAP Aktiengesellschaft Systeme,
                               Anwendungen, Produkte in der
                               Datenverarbeitung


                               By /s/ Prof. Dr. Henning Kagermann
                                 ------------------------------------
                                 Name: Prof. Dr. Henning Kagermann
                                 Title: Member of the Executive Board

Dated:  June 22, 1998


                               By /s/ Dieter Matheis
                                 --------------------------------------
                                 Name: Dieter Matheis 
                                 Title: Principal Financial Officer



                                       -6-
<PAGE>   7
                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS



                                                                  SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT                                                           NUMBERED
NUMBER                                                            PAGES
- ------                                                            ------------
9(a)(1)        Prospectus dated June 24, 1998

9(a)(2)        Form of Letter of Transmittal.

9(c)(1)        Form of Exchange Agent Agreement
9(e)(1)        Form 20-F appearing in the Prospectus (filed as 
               part of Exhibit 9(a)(1) hereto).


                                       -7-


<PAGE>   1



PROSPECTUS                                                            [SAP LOGO]
 
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
                         SYSTEME, ANWENDUNGEN, PRODUKTE
                            IN DER DATENVERARBEITUNG
               (incorporated in the Federal Republic of Germany)
 
      OFFER TO EXCHANGE AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES FOR ANY AND ALL OF THE
 
                      RULE 144A AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
 
            THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT
     12:00 MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON JULY 23, 1998, UNLESS EXTENDED.
 
     SAP Aktiengesellschaft Systeme, Anwendungen, Produkte in der
Datenverarbeitung ("SAP" and, together with its subsidiaries, the "Company"), a
stock corporation organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany
("Germany"), hereby offers, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this
Prospectus (the "Prospectus") and the related Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter
of Transmittal") (which together constitute the "Exchange Offer"), to exchange
four American Depositary Shares ("ADSs"), each representing one-twelfth of one
non-voting preference share, without nominal value (the "Preference Shares" or
the "Underlying Shares"), for each outstanding American Depositary Share
(collectively, the "Rule 144A ADSs") issued in the Prior Offerings (as
hereinafter defined), each representing one-third of one Preference Share (each
a "Rule 144A Underlying Share"). Up to 3,010,416 ADSs, representing 250,868
Preference Shares, will be issued if all Rule 144A ADSs are tendered pursuant to
the Exchange Offer. The Rule 144A ADSs were initially offered and sold in prior
offerings in May 1995 (the "May 1995 Prior Offering") and in August 1996 (the
"August 1996 Prior Offering" and, together with the May 1995 Prior Offering, the
"Prior Offerings"). Each of the Prior Offerings was made in the United States to
qualified institutional buyers ("QIBs") in reliance on, and subject to
restrictions imposed pursuant to, Rule 144A ("Rule 144A") under the United
States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). The August
1996 Prior Offering was also made outside the United States to certain
purchasers in offshore transactions in reliance on, and subject to restrictions
imposed pursuant to, Regulation S under the Securities Act ("Regulation S"). The
Rule 144A ADSs are governed by Rule 144A Deposit Agreements (the "Rule 144A
Deposit Agreements") with The Bank of New York, as depositary (the "Rule 144A
Depositary") under each of the Rule 144A Deposit Agreements. The Company's
application to list the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange has been approved.
SAP expects that the ADSs will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange
approximately seven business days after the consummation of the Exchange Offer.
See "The Exchange Offer." For United States federal and German income tax
purposes, the Exchange Offer will not be treated as a taxable exchange. See
"Income Tax Considerations." The Rule 144A Depositary has agreed, solely in
connection with tenders of the Rule 144A ADSs pursuant to the Exchange Offer, to
waive the surrender fee of up to U.S.$5.00 per 100 Rule 144A ADSs otherwise
payable by holders of Rule 144A ADSs under the Rule 144A Deposit Agreements.
Surrenders made otherwise than pursuant to this Exchange Offer will be subject
to such surrender fee. See "Important Notice to Holders and Beneficial Owners of
Rule 144A ADSs."
                                                   (continued on following page)
                            ------------------------
 
       SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 6 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN
             CONSIDERATIONS RELEVANT TO AN INVESTMENT IN THE ADSS.
                            ------------------------
 
  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
   AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
   ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. MAKING ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                        CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
     The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Conditions." The Company reserves the right to terminate the Exchange
Offer at any time prior to the Expiration Date upon the occurrence of any such
conditions. In addition, subject to compliance with the applicable rules of the
SEC, the Company may amend the terms of the Exchange Offer at any time prior to
the Expiration Date. Tenders of Rule 144A ADSs may be withdrawn at any time
prior to the Expiration Date. See "The Exchange Offer -- Withdrawal Rights."
 
                 The date of this Prospectus is June 24, 1998.
<PAGE>   2
 
(continued from preceding page)
 
     The ADSs offered hereby are substantially identical to the Rule 144A ADSs
except that (i) the Rule 144A ADSs are only accepted for quotation in the United
States on the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.'s Private
Offerings, Resales and Trading through Automated Linkages ("PORTAL") system
whereas the ADSs may be eligible for listing on a United States national
securities exchange or quotation on a United States automated inter-dealer
quotation system and (ii) resale of the ADSs will not be subject to the
restrictions contained in the Rule 144A Deposit Agreements.
 
     Based on interpretations by the staff of the United States Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "SEC") issued to unaffiliated third parties, the ADSs
issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Rule 144A ADSs may be
offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof without
complying with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the
Securities Act, provided that such holder (i) is not an "affiliate" or
"promoter" (as such terms are defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of
the Company, (ii) is not participating in, and has no arrangement or
understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the ADSs to
be received in the Exchange Offer, (iii) is not a broker-dealer that purchased
the Rule 144A ADSs in the Prior Offerings for resale pursuant to Rule 144A or
another available exemption under the Securities Act, and (iv) is acquiring the
ADSs in the ordinary course of such holder's business. Holders of Rule 144A ADSs
wishing to accept the Exchange Offer must represent to the Company that such
conditions have been met.
 
     If any holder of Rule 144A ADSs does not satisfy each of the foregoing
conditions, such holder will not be entitled to rely on the foregoing SEC staff
interpretations. See "The Exchange Offer -- Resales." To the extent that Rule
144A ADSs are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, the trading market
for untendered Rule 144A ADSs will be adversely affected. Upon commencement of
the Exchange Offer, the Company intends to direct the Rule 144A ADS Depositary
to terminate each of the Rule 144A Deposit Agreements in accordance with its
terms, which will eliminate the trading market for untendered Rule 144A ADSs.
See "Important Notice to Holders and Beneficial Owners of Rule 144A ADSs."
 
     Each broker-dealer that receives ADSs for its own account pursuant to the
Exchange Offer must acknowledge, among other things, that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such ADSs. The Letter of Transmittal
states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer
will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of
the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from
time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of ADSs
received in exchange for Rule 144A ADSs where such Rule 144A ADS were acquired
by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 30 days after the
Expiration Date (as defined below), it will make this Prospectus available to
any such broker-dealer for use in connection with such resale. See "Plan of
Distribution."
 
     The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum number of Rule 144A
ADSs being tendered. The Exchange Offer will expire at 12:00 Midnight, New York
City time, on July 23, 1998, unless extended (the "Expiration Date"). Subject to
the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer, including the reservation of
certain rights by the Company and the right of holders of Rule 144A ADSs to
withdraw tenders at any time prior to the Expiration Date, Rule 144A ADSs
validly tendered and not withdrawn will be accepted promptly after the
Expiration Date. Subject to such terms and conditions, (a) American Depositary
Receipts ("ADRs") evidencing the ADSs to be issued and exchanged for validly
tendered Rule 144A ADSs will be recorded in records maintained by (i) The
Depository Trust Company ("DTC") or its nominee or (ii) institutions that have
accounts with DTC or (b) at the request of the holder, certificated ADRs
evidencing such ADSs will be mailed by the Exchange Agent (as hereinafter
defined) promptly after acceptance of the tendered Rule 144A ADSs.
<PAGE>   3
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES............................    1
IMPORTANT NOTICE TO HOLDERS AND BENEFICIAL
     OWNERS OF RULE 144A ADSs...............................    1
EXCHANGE AGENT..............................................    2
EXCHANGE OFFER SUMMARY......................................    3
  The Company...............................................    3
  Purpose of the Exchange Offer.............................    3
  The Exchange Offer........................................    3
  The Preference Shares Represented by the ADSs.............    5
RISK FACTORS................................................    6
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS MAY PROVE INACCURATE.............   14
THE EXCHANGE OFFER..........................................   14
  Purpose of the Exchange Offer.............................   14
  Terms of the Exchange Offer...............................   14
  Conditions................................................   15
  Certain Effects of the Exchange Offer.....................   16
  Expiration and Extensions.................................   16
  How to Tender.............................................   17
  Resales...................................................   17
  Terms and Conditions of the Letter of Transmittal.........   18
  Withdrawal Rights.........................................   19
  Acceptance of Tenders.....................................   19
  Exchange Agent............................................   19
  Solicitation of Tenders; Expenses.........................   20
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION........................................   20
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS.........................................   20
INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS...................................   21
  United States Taxes.......................................   21
  German Taxes..............................................   21
LEGAL MATTERS...............................................   22
EXPERTS.....................................................   22
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION......................................   22
</TABLE>
 
                                        i
<PAGE>   4
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
</TABLE>
 
                                       ii
                        TABLE OF CONTENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
APPENDIX: FORM 20-F
Presentation of Financial Information.......................    1
Forward-Looking Statements May Prove Inaccurate.............    1
Glossary of Certain Defined Terms...........................    3
Part I......................................................    5
  Item 1.  Description of Business..........................    5
  Item 2.  Description of Property..........................   18
  Item 3.  Legal Proceedings................................   18
  Item 4.  Control of Registrant............................   19
  Item 5.  Nature of Trading Market.........................   21
  Item 6.  Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting
           Security Holders.................................   23
  Item 7.  Taxation.........................................   24
  Item 8.  Selected Consolidated Financial Data.............   30
  Item 9.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
  Condition and
            Results of Operations...........................   34
  Item 9A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About
           Market Risk......................................   44
  Item 10. Directors and Officers of Registrant.............   46
  Item 11. Compensation of Directors and Officers...........   48
  Item 12. Options to Purchase Securities from Registrant or
           Subsidiaries.....................................   48
  Item 13. Interest of Management in Certain Transactions...   50
Part II.....................................................   51
  Item 14. Description of Securities to be Registered.......   51
Part III....................................................   63
  Item 15. Defaults Upon Senior Securities*.................   63
  Item 16. Changes in Securities and Changes in Security for
  Registered Securities and
            Use of Proceeds*................................   63
Part IV.....................................................   63
  Item 17. Financial Statements**...........................   63
  Item 18. Financial Statements.............................   63
  Item 19. Financial Statements and Exhibits................   63
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
*  Omitted because the Item is inapplicable or the answer is negative.
** The Registrant has responded to Item 18 in lieu of this Item.
 
                                       iii
<PAGE>   5
 
THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS A REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM 20-F OF SAP DATED THE
DATE HEREOF (THE "FORM 20-F"), WHICH IS INCLUDED HEREIN AS AN APPENDIX HERETO
AND IS INCORPORATED INTO, AND CONSTITUTES A PART OF, THIS PROSPECTUS. IMPORTANT
INFORMATION CONCERNING THE COMPANY AND THE ADSS IS INCLUDED THEREIN.
                            ------------------------
 
THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES. WHEN USED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, THE WORDS "ANTICIPATE," "BELIEVE,"
"ESTIMATE," "INTEND," "MAY," "WILL" AND "EXPECT" AND SIMILAR EXPRESSIONS AS THEY
RELATE TO THE COMPANY OR ITS BUSINESS ARE INTENDED TO IDENTIFY SUCH
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. THE COMPANY UNDERTAKES NO OBLIGATION TO PUBLICLY
UPDATE OR REVISE ANY FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHETHER AS A RESULT OF NEW
INFORMATION, FUTURE EVENTS OR OTHERWISE. ACTUAL RESULTS, PERFORMANCES OR
ACHIEVEMENTS COULD DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED IN SUCH
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. FACTORS THAT COULD CAUSE OR CONTRIBUTE TO SUCH
DIFFERENCES INCLUDE THOSE DESCRIBED BELOW UNDER THE HEADING "RISK FACTORS" AS
WELL AS THE FACTORS DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. READERS ARE
CAUTIONED NOT TO PLACE UNDUE RELIANCE ON THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS, WHICH
SPEAK ONLY AS OF THEIR DATES.
                            ------------------------
 
     No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representation not contained in this Prospectus and, if given or made, such
information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized
by the Company. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to exchange, or a
solicitation of an offer to exchange, any securities other than the securities
to which it relates or an offer to exchange or a solicitation of an offer to
exchange such securities in any circumstances in which such offer or
solicitation is unlawful. Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor any
exchange made hereunder shall, under any circumstances, create any implication
that the information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to
the date hereof or that there has been no change in the affairs of the Company
since the date hereof.
 
     The Company will not pay any commission or other remuneration to any
broker, dealer, salesman or other person for soliciting tenders of Rule 144A
ADSs.
 
     In this Prospectus, references to "U.S.$" or "Dollars" are to United States
Dollars and references to "DM" or "Marks" are to German Deutsche Marks. Certain
amounts which appear in this Prospectus may not sum because of rounding
adjustments. The noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in
foreign currencies as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank
of New York (the "Noon Buying Rate") on June 18, 1998 was DM 1.7927 per
U.S.$1.00.
 
                                       iii
<PAGE>   6
 
                        ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
 
     SAP is a stock corporation (Aktiengesellschaft) organized under the laws of
Germany. All members of SAP's Supervisory Board (Aufsichtsrat) and Executive
Board (Vorstand) are non-residents of the United States. A substantial portion
of the assets of such persons and the Company are located outside the United
States. As a result, it may not be possible to effect service of process within
the United States upon such persons or the Company or to enforce against them
judgments obtained in United States courts predicated upon the civil liability
provisions of the securities laws of the United States. According to Michael
Junge, head of the Company's Legal Department, the enforcement in Germany of
civil liabilities predicated solely upon the securities laws of the United
States in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of U.S.
courts is uncertain. In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought
in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in Germany.
 
                   IMPORTANT NOTICE TO HOLDERS AND BENEFICIAL
                            OWNERS OF RULE 144A ADSS
 
     The Rule 144A Deposit Agreements provide, among other matters, for the
issuance of Rule 144A ADSs and the execution and delivery of Rule 144A ADRs, the
distribution of dividends, other distributions and rights with respect to the
Rule 144A Underlying Shares and the mailing of certain reports and notices to
holders of Rule 144A ADSs. Each of the Rule 144A Deposit Agreements provides
that, whenever so directed by the Company, the Rule 144A ADS Depositary will
terminate the applicable Rule 144A Deposit Agreement by mailing notice of such
termination to owners of the Rule 144A ADRs at least 90 days prior to the date
fixed in such notice for such termination.
 
     UPON COMMENCEMENT OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER, THE COMPANY INTENDS TO DIRECT THE
RULE 144A ADS DEPOSITARY TO TERMINATE EACH OF THE RULE 144A DEPOSIT AGREEMENTS
IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS TERMS, AND NOTICE OF SUCH TERMINATION IS EXPECTED TO BE
MAILED TO ALL HOLDERS OF RULE 144A ADSS.
 
     If any Rule 144A ADRs remain outstanding after the date of termination of
the Rule 144A Deposit Agreements, the Rule 144A ADS Depositary thereafter will
discontinue the registration of transfers of such Rule 144A ADRs, will suspend
the distribution of dividends to the owners of such Rule 144A ADRs and will not
give any further notices or perform any further acts under the Rule 144A Deposit
Agreements, except the collection of dividends and other distributions
pertaining to the Rule 144A Underlying Shares, the sale of rights and other
property as provided in the Rule 144A Deposit Agreements and the delivery of
Rule 144A Underlying Shares, together with any dividends or other distributions
received with respect thereto and the net proceeds of the sale of any rights or
other property, in exchange for any such Rule 144A ADRs surrendered to the Rule
144A ADS Depositary. Pursuant to the Rule 144A Deposit Agreements, holders with
Rule 144A ADSs remaining outstanding after such termination will be subject to
(i) the U.S.$5.00 per 100 Rule 144A ADSs surrender fee payable in connection
with the delivery of Rule 144A Underlying Shares underlying such Rule 144A ADSs,
(ii) the U.S.$.02 per Rule 144A ADS distribution fee payable in connection with
any cash distribution made pursuant to the Rule 144A Deposit Agreements, (iii)
any applicable taxes or governmental charges and (iv) any expenses for the
account of the owner of such Rule 144A ADRs in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the applicable Rule 144A Deposit Agreement. At any time after the
expiration of one year from the date of termination of the Rule 144A Deposit
Agreements, the Rule 144A ADS Depositary may sell the Rule 144A Underlying
Shares and hold uninvested the net proceeds of any such sale, together with any
cash then held by it under the Rule 144A Deposit Agreements, unsegregated and
without liability for interest, for the pro rata benefit of the Rule 144A ADR
Owners that have not theretofore surrendered such Rule 144A ADRs.
 
     In addition, the Rule 144A Depositary has agreed, solely in connection with
the issuance of ADSs pursuant to the Exchange Offer, to waive surrender fees
otherwise payable under the terms of the Rule 144A Deposit Agreements.
 
                                        1
<PAGE>   7
 
                                 EXCHANGE AGENT
 
     The Bank of New York has agreed to provide certain services as exchange
agent (the "Exchange Agent") in connection with the Exchange Offer. Holders of
Rule 144A ADSs who require assistance should contact the Exchange Agent at 101
Barclay Street, 22nd Floor West, New York, New York 10286, Attention: ADR
Administration. Tel: (212) 815-2367, Fax: (212) 571-3050.
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   8
 
                             EXCHANGE OFFER SUMMARY
 
     The following is a summary of certain terms of the Exchange Offer and
certain of the other information contained in this Prospectus. It is not
intended to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by more detailed
information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus. Any capitalized terms used,
but not defined, herein shall have the respective definitions set forth
elsewhere in this Prospectus and in the Form 20-F.
 
THE COMPANY
 
     The Company is a leading international developer and supplier of integrated
business application software designed to provide cost-effective comprehensive
solutions for businesses. The Company's primary products, the R/3 System and the
R/2 System (the "Systems"), are designed to provide customers with a palette of
standard business solutions arranged in applications which provide integrated
enterprise-wide processing of business work flows. Additionally, the Company
provides independent industry-specific solutions, independent business
solutions, custom components and the necessary technological infrastructure to
support complementary software solutions. The Company has many strategic
partners that offer complementary software, services and hardware. The Company's
services include consulting, support and training.
 
     On December 31, 1997, the Company had more than 13,000 System installations
in over 8,500 customers ranging in size from multinational enterprises to
medium- and smaller-sized businesses. For the year ended December 31, 1997, the
Company's sales revenues were approximately DM 6.02 billion as compared to DM
3.72 billion for the year ended December 31, 1996, with net income after taxes
of DM 925.4 million and DM 568 million, respectively. The Company consists of
SAP and its network of approximately 50 operating subsidiaries and has a
presence or representative in approximately 90 countries.
 
PURPOSE OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
     SAP currently has unrestricted American Depositary Shares, each
representing one-third of one Preference Share (the "Unrestricted ADSs"), and
Rule 144A ADSs outstanding. The Unrestricted ADSs are governed by a Deposit
Agreement, dated as of September 12, 1995, which will be amended and restated to
reflect the fact that the facility is being upgraded to a Level II American
Depositary Receipt facility. The Exchange Offer provides holders of Rule 144A
ADSs with an opportunity to receive securities which may be eligible for listing
on a United States national securities exchange or quotation on a United States
automated inter-dealer quotation system and which will generally be freely
transferable by the holders thereof without registration or any prospectus
delivery requirement under the Securities Act. It is anticipated that the ADSs
will be more widely held and more actively traded than the Rule 144A ADSs have
been. The Company's purpose in making the Exchange Offer is to provide holders
of Rule 144A ADSs with freely transferable securities and to eliminate
duplicative American Depositary Receipt facilities.
 
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
Exchange Ratio.............  Four ADSs for each Rule 144A ADS.
 
Expiration Date............  12:00 Midnight, New York City time, on July 23,
                             1998, unless extended.
 
Rule 144A ADSs.............  As of June 18, 1998, there were 752,604 Rule 144A
                             ADSs outstanding.
 
ADSs.......................  3,010,416 ADRs will be issued and outstanding upon
                             the issuance of ADSs in connection with the
                             Exchange Offer (assuming all outstanding Rule 144A
                             ADSs are tendered and accepted and no Preference
                             Shares were deposited with, and Rule 144A ADSs were
                             surrendered to, the applicable Rule 144A ADS
                             Depositary after June 18, 1998).
 
Trading....................  The Rule 144A ADSs are currently accepted for
                             quotation in the National Association of Securities
                             Dealers, Inc.'s PORTAL system. The ADSs may be
                             eligible for listing on a United States national
                             securities
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   9
 
                             exchange or quotation on a United States
                             inter-dealer quotation system. The Company's
                             application to list the ADSs on the New York Stock
                             Exchange has been approved. SAP expects that the
                             ADSs will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange
                             approximately seven business days after the
                             consummation of the Exchange Offer.
 
Terms and Conditions of the
  Exchange Offer...........  The Company's obligation to consummate the Exchange
                             Offer is subject to certain terms and conditions.
 
Withdrawal Rights..........  Tenders of Rule 144A ADSs may be withdrawn at any
                             time prior to the Expiration Date.
 
How to Tender..............  Tendering holders of Rule 144A ADSs must either (i)
                             complete and sign a Letter of Transmittal, have
                             their signatures guaranteed if required, forward
                             the Letter of Transmittal and any other required
                             documents to the Exchange Agent, and tender such
                             Rule 144A ADSs pursuant to the procedures for
                             book-entry transfer, or (ii) request a broker,
                             dealer, bank, trust company or other nominee to
                             effect the transaction for them. Beneficial owners
                             of Rule 144A ADSs registered in the name of a
                             broker, dealer, bank, trust company or other
                             nominee must contact such institution to tender
                             their Rule 144A ADSs. Certain provisions have also
                             been made for holders of Rule 144A ADSs who cannot
                             comply with the procedure for book-entry transfer
                             on a timely basis. Questions regarding how to
                             tender and requests for information should be
                             directed to the Exchange Agent.
 
Resales....................  Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC
                             issued to unaffiliated third parties, the ADSs
                             issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer for the Rule
                             144A ADSs may be offered for resale, resold and
                             otherwise transferred by holders thereof without
                             complying with the registration and prospectus
                             delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided
                             the holder satisfies certain conditions, including
                             that the holder is not participating in, does not
                             intend to participate in, and has no arrangement or
                             understanding with any person to participate in, a
                             distribution of the ADSs to be received in the
                             Exchange Offer. Each broker-dealer that receives
                             ADSs for its own account pursuant to the Exchange
                             Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
                             prospectus in connection with any resale of such
                             ADSs. See "The Exchange Offer -- Resales."
 
Waiver of Surrender Fees...  The Rule 144A ADS Depositary has agreed, solely in
                             connection with tenders of Rule 144A ADSs pursuant
                             to the Exchange Offer, to waive the surrender fees
                             otherwise payable by holders of the Rule 144A ADSs
                             under the Rule 144A Deposit Agreements.
 
Acceptance of Tenders......  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange
                             Offer, including the reservation of certain rights
                             by the Company, Rule 144A ADSs validly tendered
                             pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be accepted
                             promptly after the Expiration Date. Subject to such
                             terms and conditions, (a) beneficial interests in
                             ADRs evidencing ADSs to be issued in exchange for
                             validly tendered Rule 144A ADSs will be recorded in
                             records maintained by (i) DTC or its nominee or
                             (ii) institutions that have accounts at DTC or (b)
                             at the request of the holder, certificated ADRs
                             evidencing ADSs will be mailed by the Exchange
                             Agent promptly after acceptance of the tendered
                             Rule 144A ADSs. Although the Company does not
                             currently intend to do so, if it modifies the terms
                             of the Exchange Offer prior to the
                                        4
<PAGE>   10
 
                             Expiration Date, such modified terms will be
                             available to all holders of Rule 144A ADSs, whether
                             or not their Rule 144A ADSs have been tendered
                             prior to such modification. Any material
                             modification will be disclosed in accordance with
                             the applicable rules of the SEC and, if required,
                             the Exchange Offer will be extended to permit
                             holders of ADSs adequate time to consider such
                             modification.
 
Exchange Agent.............  The Bank of New York.
 
THE PREFERENCE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THE ADSS
 
Ranking....................  The Preference Shares rank equally with the
                             Company's ordinary shares, without nominal value
                             (the "Ordinary Shares"), with respect to
                             liquidation rights and preemptive rights. As
                             described below, the Preference Shares have the
                             right to receive dividends that are greater than
                             the dividends paid on the Ordinary Shares. The
                             holders of Preference Shares do not have any voting
                             rights except as described below.
 
Dividends..................  Dividends are jointly proposed by the Company's
                             Supervisory Board and Executive Board, subject to
                             approval by holders of Ordinary Shares, and are
                             officially declared in respect of the prior year at
                             the annual general shareholders' meeting. If so
                             proposed and approved, a holder of Preference
                             Shares is entitled to a cumulative annual preferred
                             dividend which exceeds the annual dividend paid to
                             a holder of Ordinary Shares by an amount equal to
                             DM 0.05 per Preference Share but in any event no
                             less than DM 0.05 per Preference Share. See "Item
                             14. Description of Securities to be
                             Registered -- Description of Preference
                             Shares -- Dividend and Liquidation Rights."
 
Voting Rights..............  Holders of Preference Shares are generally not
                             entitled to vote at general meetings of SAP's
                             shareholders. Under the German Stock Corporation
                             Act (Aktiengesetz), the holders of Preference
                             Shares (i) are entitled to vote upon matters
                             affecting their preferential rights and (ii) will
                             have the same voting rights as the holders of
                             Ordinary Shares if (x) the preferential dividend is
                             not paid in full for a year and (y) the shortfall
                             is not made up in the following year or the
                             following year's preferential dividend is not paid
                             in full. Any vote taken on matters adversely
                             affecting the preferential rights of the holders of
                             Preference Shares requires a majority of 75% of
                             votes cast in the meeting of holders of Preference
                             Shares at which the vote is taken. See "Item 14.
                             Description of Securities to be
                             Registered -- Description of Preference
                             Shares -- Voting Rights."
 
Liquidation Preference.....  The Preference Shares are not entitled to a
                             preference in liquidation but rank pari passu with
                             the Ordinary Shares with respect to their rights to
                             liquidation proceeds. See "Item 14. Description of
                             Securities to be Registered -- Description of
                             Preference Shares -- Dividend and Liquidation
                             Rights."
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   11
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     Prospective investors in the ADSs offered hereby should consider all of the
information contained in this Prospectus, including the risk factors set forth
below. The discussion below contains forward-looking statements that involve
risks and uncertainties. When used herein, the words "anticipate," "believe,"
"estimate," "intend," "may," "will" and "expect" and similar expressions as they
relate to the Company or its business are intended to identify such
forward-looking statements. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly
update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new
information, future events or otherwise. Actual results, performances or
achievements could differ materially from those expressed or implied in such
forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such
differences include those described below, as well as factors discussed
elsewhere in this Prospectus. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance
on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of their dates.
 
HIRING AND RETENTION OF EMPLOYEES
 
     The Company's success is dependent upon its ability to attract and retain
highly skilled managerial, research and development, technical (e.g., customer
service) and marketing personnel. The Company's success could be adversely
affected if senior managers or other such personnel were to leave the Company
and qualified replacements were not available. The Company has announced plans
to increase substantially its number of employees worldwide. Competition for
skilled personnel in the software industry is intense. In addition, most of the
Company's current key employees are subject to employment agreements which (i)
do not contain post-employment noncompetition agreements and (ii) in the case of
most of the Company's existing employees outside of Germany, permit the
employees to terminate their employment on relatively short notice. There can be
no assurance that the Company will continue to be able to attract and retain the
personnel it requires to develop and market new and enhanced products or to
market and service its existing products and conduct its operations
successfully, and any inability to do so could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, results of operations, financial condition or cash
flows. In addition, the Company may experience increased compensation costs in
order to attract and retain skilled employees.
 
MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH
 
     During the past several years, the Company has experienced rapid and
substantial growth throughout its global operations, with sales revenues
increasing from DM 3,722.2 million in 1996 to DM 6,017.5 million in 1997 and the
number of its employees increasing from 9,202 at December 31, 1996 to 12,856 at
December 31, 1997. There can be no assurance that, if the Company's growth
continues at a similar pace, the Company can effectively organize, train,
supervise, integrate and utilize its personnel throughout its global presence,
or that the level or quality of service to its customers will be adequate to
satisfy their expectations or, especially with respect to the performance of any
of the Company's partners or other third parties, be satisfactorily monitored
and controlled. Any inability to manage growth effectively could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations, financial
condition or cash flows. See "-- Risks Associated with International
Operations."
 
COMPETITIVE ENVIRONMENT; RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE
 
     The software industry is intensely competitive. The Company has global,
regional and local competitors. Some of the Company's competitors and many of
the Company's potential competitors are involved in a wider range of businesses,
and some competitors and potential competitors have a larger installed customer
base for their products than the Company, enhancing their ability to compete
with the Company.
 
     The Company's primary products, the R/3 System and the R/2 System, are
designed to provide customers with a palette of standard business solutions
arranged in applications which provide integrated enterprise-wide processing of
business work flows. There are many other companies engaged in the research,
development and marketing of standard application software and associated
applications development tools and decision support products, some of which may
develop (or may have already developed) an overall concept which may be
perceived to be as good as or better than the Company's Systems. As a result,
 
                                        6
<PAGE>   12
 
competition, including with respect to product quality, consulting and support
services and prices, could increase substantially and result in price reductions
or loss of market share.
 
     Since the launch of the Company's R/3 System in the early 1990s, several
competitors have entered the market offering enterprise-wide, client/server
business application software. The Company believes that its experience with
business process applications, its increasingly flexible, component-based
installation options, and its focus on industry specific solutions give it a
competitive advantage, but there can be no assurance that the Company's
strategies will prove to be successful. Historically, most of the Company's
competitors provided solutions which covered certain functional areas, offering
the customer a software application product designed for a specific business or
manufacturing process. Such products compete with individual functions offered
by the Company. The Company's competitors have already broadened, or are
implementing plans to broaden, the scope of their business activities into other
areas of the market. A successful niche competitor may be able to capitalize
upon the success of a niche product by developing and marketing broader system
applications in competition with the Company. Niche competitors may also benefit
from alternative delivery systems, such as the Internet, to become more
competitive with the Company. Therefore, there can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to compete successfully with its existing competitors or
with new competitors in the marketplace. Such inability to compete could have an
adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations and financial
position.
 
     The Company's success will also depend in part on its ability to continue
to develop and introduce to the market (at or close to the time announced)
product enhancements and new solutions which respond to the rapid changes in
hardware and software technology and telecommunications. In addition, the
Company must respond to changes in customers' business practices and needs. For
example, the Company believes that supply chain system accessibility will be
subject to growing customer demand and is devoting substantial resources to the
development of product enhancements and new applications to address that demand.
There can be no assurance that the development of these or any other Company
products will be completed in a timely manner, or at all, in order to compete
with products offered by its competitors. Nor can there be any assurance that
the Company will be successful in anticipating and developing product
enhancements or new solutions to adequately address changing technologies and
customer requirements, or that any such enhancements or solutions will be
successful in the marketplace. The Company's failure to anticipate and develop
technological improvements, to adapt its products to technological change,
emerging industry standards and customer requirements or to produce high quality
products, enhancements and releases in a timely manner in order to compete with
applications offered by its competitors, could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, results of operations, competitive position and
financial condition. See "Item 1. Description of Business -- Competitive
Environment."
 
IMPLEMENTATION TIME AND COSTS; NEW PRODUCTS
 
     Implementation of the Company's Systems is a process involving a
significant commitment of resources by the Company's customers and is subject to
a number of significant risks over which the Company has little or no control.
Some of the Company's customers have incurred significant third-party consulting
costs and experienced protracted implementation times in connection with the
purchase and installation of the Company's products. The Company believes that
these costs and delays were due in many cases to the fact that, in connection
with the implementation of the R/3 System, these customers conducted extensive
business re-engineering projects involving complex changes relating to business
processing within the customer's own organization. However, criticisms regarding
these additional costs and protracted implementation times have been directed at
the Company, and there have been, from time to time, shortages of
Company-trained consultants available to assist customers in the implementation
of its products. While the Company believes that its products can be installed
as efficiently as comparable software offered by its competitors, it has
established initiatives offering accelerated installation support and fixed fees
for the R/3 System installation projects. There can be no assurance that such
protracted installation times or criticisms of the Company will not continue,
that shortages of Company-trained consultants will not occur or that the costs
of installation projects will not exceed the fixed fees being charged by the
Company. The occurrence of such protracted
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   13
 
installation times, criticisms, shortages or excesses may have a material
adverse effect on the business, results of operations, financial condition or
cash flows of the Company.
 
     Product enhancements or new solutions, which are typically made available
to the market through new releases of the Company's existing Systems, can
require long development and testing periods to achieve market acceptance, which
may result in delays in the scheduled introduction of such products. Such
enhancements or solutions may sometimes contain a number of undetected errors or
"bugs" when they are first released. In the first year following the
introduction of certain releases, the Company has devoted resources, primarily
consultants, to work with customers to correct such errors. Although the Company
extensively tests each release before introducing it to the market, there can be
no assurance that similar errors will not be found in future releases, with the
possible result that significant resources may be needed in order to correct
such errors. Significant undetected errors or delays in new products or new
versions of a product may affect market acceptance of the Company's products and
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations, financial condition or cash flows.
 
RELIANCE ON THIRD-PARTIES
 
     The Company has entered into agreements with a number of leading computer
software and hardware vendors and telecommunications providers to research and
to develop jointly the compatibility of certain of the software and hardware
products produced by such vendors with the Company's products. In addition, the
Company has supplemented its consulting and support services (in the areas of
product implementation, training and maintenance) through "alliance
partnerships" with third-party hardware and software vendors, systems
integrators and major accounting firms and other consulting firms. Most of these
agreements and partnerships are of relatively short duration and all are
nonexclusive. There can be no assurance that these third parties or partners,
most of which have similar arrangements with the Company's competitors and some
of which also produce their own standard application software in competition
with the Company, will continue to cooperate with the Company when such
agreements or partnerships expire or are up for renewal. In addition, there can
be no assurance that such third parties or partners will provide high quality
service. The failure to obtain high quality service or to renew such agreements
or partnerships could adversely affect the ability of the Company to continue to
develop product enhancements and new solutions which keep pace with anticipated
changes in hardware and software technology and telecommunications and could
adversely affect the Company's business, results of operations, financial
condition or cash flows.
 
GENERAL ECONOMIC AND MARKET CONDITIONS
 
     The licensing of the Company's software products is normally only one
element of a significant capital investment by a customer in business
information systems. This investment typically also includes hardware and
telecommunications procurement, implementation and training and often a major
re-engineering of the customer's corporate business practices. Such investments
often constitute a major portion of the customer's overall corporate services
budget, and the amount customers are willing to invest in acquiring and
implementing such systems has tended to vary in cycles that reflect overall
economic conditions. A recession or other difficulty in the economies where the
Company licenses its products, including the United States, European and Asian
economies, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
operating results, financial condition or cash flows.
 
     The Company has reassessed, and continues to closely monitor, its
international business risks due to recent economic and political conditions in
the Asian-Pacific region. During 1997, 1.7% of the Company's revenues were
derived from Asian-Pacific countries that the Company believes to be subject to
significant economic and currency exchange risks (Indonesia, Thailand, Malaysia,
the Philippines and Korea). Other Asian-Pacific countries (Japan, Australia, New
Zealand, Singapore, India, China and Taiwan) accounted for 11.7% of the
Company's revenues during 1997. Although the Company does not believe that the
conditions in the Asian-Pacific region will materially impact its business based
upon management's most current evaluation of the present situation, there can be
no assurance that the current economic or political conditions in the
Asian-Pacific region will not worsen or that the situation will not negatively
impact the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or
cash flows.
                                        8
<PAGE>   14
 
DEPENDENCE ON PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY
 
     The Company relies on a combination of the protections provided by
applicable trade secret, copyright, patent and trademark laws, license and
nondisclosure agreements, confidentiality agreements and technical measures to
establish and protect its rights in its software products. There can be no
assurance that these protections will be adequate or that the Company's
competitors will not independently develop technologies that are substantially
equivalent or superior to the Company's technology. Despite the Company's
efforts, it may also be possible for third parties to copy certain portions of
the Company's products or reverse-engineer or obtain and use information that
the Company regards as proprietary. In addition, the laws of certain countries
do not protect the Company's proprietary rights to the same extent as do the
laws of the United States or Germany. Accordingly, there can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to protect its proprietary software against
unauthorized third-party copying or use, which could adversely affect the
Company's competitive position.
 
     Some of the Company's competitors may have been more aggressive than the
Company in applying for or obtaining patent protection for innovative
proprietary technologies. The Company has a patent program; however, no patents
have yet issued, although the Company has a number of patent applications
pending for inventions claimed by the Company. There can be no assurance that,
in the future, patents of third parties will not preclude the Company from
utilizing a technology in its products or require the Company to enter into
royalty and licensing arrangements on terms that are not favorable to the
Company. In addition, there can be no assurance that, in the future, a third
party will not assert that the Company's technology violates its patents,
copyrights or trade secrets. The defense of any such claims can be time
consuming for management personnel and expensive and the settlement or adverse
resolution thereof could require the Company to enter into royalty and licensing
arrangements, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. See "Item 1.
Description of Business -- Intellectual Property, Proprietary Rights and
Licenses."
 
SUBSTANTIAL CONTROL BY MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
 
     The individual and family holdings of SAP's three principal shareholders
(the "Principal Shareholders"), together with the respective holdings of two
non-profit foundations over which two of the Principal Shareholders respectively
exercise voting control (the "Related Entities"), constituted in the aggregate
64.59% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares as of June 18, 1998. The Principal
Shareholders, a family member of one of the Principal Shareholders and the
Related Entities have informed the Company that they are parties to a Pooling
Agreement (the "Pooling Agreement") to vote 50.003% of the outstanding Ordinary
Shares as a block, thereby enabling them, among other things, to elect 50% of
the members of the Supervisory Board (representing 100% of the members that are
elected by shareholders rather than employees). The Principal Shareholders,
their respective families and the Related Entities will retain the voting power
to approve most matters requiring approval by the shareholders of the Company,
including approving the amount of dividends to be paid on the Ordinary Shares
and the Preference Shares and approval of certain mergers and other significant
corporate transactions, such as a sale of substantially all of the Company's
assets. The Pooling Agreement also contains certain restrictions on transfer,
and may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of the
Company. See "Item 4. Control of Registrant" and "Item 14. Description of
Securities to be Registered."
 
VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
     The Company participates in a dynamic industry that is intensely
competitive and the trading prices of the Preference Shares and the ADSs may
experience significant volatility. The current trading price of the Preference
Shares reflects certain expectations about the future performance and growth of
the Company. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to meet
those expectations. In addition, the Company's revenues can vary, sometimes
substantially, from quarter to quarter, causing significant variations in
operating results during certain quarters. The Company has generally realized
lower revenues from license fees in the first, second and third quarters of the
year than in the fourth quarter of the previous year. See "-- Variability of
Quarterly Operating Results."
                                        9
<PAGE>   15
 
     Accordingly, the Company's future earnings and stock price may be subject
to significant volatility, particularly on a quarterly basis. Any shortfall in
revenue or earnings from levels projected by securities analysts could have an
immediate and significant adverse effect on the trading price of the Preference
Shares or the ADSs in any given period. Additionally, the Company may not be
able to confirm any such shortfalls until late in the quarter or following the
end of the quarter because license agreements are often executed late in a
quarter. Finally, the stock prices for many companies in the technology and
emerging growth sector have experienced wide fluctuations, which have often been
unrelated to individual company operating performance. The trading price of the
Preference Shares or the ADSs may fluctuate in response to the announcement of
new products or product enhancements by the Company or its competitors,
technological innovation by the Company or its competitors, quarterly variations
in the Company's or its competitors' results of operations, changes in revenue
and revenue growth rates on a consolidated basis or for specific geographic
areas, business units, products or product categories, speculation in the press
or analyst community and general market conditions specific to particular
industries. Such fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of the
Company's Preference Shares or the ADSs.
 
     The Preference Shares have from time to time experienced extreme price
fluctuation. For example, after the Company announced in October 1996 that it
had not achieved expected securities analysts' results for the third quarter of
1996, the price of the Preference Shares declined 28% in three weeks despite the
Company's announcement of record sales and higher net income for such quarterly
period. There can be no assurance that the trading price of the Preference
Shares or the ADSs will not continue to fluctuate widely in response to
variations in operating results, announcements of technological innovations or
new products by the Company or its competitors, as well as other factors. See
"Item 5. Nature of Trading Market."
 
SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     The Principal Shareholders, their respective families and the Related
Entities own beneficially a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares. The
sale of a large number of Ordinary Shares by any of such shareholders could have
a negative effect on the trading price of the Preference Shares or the ADSs.
Except for certain transfer restrictions and rights of first refusal contained
in the Pooling Agreement, SAP is not aware of any restrictions on the
transferability of the shares owned by the Principal Shareholders, any of their
family members or any Related Entity.
 
     In 1994, the Company sponsored an employee convertible bond program (the
"1994 Program") under which (i) convertible bonds, each with a nominal amount of
DM 5 and convertible into one Preference Share (the "1994 Bonds"), were issued
to German employees and (ii) participation rights (the "Rights") were issued to
non-German employees, which Rights relate to the Preference Shares underlying
1994 Bonds issued to a special purpose vehicle. Upon the exercise of a Right,
the special purpose vehicle converts the 1994 Bonds into Preference Shares and
the Preference Shares are promptly sold on the open market in order to obtain
cash to pay the value of the exercised Right. The 1994 Bonds are convertible and
the Rights are exercisable, in each case, on each June 30, July 31, August 31,
September 30, October 31 and November 30, until June 30, 2004. Under the 1994
Program, DM 20 million in 1994 Bonds were issued and, at June 18, 1998, 23.5% of
the 1994 Bonds remained outstanding and 941,761 Preference Shares would be
issued upon the conversion thereof. In light of the significant appreciation in
market value of the Preference Shares since the inception of the 1994 Program, a
large number of German employees may choose to convert their 1994 Bonds in the
future and sell the Preference Shares, and a large number of non-German
employees may exercise their Rights in the future thus causing a large number of
Preference Shares to be sold in the market. See "Item 12. Options to Purchase
Securities from Registrant or Subsidiaries -- 1994 Program."
 
CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATE FLUCTUATIONS EFFECTS
 
     A significant portion of the Company's business is conducted in currencies
other than the Mark. Of the Company's consolidated revenues in 1997 and 1996,
approximately 81% and 75%, respectively, were attributable to non-German
operations and translated into Marks. As a consequence, period to period changes
in the average exchange rate in a particular currency can significantly affect
revenues and operating income
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   16
 
denominated in that currency. In general, appreciation of the Mark relative to
another currency has an adverse effect on revenues and operating income
denominated in that currency, while depreciation of the Mark has a positive
effect on revenues and operating income denominated in the non-Mark currency.
SAP's subsidiaries generally are required, pursuant to the terms of their
licensing agreements with SAP, to pay SAP a royalty equivalent to a percentage
of the product fees paid to them by their customers in the currency of such fees
within 90 days following the end of the month in which the subsidiary recognizes
the revenue. These inter-company royalties payable to SAP are generally
denominated in the respective subsidiary's local currency in order to centralize
the foreign currency risks with SAP in Germany. The delay between the date when
the subsidiary records product revenue and the date when payment is made to SAP
by such subsidiary exposes the Company to the risk of loss due to currency
fluctuation.
 
     Since approximately 81% of the Company's 1997 revenues is from countries
other than Germany and denominated in currencies other than the Mark, the
Company has significant exposure to the risk of currency fluctuations,
especially to fluctuations in the value of the Dollar, Japanese Yen, the Swiss
Franc, the British Pound Sterling, the Canadian Dollar and the Australian
Dollar. Conversely, increases in the value of the Dollar, or other currencies,
relative to the Mark may positively affect earnings, although such positive
effects may be only short-term in nature. During 1997, the appreciation of
currencies other than the Mark had a 10% favorable impact on consolidated
earnings over 1996. The Company continually monitors its exposure to currency
risk and pursues a Company-wide foreign exchange risk management policy and may
hedge such risks with certain financial instruments. However, such hedging would
not necessarily be wholly effective since the Company's full year earnings as of
each December 31 are adjusted by reference to exchange rates in effect as of
that date. There can be no assurance, therefore, that exchange rate fluctuations
will not have a material adverse effect upon the Company's financial condition
or results of operations. See "Item 9A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure
about Market Risk."
 
     The currency in which the Preference Shares are traded is Marks. While the
currency in which the ADSs are traded will be Dollars, the trading price of the
ADSs is expected to be largely based upon the trading price of the underlying
Preference Shares in its principal trading market in the Frankfurt Stock
Exchange. Therefore, currency fluctuations between the Dollar and the Mark may
have an adverse effect upon the value of the ADSs. Cash dividends payable to
holders of ADSs will be paid to the Depositary in Marks and, subject to certain
exceptions, will be converted by the Depositary into Dollars for payment to such
holders. The amount of dividends received by the holders of ADSs, therefore,
will also be affected by fluctuations in exchange rates as well as by the
specific exchange rate used by the Depositary (which may incorporate fees
charged thereby). See "Item 14. Description of Securities to be
Registered -- Description of ADSs."
 
VARIABILITY OF QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS
 
     The Company's net revenues and operating results can vary, sometimes
substantially, from quarter to quarter. The Company's revenues in general, and
in particular its license revenues, are difficult to forecast for a number of
reasons, including (i) the relatively long sales cycles for the Company's
products, (ii) the size and timing of individual license transactions, (iii) the
timing of the introduction of new products or product enhancements by the
Company or its competitors, (iv) the potential for delay or deferral of customer
implementations of the Company's software, (v) changes in customer budgets, (vi)
seasonality of a customer's technology purchases and (vii) other general
economic and market conditions. Historically, the Company's business, as is
common in the software industry, has experienced its highest revenues in the
fourth quarter of each year, due primarily to year-end capital purchases by
customers. Such factors have resulted in 1997, 1996 and 1995 first quarter
revenues being lower than revenues in the prior year's fourth quarter. The
Company believes that this trend will continue and expects that its operating
results will peak in the fourth quarter of each year and decline from that level
in the first quarter of the following year. Because the Company's operating
expenses are based upon anticipated revenue levels and because a high percentage
of the Company's expenses are relatively fixed in the near term, any shortfall
in anticipated revenue or delay in recognition of revenue could result in
significant variations in the Company's operating results from quarter to
quarter.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   17
 
     The Company plans to increase expenditures in order to fund continued
build-up of international operations, greater levels of research and
development, a larger direct and indirect sales and marketing staff, development
of new distribution and resale channels, and broader customer support
capability. Such increases in expenditures will depend, among other things, upon
ongoing results and evolving business needs. To the extent such expenses precede
or are not subsequently followed by increased revenues, the Company's operating
results would be materially adversely affected. See "Item 9. Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS
 
     The Company's products are currently marketed in over 90 countries, with
Germany, the rest of Europe and the Americas being the Company's principal
markets. In 1997, revenues derived from outside Germany totaled DM 4,868
million, representing approximately 81% of the Company's total revenues. Sales
in the Company's principal markets are subject to risks inherent in
international business activities, including, in particular, general economic
conditions in each country, overlap of differing tax structures, management of
an organization spread over various jurisdictions, unexpected changes in
regulatory requirements, exchange rate fluctuations and compliance with a
variety of foreign laws and regulations. Other general risks associated with
international operations include import and export licensing requirements, trade
restrictions and changes in tariff and freight rates.
 
     In order to support the growth of the Company's business in international
markets, the Company expects to continue to incur significant costs to build
infrastructure ahead of anticipated revenues. As a result of this expansion, the
Company must continue to implement and improve its operational and financial
control systems and to expand, train and manage its employee base and
relationships with third-party implementation providers. These factors have
placed, and are expected to continue to place, a significant strain on the
Company's management and operations. There can be no assurance that the
Company's international operations will continue to be successful or that the
Company will be able to manage effectively the increased level of operations.
The inability to manage these activities effectively would have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations, financial
condition or cash flows.
 
YEAR 2000 ISSUES
 
     Many currently installed computer systems and software products are coded
to accept only two digit entries in the date code field. These date code fields
will need to accept four digit entries to distinguish 21st century dates from
20th century dates. As a result, in less than two years, computer systems and/or
software used by many companies may need to be upgraded to comply with such
"Year 2000" requirements. Significant uncertainty exists in the software
industry concerning the potential effects associated with such compliance. The
Company has performed extensive testing to validate that the R/3 System and the
R/2 System are Year 2000 compliant. This testing process was monitored and
certified by the Technischer Uberwachungs Verein e.V. (TUV) to verify that such
testing processes were sufficient to determine that the software is Year 2000
compliant. The Company's internal business information systems primarily
comprise the same commercial application software products generally offered for
license by the Company to end-user customers. Therefore, except as discussed in
the next succeeding paragraph, the Company does not expect any Year 2000
compliance issues to arise related to the Systems. However, there can be no
assurance that the Company's Systems will operate properly in the Year 2000.
Such failure of the Company's Systems to be Year 2000 compliant could have an
adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations, financial
condition or cash flows.
 
     The Company utilizes third-party vendor network equipment,
telecommunication products, and other third-party software products which may or
may not be Year 2000 compliant. The Company has in place a plan which identifies
the third-party software products which must be upgraded and provides for a
timetable with respect to completion of these upgrades. Such plan contemplates
system upgrades from existing vendors. The Company has requested assurances from
such third-party software vendors that plans are in process to make necessary
modifications to achieve compliance with Year 2000 processing requirements. The
Company does not expect that the cost of such upgrades will be material and does
not anticipate a material disruption in
                                       12
<PAGE>   18
 
its operations, capital resources or cash flows as a result of such upgrades.
However, there can be no assurance that the software products supplied to the
Company by such third-party vendors will achieve Year 2000 compliance in a
timely manner. Failure of any critical technology components to operate properly
in the Year 2000 may have an adverse impact on the Company's business, results
of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
 
     The Company is aware of three lawsuits against other software vendors
concerning Year 2000 compliance. Since this area of law is relatively new, the
Company cannot predict how it will be affected. There can be no assurance that
the Company will not be the subject of a lawsuit concerning Year 2000
compliance. A lawsuit of this nature, with or without merit, could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations,
financial condition or cash flows.
 
     The Company believes that the purchasing patterns of customers and
potential customers may be affected by Year 2000 issues in a variety of ways.
Many companies are expending significant resources to correct or patch their
current software systems for Year 2000 compliance. These expenditures may result
in reduced funds available to purchase software products such as those offered
by the Company. Many potential customers may also choose to defer purchasing
Year 2000 compliant products until they believe it is absolutely necessary, thus
resulting in potentially stalled market sales within the industry. Conversely,
Year 2000 issues may cause other companies to accelerate purchases, thereby
causing an increase in short-term demand and a consequent decrease in long-term
demand for software products. There can be no assurance that such customers will
purchase support services from the Company or that they will upgrade beyond
their current version of the Company's software once their current software
suppliers reach compliance. Any of the foregoing could result in a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations, financial
condition or cash flows.
 
EURO CURRENCY
 
     Beginning in January 1999, a new currency called the "EURO" is scheduled to
be introduced in certain Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU") countries. By June
30, 2002 at the latest, all participating EMU countries are expected to be
operating with the EURO as their single currency. As a result, in less than one
year, computer software used by many companies headquartered or maintaining a
subsidiary in a participating EMU country is expected to be EURO-enabled, and in
less than four years all companies headquartered or maintaining a subsidiary in
an EMU country will need to be EURO-enabled. The Company intends to convert all
of SAP's share capital and its financial accounting and reporting currency into
the EURO by January 1, 1999. The transition to the EURO will involve changing
budgetary, accounting and fiscal systems in companies and public administration,
as well as the simultaneous handling of parallel currencies and conversion of
legacy data. Uncertainty exists as to the effects the EURO will have on the
marketplace. Additionally, all of the final rules and regulations have not yet
been defined and finalized by the European Commission with respect to the EURO.
The Company is monitoring the rules and regulations as they become known in
order to make any changes to its software products that the Company deems
necessary to comply with such rules and regulations. The R/3 System and the R/2
System are designed to fully accommodate the implementation of the EURO, and the
Company believes that it will be able to accommodate any required EURO changes
in its software products. However, there can be no assurance that, once the
final rules and regulations are completed, the Company's software will contain
all of the necessary changes or meet all of the EURO requirements. Any inability
to comply with the EURO requirements could have an adverse effect on the
Company's business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.
 
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET FOR ADSS OR PREFERENCE SHARES IN THE UNITED STATES
 
     Prior to the Exchange Offer, there has been only a very limited public
market for the Rule 144A ADSs and no public market for the ADSs or the
Preference Shares in the United States. There can be no assurance that an active
public market for the ADSs will develop upon completion of the Exchange Offer
or, if it develops, that such market will be sustained.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   19
 
ENFORCEABILITY OF UNITED STATES JUDGMENTS
 
     SAP is a stock corporation (Aktiengesellschaft) organized under the laws of
Germany. All members of SAP's Supervisory Board (Aufsichtsrat) and Executive
Board (Vorstand) are non-residents of the United States. A substantial portion
of the assets of such persons and the Company are located outside the United
States. As a result, it may not be possible to effect service of process within
the United States upon such persons or the Company or to enforce against them
judgments obtained in United States courts predicated upon the civil liability
provisions of the securities laws of the United States. In addition, awards of
punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be
unenforceable in Germany.
 
                FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS MAY PROVE INACCURATE
 
     This Prospectus, including the Form 20-F included herein, contains
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. When used in
this prospectus, the words "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "intend," "may,"
"will" and "expect" and similar expressions as they relate to the Company or its
business are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. The Company
undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Actual results, performances or achievements could differ materially from those
expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements. Factors that could
cause or contribute to such differences include those described above under the
heading "Risk Factors," as well as the factors discussed elsewhere in this
Prospectus. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these
forward-looking statements, which speak only as of their dates.
 
                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
     The predecessor company to SAP was incorporated under the laws of Germany
in 1972. SAP became a stock corporation (Aktiengesellschaft) in 1988. Its
principal executive offices are located at NeurottstraSSe 16, 69190 Walldorf,
Germany. Its telephone number is 49-6227-7-47474.
 
PURPOSE OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
     The Company's purpose in making the Exchange Offer is to provide holders of
Rule 144A ADSs with freely transferable securities and to eliminate duplicative
American Depositary Receipt facilities. The Exchange Offer provides holders of
Rule 144A ADSs with an opportunity to receive securities which may be eligible
for listing on a United States national securities exchange or quotation on a
United States automated inter-dealer quotation system and which will generally
be freely transferable by the holders thereof without registration or any
prospectus delivery requirement under the Securities Act. The Company's
application to list the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange has been approved.
SAP intends to have the ADSs listed approximately seven business days after the
consummation of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer should provide holders of
Rule 144A ADSs with the ability to effect, for United States federal and German
income tax purposes, a tax-free exchange of such Rule 144A ADSs, which are
subject to trading limitations, for ADSs, which the Company anticipates will be
more widely held and more actively traded than the Rule 144A ADSs have been.
 
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
     The Company hereby offers, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein
and in the Letter of Transmittal, to exchange four ADSs for each outstanding
Rule 144A ADS. The Rule 144A ADSs were initially offered and sold in the Prior
Offerings. At June 18, 1998, there were 752,604 Rule 144A ADSs outstanding. The
Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum number of Rule 144A ADSs
being tendered.
 
     The ADSs will be registered under the Securities Act. The Company's
application to list the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange has been approved.
The Company expects that the ADSs will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange
approximately seven business days after the consummation of the Exchange Offer.
                                       14
<PAGE>   20
 
     The Exchange Offer will expire at 12:00 Midnight, New York City time, on
July 23, 1998, unless extended. The term "Expiration Date" means 12:00 Midnight,
New York City time, on July 23, 1998, unless the Company, in its sole
discretion, notifies the Exchange Agent that the period of the Exchange Offer
has been extended, in which case the term "Expiration Date" means the latest
time and date on which the Exchange Offer as so extended will expire. See
"-- Expiration and Extensions."
 
     Holders of Rule 144A ADSs who wish to exchange such Rule 144A ADSs for ADSs
and who validly tender Rule 144A ADSs by complying with the book-entry transfer
procedures described below and, in each case, who furnish the Letter of
Transmittal and any other required documents to the Exchange Agent, will have
(i) ADRs evidencing their ADSs recorded in records maintained by DTC or its
nominee or institutions that have accounts with DTC (each an "Eligible
Institution") or (ii) at the request of such holder contained in the Letter of
Transmittal, certificated ADRs evidencing their ADSs mailed by the Exchange
Agent as ordered by such holder, promptly after such tender is accepted by the
Company. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer, validly
tendered Rule 144A ADSs will be accepted promptly after the Expiration Date.
Subject to the applicable rules of the SEC, however, the Company reserves the
right to delay acceptance of tendered Rule 144A ADSs, or to terminate the
Exchange Offer upon the occurrence of certain conditions. See "-- Conditions."
The Company's reservation of the right so to delay acceptance of tendered Rule
144A ADSs or so to terminate the Exchange Offer is subject to the provisions of
Rules 13e-4(f)(5) and 14e-1(c) under the United States Securities and Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), which require that a tender
offeror pay the consideration offered or return the tendered securities promptly
after the termination, expiration or withdrawal of a tender offer.
 
     In addition, the Company reserves the right to waive any condition or
otherwise amend the Exchange Offer in any respect. If any amendment or waiver by
the Company of the Exchange Offer constitutes a material change in the
information previously disclosed to the holders of Rule 144A ADSs, the Company
will, in accordance with the applicable rules of the SEC, disseminate promptly
disclosure of such change in a manner reasonably calculated to inform holders of
such change. If it is necessary to permit an adequate dissemination of
information regarding such material change, the Company will extend the Exchange
Offer to permit an adequate time for holders of Rule 144A ADSs to consider the
additional information.
 
CONDITIONS
 
     Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Exchange Offer, or any
extension of the Exchange Offer, SAP will not be required to cause the issuance
of ADSs in respect of any validly tendered Rule 144A ADSs not accepted and may
terminate the Exchange Offer (by oral or written notice to the Exchange Agent
and by timely public announcement communicated, unless otherwise required by
applicable law or regulation, by making a release to the Dow Jones News Service)
and, subject to compliance with the applicable rules of the SEC, delay the
acceptance of the tendered Rule 144A ADSs if any material change occurs which is
likely to affect the Exchange Offer, including, but not limited to, the
following:
 
          (a) there shall be instituted or threatened any action or proceeding
     before any court or governmental agency challenging the Exchange Offer or
     otherwise directly or indirectly relating to the Exchange Offer;
 
          (b) there shall occur any development in any pending action or
     proceeding which, in the sole judgment of SAP, would or might (i) prohibit,
     restrict or delay consummation of the Exchange Offer, or (ii) impair the
     contemplated benefits of the Exchange Offer;
 
          (c) any statute, rule or regulation shall have been proposed or
     enacted, or any action shall have been taken by any governmental authority,
     which, in the reasonable judgment of SAP, would or might (i) prohibit,
     restrict or delay consummation of the Exchange Offer, or (ii) impair the
     contemplated benefits of the Exchange Offer;
 
          (d) there shall occur any change, or development involving a
     prospective change, which has had or may have a material adverse effect on
     the Exchange Offer; or
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   21
 
          (e) there exists, in the reasonable judgment of SAP, any actual or
     threatened legal impediment (including a default under an agreement,
     indenture or other instrument or obligation to which the Company is a party
     or by which it is bound) to the consummation of the transactions
     contemplated by the Exchange Offer.
 
     SAP expressly reserves the right to terminate the Exchange Offer and not
accept for exchange any Rule 144A ADSs upon the occurrence of any of the
foregoing conditions. In addition, SAP may amend the Exchange Offer at any time
prior to the Expiration Date if any of the conditions set forth above occur.
Moreover, regardless of whether any of the foregoing conditions occurs, SAP
reserves the right to amend the Exchange Offer in any manner prior to the
Expiration Date, although it has no current intention to do so.
 
     The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of SAP and may be waived
by SAP, in whole or in part, in its reasonable discretion. Any determination
made by SAP concerning an event, development or circumstance described or
referred to above will be final and binding on all parties to the Exchange
Offer. If any such waiver constitutes a material change to the Exchange Offer,
SAP will promptly disclose any such waiver by means of a prospectus supplement
that will be distributed to all holders of Rule 144A ADSs and will extend the
Exchange Offer for a period of five to ten business days, depending upon the
manner of disclosure to such holders, if the Exchange Offer would otherwise
expire during such five to ten business day period.
 
CERTAIN EFFECTS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
     Because the Exchange Offer is for any and all Rule 144A ADSs, the number of
Rule 144A ADSs tendered in the Exchange Offer will reduce the number of
outstanding Rule 144A ADSs. As a result, the liquidity of any remaining Rule
144A ADSs may be substantially reduced. Moreover, the intended termination of
the Rule 144A Deposit Agreements described under the caption "Important Notice
to Holders and Beneficial Owners of Rule 144A ADSs" on page 1 of this Prospectus
will eliminate the trading market for such remaining Rule 144A ADSs. The holder
of any Rule 144A ADSs that remain outstanding after the expiration of the
Exchange Offer will have the option, prior to the termination of the applicable
Rule 144A Deposit Agreements and subject to certain provisions thereof, (1) to
sell its Rule 144A ADSs in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation
S or to a person it reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer in a
transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, or (2) to withdraw the Rule
144A Underlying Shares in each case subject to transaction and other costs as
set forth in the applicable Rule 144A Deposit Agreement. The holder of Rule 144A
ADSs that remain outstanding after the expiration of the Exchange Offer may also
sell its Rule 144A ADSs pursuant to the exemption from registration under the
Securities Act provided by Rule 144, if available. Holders of Rule 144A ADSs
remaining outstanding after such termination will be subject to (i) the
U.S.$5.00 per 100 Rule 144A ADSs surrender fee payable in connection with the
delivery of Rule 144A Underlying Shares, (ii) the U.S.$.02 per Rule 144A ADS
distribution fee payable in connection with any cash distribution made pursuant
to the applicable Rule 144A Deposit Agreement, (iii) any applicable taxes or
governmental charges and (iv) any expenses for the account of the owner of such
Rule 144A ADRs in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable
Rule 144A Deposit Agreement. At any time after the expiration of one year from
the date of termination, the Rule 144A ADS Depositary may sell the Rule 144A
Underlying Shares and hold the net proceeds of any such sale, together with any
cash then held by it under the applicable Rule 144A Deposit Agreement,
unsegregated and without liability for interest, for the pro rata benefit of the
Rule 144A ADR holders that have not theretofore surrendered such Rule 144A ADRs.
 
EXPIRATION AND EXTENSIONS
 
     The Exchange Offer will expire at 12:00 Midnight, New York City time, on
July 23, 1998, unless extended by SAP. During any extension of the Exchange
Offer, all Rule 144A ADSs previously tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer
will remain subject to the Exchange Offer (and to the withdrawal rights of the
holders thereof as specified herein). The Exchange Offer may be extended by oral
or written notice from SAP to the Exchange Agent at any time or from time to
time, on or prior to the date then fixed for the expiration of the Exchange
Offer. Public announcement of any extension of the Exchange Offer will be timely
made by
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   22
 
SAP, but, unless otherwise required by applicable law or regulation, SAP will
not have any obligation to communicate such public announcement other than by
making a release to the Dow Jones News Service.
 
HOW TO TENDER
 
     A holder of Rule 144A ADSs may tender by properly completing and signing
the Letter of Transmittal or a facsimile thereof (all references in this
Prospectus to the Letter of Transmittal shall be deemed to include a facsimile
thereof) and any other required documents and delivering such documents to the
Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, and effecting the tender of
Rule 144A ADSs by book-entry transfer on or prior to the Expiration Date. Unless
otherwise indicated on the properly completed and executed Letter of
Transmittal, beneficial interests in ADRs evidencing ADSs to be issued in
exchange for validly tendered Rule 144A ADSs will be recorded in records
maintained by DTC or its nominee, or institutions that have accounts with DTC.
 
     Any financial institution which is a participant in DTC may make book-entry
delivery of Rule 144A ADSs by causing DTC to transfer such Rule 144A ADSs into
the Exchange Agent's account at DTC in accordance with DTC's procedure for such
transfer. Although delivery of Rule 144A ADSs may be effected through book-entry
transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC, the Letter of Transmittal,
with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, must in
any case be transmitted to and received by the Exchange Agent on or prior to the
Expiration Date at its addresses set forth below under "-- Exchange Agent."
Delivery of documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.
All references in this Prospectus to deposit or delivery of shares shall be
deemed to include DTC's book-entry delivery method.
 
     THE METHOD OF DELIVERY OF RULE 144A ADSS AND ALL OTHER DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING
DELIVERY THROUGH DTC, IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF THE HOLDER.
 
     A tender will be deemed to have been received as of the date when the
tendering holder's duly signed Letter of Transmittal, accompanied by the receipt
of timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of Rule 144A ADSs into the
Exchange Agent's account at DTC, is received by the Exchange Agent.
 
     Any whole number of Rule 144A ADSs may be tendered. Tendering holders may
tender less than all of the Rule 144A ADSs they hold provided they appropriately
indicate such fact on the Letter of Transmittal. The tender of fractional Rule
144A ADSs will not be accepted.
 
     SAP reserves the right to determine all questions as to tenders, including
the date of receipt of a tender, the propriety of execution of any document, and
other questions as to the validity, form, eligibility or acceptability of any
tender. SAP reserves the right to reject any tender not in proper form or
otherwise not valid or the acceptance for exchange of which may, in the opinion
of SAP's counsel, be unlawful or to waive any irregularities or conditions, and
SAP's interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer
(including the instructions on the Letter of Transmittal) will be final. SAP
shall not be obligated to give notice of any defects or irregularities in
tenders and shall not incur any liability for failure to give any such notice.
The Exchange Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, give notice of any
irregularities or defects in tenders and shall not incur any liability for any
failure to give any such notice. Rule 144A ADSs shall not be deemed to have been
duly or validly tendered unless and until all defects and irregularities have
been cured or waived. Improperly tendered Rule 144A ADSs delivered by book-entry
transfer within DTC will be credited to the account maintained within DTC by the
participant in DTC which delivered such shares, promptly after the Expiration
Date (unless irregularities and defects are timely cured or waived).
 
RESALES
 
     Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC issued to unaffiliated
third parties, the ADSs issued pursuant to an exchange offer may be offered for
resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof without complying
with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act,
provided that such holder (i) is not an "affiliate" or "promoter" (as such terms
are defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company, (ii) is not
participating in and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   23
 
participate in a distribution of the ADSs to be received in the Exchange Offer,
(iii) is not a broker-dealer that purchased the Rule 144A ADSs in the Prior
Offerings for resale pursuant to Rule 144A or another available exemption under
the Securities Act, and (iv) is acquiring the ADSs in the ordinary course of
such holder's business. Holders of Rule 144A ADSs wishing to accept the Exchange
Offer must represent to the Company that such conditions have been met.
 
     Each broker-dealer that receives ADSs for its own account as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities pursuant to the Exchange
Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any
resale of such ADSs. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging
and by delivering a prospectus, such broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit
that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This
Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by such broker-dealer in connection with resales of ADSs received in exchange
for Rule 144A ADSs, which such broker-dealer must represent were acquired by
such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities. The Company has agreed that, for a period of 30 days after the
Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus available to any such
broker-dealer for use in connection with such resale. See "Plan of
Distribution."
 
     If any holder of Rule 144A ADSs does not satisfy any of the foregoing
conditions, such holder will not be entitled to rely on the foregoing SEC staff
interpretations.
 
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
 
     The Letter of Transmittal contains, among other things, certain terms and
conditions, which are summarized below and are part of the Exchange Offer.
 
     Tendering Rule 144A ADSs and execution of the Letter of Transmittal are
deemed to constitute the representation and agreement that the tendering holder,
if not a broker-dealer, (or, if different, the beneficial owner) of Rule 144A
ADSs is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of the
ADSs to be received in the Exchange Offer.
 
     Timely confirmation of a book-entry transfer of Rule 144A ADSs to the
Exchange Agent must be received by the Exchange Agent, with the Letter of
Transmittal and any other required documents, by 12:00 Midnight, New York City
time, on or prior to July 23, 1998, unless extended. By execution and delivery
of a Letter of Transmittal and any other required documents, the party tendering
the Rule 144A ADSs for exchange will sell, assign and transfer the Rule 144A
ADSs to the Rule 144A ADS Depositary and will irrevocably constitute and appoint
the Exchange Agent as such holder's agent and attorney-in-fact to cause the Rule
144A ADSs to be transferred and exchanged, subject only to the withdrawal rights
described below. Pursuant to the Letter of Transmittal, such holder will warrant
that it has full power and authority to tender, exchange, sell, assign and
transfer the Rule 144A ADSs and to acquire the ADSs issuable upon the exchange
of such tendered Rule 144A ADSs, that the Rule 144A ADS Depositary will acquire
good and unencumbered title to the tendered Rule 144A ADSs, free and clear of
all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances, and that the Rule 144A ADSs
tendered for exchange are not subject to any adverse claims or proxies when
accepted by SAP. Such holder will also warrant that it will, upon request,
execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by SAP or the Exchange Agent
to be necessary or desirable to complete the exchange, sale, assignment and
transfer of the tendered Rule 144A ADSs. All authority conferred or agreed to be
conferred in the Letter of Transmittal by such holder will survive the death or
incapacity of such holder and any obligation of such holder shall be binding
upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of such holder.
 
     All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt) and acceptability of any tender will be determined by SAP, in its sole
discretion, and such determination will be final and binding. Unless waived by
SAP, irregularities and defects must be cured by the Expiration Date. SAP will
pay all security transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer and exchange
of Rule 144A ADSs tendered except that, if delivery of ADSs in exchange for
surrendered Rule 144A ADSs is to be made to a person other than the registered
holder(s) of the surrendered Rule 144A ADSs or if surrendered Rule 144A ADSs are
registered in the name of any person other than the person(s) signing the Letter
of Transmittal, the Company will not be responsible for any security transfer
taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder(s) or such other person or
otherwise) payable on account of the transfer to or from such other person.
                                       18
<PAGE>   24
 
WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS
 
     All tenders of Rule 144A ADSs may be withdrawn at any time prior to the
Expiration Date. To be effective, notice of withdrawal must be timely received
by an Exchange Agent at the address set forth below under "-- Exchange Agent."
Any notice of withdrawal must specify the person named in the Letter of
Transmittal as having tendered the number of Rule 144A ADSs to be withdrawn. Any
notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the participant's
account at DTC to be credited with the withdrawn Rule 144A ADSs. The Exchange
Agent will return the properly withdrawn Rule 144A ADSs as soon as practicable
following receipt of notice of withdrawal. All questions as to the validity,
including time of receipt, of notices of withdrawal will be determined by SAP,
and such determination will be final and binding on all parties.
 
ACCEPTANCE OF TENDERS
 
     Subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer, including the
reservation of certain rights by SAP, Rule 144A ADSs tendered with a properly
executed Letter of Transmittal and all other required documentation, and not
withdrawn, will be accepted promptly after the Expiration Date. Subject to such
terms and conditions, (a) beneficial interests in ADRs evidencing ADSs to be
issued in exchange for properly tendered Rule 144A ADSs will be recorded in
records maintained by (i) DTC or its nominee or (ii) institutions that have
accounts with DTC or (b) at the request of the tendering holder contained in the
Letter of Transmittal, certificated ADRs evidencing ADSs to be issued in
exchange for properly tendered Rule 144A ADSs will be mailed by the Exchange
Agent as ordered by such holder promptly after the acceptance of the tendered
Rule 144A ADSs. Acceptance of tendered Rule 144A ADSs will be effected by the
delivery of a notice to that effect by SAP to the Exchange Agent. Subject to the
applicable rules of the SEC, SAP, however, reserves the right to delay
acceptance of tendered Rule 144A ADSs upon the occurrence of any of the
conditions set forth above under "-- Conditions." Reservation of the right to
delay acceptance of tendered Rule 144A ADSs is subject to the provisions of
Rules 13e-4(f)(5) and 14e-1(c) under the Exchange Act, which require that a
tender offeror pay the consideration offered or return the tendered securities
promptly after the termination, expiration or withdrawal of a tender offer.
 
     Although SAP does not currently intend to do so, if it modifies the terms
of the Exchange Offer, such modified terms will be available to all holders of
Rule 144A ADSs, whether or not their Rule 144A ADSs have been tendered prior to
such modification. Any material modification will be disclosed in accordance
with the applicable rules of the SEC and, if required, the Exchange Offer will
be extended to permit holders of Rule 144A ADSs adequate time to consider such
modification.
 
     The tender of Rule 144A ADSs will constitute acceptance by the tendering
holder of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer. SAP's acceptance for
exchange of Rule 144A ADSs tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer will
constitute a binding agreement between the tendering holder and SAP upon the
terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer.
 
EXCHANGE AGENT
 
     The Bank of New York has been appointed Exchange Agent for the Exchange
Offer. Letters of Transmittal must be addressed to the Exchange Agent as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
  If by Hand, Express Mail or       Facsimile Transmission                If by Mail:
      Overnight Courier:               Telephone Number:
     The Bank of New York             Fax: (212) 815-6213            The Bank of New York
      101 Barclay Street              Tel: (800) 507-9357               P.O. Box 11248
   New York, New York 10286                                          Church Street Station
Attention: Receive and Deliver                                   New York, New York 10286-1248
            Window                                              Attention: Tender and Exchange
                                                                          Department
</TABLE>
 
     Delivery to other than the above will not constitute a valid delivery.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   25
 
SOLICITATION OF TENDERS; EXPENSES
 
     Except as described above under "-- Exchange Agent," SAP has not retained
any agent in connection with the Exchange Offer and will not make any payments
to brokers, dealers or other persons for soliciting or recommending acceptances
of the Exchange Offer. SAP will, however, reimburse the Exchange Agent for its
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith. SAP will also pay
brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries the reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in forwarding copies of this Prospectus
and related documents to the beneficial owners of the Rule 144A ADSs and in
handling or forwarding tenders for their customers.
 
                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
     Each broker-dealer that receives ADSs for its own account as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities pursuant to the Exchange
Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any
resale of such ADSs. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from
time to time, may be issued by such broker-dealer in connection with resales of
ADSs received in exchange for Rule 144A ADSs where such Rule 144A ADSs were
acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities.
Each such broker-dealer participating in the Exchange Offer will represent that
the Rule 144A ADSs being exchanged for ADSs were acquired as a result of
market-making or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that for a
period of 30 days after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus, as
amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection
with any such resale.
 
     The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of ADSs by
broker-dealers. ADSs received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant
to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions
on the New York Stock Exchange in negotiated transactions, through the writing
of options on the ADSs or a combination of such methods of resale, at market
prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing
market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to
purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in
the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the
purchasers of any such ADSs. Any broker-dealer that resells ADSs that were
received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker
or dealer that participates in a distribution of such ADSs may be deemed to be
an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any
such resale of ADSs and any commissions or concessions received by any such
persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act.
The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and
by delivering a prospectus a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it
is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
 
     For a period of 30 days after the Expiration Date, the Company will
promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or
supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents
in the Letter of Transmittal.
 
                              RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
 
     On April 21, 1998, the Company reported the financial information set forth
below for the three-month period ended March 31, 1998 and 1997. The financial
information set forth below is unaudited and has been prepared pursuant to
generally accepted accounting principles in Germany ("German GAAP"). The
financial information set forth below has been prepared on the same basis as the
audited consolidated financial statements of the Company included in the Form
20-F and reflects all adjustments, which include only normal recurring
adjustments, which are necessary for a fair presentation in accordance with
German GAAP. A description of items which differ under German GAAP and generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States is included in note (40) to
the Company's audited consolidated financial statements included in the Form
20-F. The unaudited consolidated results from ordinary operations set forth
below for the three-month period ended March 31, 1998 are not necessarily
indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   26
 
year. The financial information set forth below should be read in conjunction
with the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and the notes
thereto included in the Form 20-F.
 
            CONSOLIDATED RESULTS FROM ORDINARY OPERATION (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FOR THE THREE MONTHS
                                                                     ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                      (IN MILLIONS)
                                                              ------------------------------
                                                                1998       1998       1997
                                                              --------    -------    -------
                                                              U.S.$(1)      DM         DM
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>        <C>
Product revenues............................................    576.5     1,064.7      676.8
Consulting revenues.........................................    221.0       408.2      241.9
Training revenues...........................................    106.9       197.4      103.3
Other.......................................................      6.5        12.0       10.1
     TOTAL SALES REVENUES...................................    910.9     1,682.3    1,032.1
                                                               ------     -------    -------
Other operating income(2)...................................     26.2        48.3       23.0
Cost of services and materials and operating expenses:
  Cost of services and materials............................    109.4       202.0      102.0
  Personnel expenses........................................    373.0       688.8      435.9
  Depreciation and amortization.............................     29.2        54.0       39.8
  Other operating expenses..................................    267.3       493.6      308.0
                                                               ------     -------    -------
          Total cost of services and materials and operating
            expenses........................................    778.9     1,438.4      885.7
                                                               ------     -------    -------
Operating results...........................................    158.2       292.2      169.4
Financial results(3)........................................     10.4        19.2       11.9
                                                               ------     -------    -------
RESULTS FROM ORDINARY OPERATIONS............................    168.6       311.4      181.3
                                                               ------     -------    -------
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Amounts in this column are unaudited and translated at DM 1.8468 to U.S.
    $1.00, the Noon Buying Rate on March 31, 1998. See "Item 8. Selected
    Consolidated Financial Data -- Exchange Rates" for recent exchange rates
    between the Mark and the Dollar.
 
(2) Other operating income includes increases in inventory of unfinished
    services.
 
(3) Financial results include income from investments, net interest income,
    write-down on financial assets and income from marketable securities and
    loans of financial assets.
 
                           INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
     Each exchanging holder should consult with his or her individual tax
advisor as to any foreign, state and local tax consequences of the Exchange
Offer as well as to the effect of his or her particular facts and circumstances
on the matters discussed herein.
 
UNITED STATES TAXES
 
     In the opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, special United States tax
counsel to SAP, under United States federal income tax law, a holder of Rule
144A ADSs who is an individual citizen or resident of the United States or a
corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any political
subdivision thereof (a "United States Holder") and who holds the Rule 144A ADSs
as capital assets will not recognize gain or loss upon an exchange of Rule 144A
ADSs for ADSs pursuant to the Exchange Offer. A United States Holder's tax basis
in the ADSs received pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be the same as such
United States Holder's basis in the Rule 144A ADSs exchanged therefor, and a
United States Holder's holding period for ADSs received pursuant to the Exchange
Offer will include such United States Holder's holding period for the Rule 144A
ADSs.
 
GERMAN TAXES
 
     In the opinion of Haarmann, Hemmelrath & Partner, special German tax
counsel to SAP, under German income tax law, a holder of Rule 144A ADSs will not
recognize gain or loss upon an exchange of Rule 144A
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   27
 
ADSs for ADSs pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The exchange of Rule 144A ADSs for
ADSs pursuant to the Exchange Offer is not subject to any other German taxes.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     The validity of the Underlying Shares, and certain matters with respect to
United States federal income tax law, will be passed upon for the Company by
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, special counsel to the Company. Certain matters
with respect to German tax law will be passed upon by Haarmann, Hemmelrath &
Partner, special German tax counsel to the Company. Dr. Wilhelm Haarmann, a
partner in Haarmann, Hemmelrath & Partner, is a member of SAP's Supervisory
Board.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997 included in
this Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus forms a part have been audited by ARTHUR ANDERSEN
Wirtschaftsprufungsgesellschaft Steuerberatungsgesellschaft mbH, independent
accountants, as indicated in these reports with respect thereto, and are
included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving
said reports.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     The Company has filed with the SEC on June 22, 1998 a Registration
Statement on Form F-1 (Registration No. 333-57383) and on June 25, 1998 a
Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form F-6
(Registration No. 333-9016) (collectively, the "Registration Statements") under
the Securities Act with respect to the securities subject to the Exchange Offer.
The Company has also filed a Schedule 13E-4 Tender Offer Statement (the
"Schedule 13E-4") with the SEC with respect to the Exchange Offer. This
Prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the Registration
Statements and the Schedule 13E-4, some of which is omitted in accordance with
the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to
the Company and the securities subject to the Exchange Offer, reference is made
to the Registration Statements and to the exhibits filed therewith. Statements
made in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document
referred to are not necessarily complete, and where applicable, reference is
made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the
applicable Registration Statement or the Schedule 13E-4, and each such statement
is qualified by such reference.
 
     The Registration Statements and the Schedule 13E-4 may be inspected and
copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at Room 1024,
Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at the regional
offices of the SEC located at Seven World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048
and at 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of
such material may also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC
at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. The
Commission maintains a World Wide Web site that contains reports, proxy and
information statements and other information regarding issuers that file
electronically with the Commission, such as SAP. The address of such site is
http://www.sec.gov.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   28
 
                                                                        APPENDIX
================================================================================
 
                                 UNITED STATES
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                                   FORM 20-F
 
(MARK ONE)
 
[X]   REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF
     THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
                                       OR
 
[ ]   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
     SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
                     FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED:
 
                                       OR
 
[ ]   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
     SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
                         FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM
                               --------------- TO
                                ---------------
 
                       COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 001-14251
                            ------------------------
 
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
            SYSTEME, ANWENDUNGEN, PRODUKTE IN DER DATENVERARBEITUNG
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
                          FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY
                (JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)
                            ------------------------
 
                               NEUROTTSTRASSE 16
                                 69190 WALLDORF
                          FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY
                    (ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
SECURITIES REGISTERED OR TO BE REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                TITLE OF EACH CLASS               NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE ON WHICH REGISTERED
                -------------------               -----------------------------------------
    <S>                                          <C>
    American Depositary Shares, each             New York Stock Exchange
    Representing One-Twelfth of One Non-Voting
    Preference Share, without nominal value
</TABLE>
 
     SECURITIES REGISTERED OR TO BE REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE
ACT: None
 
     SECURITIES FOR WHICH THERE IS A REPORTING OBLIGATION PURSUANT TO SECTION
15(d) OF THE ACT: None
 
     Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes
of capital or common stock at the close of the period covered by the
registration statement:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Ordinary Shares, without nominal value......................  60,996,050
Non-Voting Preference Shares, without nominal value.........  43,307,249
</TABLE>
 
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.
 
                               Yes [ ]     No [X]
 
     Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has
elected to follow.
 
                          Item 17 [ ]     Item 18 [X]
================================================================================
<PAGE>   29
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION.......................    1
 
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS MAY PROVE INACCURATE.............    1
 
GLOSSARY OF CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS...........................    3
 
PART I......................................................    5
  Item  1. Description of Business..........................    5
  Item  2. Description of Property..........................   18
  Item  3. Legal Proceedings................................   18
  Item  4. Control of Registrant............................   19
  Item  5. Nature of Trading Market.........................   21
  Item  6. Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting
     Security Holders.......................................   23
  Item  7. Taxation.........................................   24
  Item  8. Selected Consolidated Financial Data.............   30
  Item  9. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
     Condition and
                Results of Operations.......................   34
  Item 9A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About
     Market Risk............................................   44
  Item 10. Directors and Officers of Registrant.............   46
  Item 11. Compensation of Directors and Officers...........   48
  Item 12. Options to Purchase Securities from Registrant or
     Subsidiaries...........................................   48
  Item 13. Interest of Management in Certain Transactions...   50
 
PART II.....................................................   51
  Item 14. Description of Securities to be Registered.......   51
 
PART III....................................................   63
  Item 15. Defaults Upon Senior Securities*.................   63
  Item 16. Changes in Securities and Changes in Security for
     Registered Securities and
                Use of Proceeds*............................   63
 
PART IV.....................................................   63
  Item 17. Financial Statements**...........................   63
  Item 18. Financial Statements.............................   63
  Item 19. Financial Statements and Exhibits................   63
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 * Omitted because the Item is inapplicable or the answer is negative.
 
** The Registrant has responded to Item 18 in lieu of this Item.
 
                                        i
<PAGE>   30
 
     SAP Aktiengesellschaft Systeme, Anwendungen, Produkte in der
Datenverarbeitung ("SAP" and, together with its subsidiaries, the "Company") was
incorporated under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany ("Germany") in
1972. Where the context requires, "SAP" refers to its predecessors,
Systemanalyse und Programmentwicklung GdbR (1972-1976) and SAP, Systeme,
Anwendungen, Produkte in der Datenverarbeitung GmbH (1976-1988). SAP became a
stock corporation (Aktiengesellschaft) in 1988. The Company's principal
executive offices are located at NeurottstraSSe 16, 69190 Walldorf, Germany. Its
telephone number is 49-6227-7-47474.
 
     "SAP," "ABAP/4," "SAP EarlyWatch," "SAP Business Workflow," "R/2," "R/3,"
"ABAP," "TeamSAP," "BAPI," "SAP SCOPE," "AcceleratedSAP," "ALE," "IBU,"
"SAPNet," "SAP Aerospace & Defense," "SAP Automotive," "SAP Banking," "SAP
Chemical," "SAP Consumer Products," "SAP Engineering & Construction," "SAP
Healthcare," "SAP High Tech & Electronics," "SAP Insurance," "SAP Media," "SAP
Oil & Gas," "SAP Pharmaceuticals," "SAP Public Sector," "SAP Retail," "SAP
Telecommunications" and "SAP Utilities" are trademarks of the Company. This
document also contains trademarks of companies other than the Company.
 
     Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Registration
Statement on Form 20-F ("Form 20-F") to "Ordinary Shares" are to SAP's ordinary
shares, without nominal value, and references to "Preference Shares" are to
SAP's non-voting preference shares, without nominal value. From August 4, 1988
to July 17, 1995, SAP's share capital consisted of ordinary shares, nominal
value DM 50 per share (the "DM 50 Ordinary Shares"), and (on and after June 7,
1990) non-voting preference shares, nominal value DM 50 per share (the "DM 50
Preference Shares"). From July 18, 1995 through June 16, 1998, SAP's share
capital consisted of: (i) DM 50 Ordinary Shares and ordinary shares, nominal
value DM 5 per share (the "DM 5 Ordinary Shares"); and (ii) DM 50 Preference
Shares and non-voting preference shares, nominal value DM 5 per share (the "DM 5
Preference Shares"). Generally, the DM 50 Ordinary Shares were treated as ten DM
5 Ordinary Shares and the DM 50 Preference Shares were treated as ten DM 5
Preference Shares. On May 7, 1998, SAP's shareholders passed a resolution
converting SAP's share capital to no nominal value shares in accordance with
recently enacted amendments to the German Stock Corporation Act. This resolution
took effect on June 16, 1998, when it was recorded in the commercial register in
Heidelberg, Germany.
 
                     PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
     In this Form 20-F, references to "U.S.$" or "Dollars" are to United States
Dollars and references to "DM" or "Marks" are to German Deutsche Marks. Certain
amounts which appear in this Form 20-F may not sum because of rounding
adjustments. In this Form 20-F, except as otherwise specified, financial
information with respect to the Company has been expressed in Marks or in
Dollars; however, the operations of the Company are based primarily in Germany
and the Company's consolidated financial statements included herein are
expressed in Marks.
 
     Unless otherwise specified herein, all constant Mark financial data that
have been converted into Dollars have been converted at the noon buying rate in
New York City for cable transfers in foreign currencies as certified for customs
purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the "Noon Buying Rate") on
December 31, 1997, which was DM 1.7991 per U.S.$1.00. No representation is made
that such Mark amounts actually represent such Dollar amounts or that such Mark
amounts could have been or could be converted into Dollars at that or any other
exchange rate on such date or on any other dates. For information regarding
recent rates of exchange between Marks and Dollars, see "Item 8. Selected
Consolidated Financial Data -- Exchange Rates." At June 18, 1998, the Noon
Buying Rate was DM 1.7927 per U.S.$1.00.
 
                FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS MAY PROVE INACCURATE
 
     This Form 20-F contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. When used in this Form 20-F, the words "anticipate," "believe,"
"estimate," "intend," "may," "will" and "expect" and similar expressions as they
relate to the Company or its business are intended to identify such
forward-looking
 
                                        1
<PAGE>   31
 
statements. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise
any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future
events or otherwise. Actual results, performances or achievements could differ
materially from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements.
Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include those
described under the heading "Risk Factors" in SAP's Registration Statement on
Form F-1, filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC") on June 22, 1998, Registration Number 333-57383 (the "Form F-1"), as well
as the factors discussed elsewhere in this Form 20-F. Readers are cautioned not
to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as
of their dates.
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   32
 
                       GLOSSARY OF CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS
 
"ABAP Objects" extends the current ABAP/4 Workbench with object technology and
     delivers a new extended, virtual machine capable of running both new
     applications, implemented using ABAP Objects, and all existing ABAP/4
     applications.
 
"Activity Based Costing" or "ABC" allows the benchmarking of processes to be
     based not only on time requirements but also on costs.
 
"Advanced Business Application Programming" or "ABAP" is the Company's
     fourth-generation programming language, which is specifically designed for
     integrated standard software applications. It also supports all of the
     steps involved in improving the client/server solution, from prototyping
     through implementation and testing, to final optimization.
 
"Application" refers to software designed for a specific purpose to be used by
     an individual, such as a spreadsheet, which performs mathematical
     operations, or a planning program that allocates tasks to a timetable.
 
"Application Link Enabling" or "ALE" enables expanded use of the R/3 System
     within a company and within a company's business partners and provides the
     R/3 System with distribution models and technologies for linking business
     applications across technically independent systems by enabling, among
     other things, multiple database servers to share transaction update
     information.
 
"Business Framework" is offered by the Company as an integrated, open,
     component-based product architecture that has the flexibility to accept new
     business processes and is open to other technologies and applications.
 
"Business Application Programming Interfaces" or "BAPIs" are interfaces to link
     SAP components to one another and SAP components to third party components.
 
"Component" is a grouping of applications that work together to perform specific
     tasks. A component can be implemented separately as an element of a user's
     company-wide software.
 
"Distributed Component Object Model" or "DCOM" provides a means for users to
     simultaneously integrate objects (e.g., blocks of information from a
     spreadsheet, a graphic from a drawing program or an audio clip from a sound
     program, and blocks of code) from diverse applications.
 
"Graphical user interface" or "GUI" refers to the display of software on a
     screen using graphics, symbols and icons rather than text alone. An example
     of a GUI is Microsoft Corporation's "Windows" format.
 
"Integration" allows data to flow freely from one corporate area to another
     without having to pass through time-consuming and trouble prone interfaces.
     Integration also permits companies to maintain the same data from various
     sites.
 
"Open architecture" means that a software product's components can conform to
     non-proprietary standards of other software suppliers, thus permitting
     multi-tiered functioning on database servers, application servers, personal
     computers, workstations or Web-browsers.
 
"Point Solutions" are one or more functional components such as a general ledger
     or accounts receivable.
 
"Real-time" refers to the immediate access to a given piece of data by multiple
     users throughout the different departments or divisions of a company.
 
"Relational Database Management Systems" or "RDBMS" allows the R/3 System to
     have fully integrated products and to utilize the full functionality
     provided by each of the RDBMSs.
 
"Scalable architecture" permits a company to size its computer systems based on
     actual needs and to continually add users and enhance business/decision
     processes.
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   33
 
"Systems" are the Company's primary products, the R/3 System and the R/2 System,
     which are designed to provide customers with a palette of standard business
     solutions arranged in applications which provide integrated enterprise-wide
     processing of business work flows.
 
"Three-tier client/server architecture," consisting of the database, the
     applications and the presentation logic, may run simultaneously on three
     different physical computers. Distributing these functions among several
     computers enhances scalability and performance.
 
"Web" is the Worldwide Web on the Internet.
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   34
 
                                     PART I
 
ITEM 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS.
 
     Certain terms used in this "Description of Business" have been given
specific meanings or abbreviations set forth in "Glossary of Certain Terms."
 
OVERVIEW
 
     The Company is a leading international developer and supplier of integrated
business application software designed to provide cost-effective comprehensive
solutions for businesses. The Company's mission is to market products and
provide services that improve user productivity and add value to its customers
by decreasing the total cost of ownership of business application software. The
Company believes that its products provide the technological infrastructure to
enhance customers' growth and organizational agility. The Company's products
include enterprise resource planning software and both complementary and
independent business application components. The Company's services include
consulting, support and training.
 
     The Company's primary products are the R/3 System for client/server
(distributed) architectures and the R/2 System (together with the R/3 System,
the "Systems") for mainframe data processing systems. The Systems are designed
to provide customers with a palette of standard business solutions arranged in
applications which provide integrated enterprise-wide processing of business
workflows. Additionally, the Company provides industry-specific solutions,
independent business solutions, custom components and the necessary
technological infrastructure to support complementary software solutions. The
Company has many strategic partners that offer complementary software, services
and hardware.
 
     On December 31, 1997, the Company had more than 13,000 System installations
in over 8,500 customers ranging in size from multinational enterprises to
medium- and smaller-sized companies. For the year ended December 31, 1997, the
Company's sales revenues were approximately DM 6.02 billion as compared to DM
3.72 billion for the year ended December 31, 1996, with net income after taxes
of DM 925.4 million and DM 568 million, respectively. The Company consists of
SAP and its network of approximately 50 operating subsidiaries and has a
presence or a representative in approximately 90 countries.
 
STRATEGY
 
     The Company's business strategy is to increase its profitability and market
share by offering software products and services through its business framework
approach to enterprise systems. In implementing this strategy, the Company has
focused on three primary initiatives: (i) continuous enhancement and improvement
of enterprise software that offers customers a total enterprise solution; (ii)
providing consulting and support services that effectively meet the customer's
needs and reduce the customer's total cost of ownership; and (iii) increasing
market penetration of the Company's products.
 
Enhancing and Improving Products
 
     The Company's product strategy is to offer customers both total enterprise
software solutions and point solutions. The Company seeks to achieve this by (i)
enhancing its R/3 System with updated releases which incorporate best business
practices and new business processes, (ii) the creation of industry-specific
software solutions tailored to meet the functionality needs of targeted vertical
industries, (iii) the creation of the necessary technical infrastructure to
support the interoperability of complementary software solutions, (iv) the
creation of custom components to address specific customer requirements, and (v)
the introduction of the Company's independent business components.
 
     R/3 System Enhancements. The Company continually enhances the R/3 System to
run with new database systems and new hardware and software technologies. To
this end, the Company is a party to joint development and cooperation agreements
with leading hardware and software vendors. In addition, the Company's product
development effort is also focused on allowing the R/3 System to process
business content provided by third parties and to expand its Internet-enabled
applications.
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   35
 
     Industry-Specific Solutions. Industry-specific solutions are designed to
address the unique functionality requirements of the Company's targeted vertical
industries. These requirements are defined by the Company in conjunction with
its partners and its customers in the targeted industries and allow for the
specific enhancement of the R/3 System to effectively match the specialized
needs of such industries.
 
     Complementary Software Products. In addition to the R/3 System and the
specific industry solutions, the Company has developed a comprehensive
technological infrastructure to provide for the interfacing of complementary
software products to the Company's underlying R/3 System solution. The Company
has developed within the R/3 System more than 400 currently available standard
business application programming interfaces ("BAPIs"), which enable multiple
outside parties' application components to function with the R/3 System. Through
its own distribution channels, the Company also offers its customers certain
complementary software products in conjunction with the Company's products.
 
     Custom Components. In furthering its goal of providing a complete
enterprise solution, the Company offers customized software components to
address specific functional requirements which are not otherwise addressed by
the Company's R/3 System, industry solutions or complementary software
infrastructure.
 
     Independent Business Components. The Company, through various initiatives,
intends to offer a number of independent business components. Such components
can be utilized in conjunction with the R/3 System or on a stand-alone basis.
The Company anticipates that the component family within the SAP Supply Chain
Optimization, Planning and Execution ("SAP SCOPE") initiative initially will
consist of the SAP Business Information Warehouse, SAP Advanced Planner and
Optimizer and the SAP Sales Force Automation Solution. The SAP SCOPE initiative
is ongoing and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
complete or implement the enhancements contemplated by this initiative. It is
anticipated that the Company may develop and offer other independent business
components based on market requirements.
 
Consulting and Support Services
 
     The Company offers a range of consulting and support services, both
directly and through partnerships with third parties. A current focus of the
Company's efforts is to reduce a customer's total cost of ownership of its
enterprise systems. To simplify and speed implementation and use of the R/3
System, the Company seeks to provide increasingly flexible, component-based
installation options. The Company has established AcceleratedSAP, a Company-wide
initiative that comprises a basket of accelerators, tools, templates and
services. The Company believes that AcceleratedSAP has significantly reduced
installation times. AcceleratedSAP became available in English to customers
worldwide in June 1997, and the Company released French, German and Spanish
versions of AcceleratedSAP in the first quarter of 1998. The Company expects to
release industry-specific versions of AcceleratedSAP in the future. The Company
has an initiative to develop an accelerated upgrade program. The Company intends
to design the accelerated upgrade program to include accelerators, tools,
templates and services to allow for cost-effective and timely upgrades of R/3
Systems to future R/3 System releases. There can be no assurances that the
accelerated upgrade program will be developed or that it will meet its design
goals.
 
     The Company has also established the TeamSAP initiative, which is designed
to coordinate the personnel, products and processes necessary for the
implementation of the R/3 System. TeamSAP plays an ongoing role in maintaining
customers' R/3 Systems even after implementation. As part of the TeamSAP
initiative, the Company certifies third-party hardware and software vendors
involved in the R/3 System implementation process.
 
     While the Company generally handles its own marketing, sales, distribution
and technical support training, it supplements certain of its consulting and
support services through "alliance partnerships" with hardware and software
vendors, systems integrators and third-party consultants. The Company also
establishes alliance partnerships with smaller systems integrators and
third-party consultants with the goal of providing customers with a wide
selection of third-party competencies. The role of the alliance partners in the
support of the Company's products ranges from pre-sales consulting about
business re-engineering to implementation of the R/3 System within the
customer's business, to project management and end-user training for customers,
and in the case of certain hardware and software vendors, to technology support.
                                        6
<PAGE>   36
 
Market Penetration
 
     The Company's initial marketing and product development efforts focused on
large, multinational concerns, including large companies based in Germany and
elsewhere in Europe. The Company has expanded its marketing strategy to include
medium- and smaller-sized companies. The Company believes that its products and
consulting and support services meet important needs of rapidly growing and
resource-constrained mid- and small-sized companies. The Company has introduced
the Certified Business Solutions ("CBS") program, through which a group of
authorized independent distributors markets the R/3 System to small businesses
(i.e., generally those with annual revenues of up to U.S.$200 million per year).
At December 31, 1997, over 38% of the Company's installed Systems were in small
companies. The Company also believes that it can increase market penetration by
building upon its experience and expertise in providing business software
solutions for a variety of industries.
 
     The Company currently has a presence or a representative in approximately
90 countries. The Company began operating in the United States in 1988 through
SAP America, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary. The fastest growing geographic
market for the R/3 System has been the United States, where businesses have
readily accepted client/server systems. The Company believes that Asia, Eastern
Europe and Latin America present opportunities for further growth. However,
there can be no assurance that macroeconomic events in these countries or
regions, including recent economic and currency exchange turmoil in Asia or
elsewhere, will not adversely affect or delay these opportunities.
 
BACKGROUND
 
     In the early 1970s, mainframe computer systems had limited data storage
capacity. "Batch operation" and "sequential data storage media" (e.g., magnetic
tapes or punch-cards) were the norm. Software applications for a given company
had to be custom designed to achieve the functionality necessary to address that
company's business. It was in this environment that the five founders (the
"Founders") established SAP in 1972 with the goal of developing multi-functioned
application software as a standard (rather than customized) product designed for
real-time, online data processing. The Founders' objective was to allow
immediate and continuous updating of computer-stored information by offering
multiple users direct access in an easy-to-use format. SAP's first generation of
software was introduced in 1973 and consisted of a modest financial accounting
application. The Company believes that this initial system represented the first
real-time standard software application ever produced. Gradually, over the next
several years, new applications such as "Materials Management" and "Asset
Management" were added to the initial system and enhancements expanded the
functionality of existing applications. At the same time, SAP began to work on
integrating various applications within the initial system.
 
     In 1981, the Company introduced its second generation of application
software, the R/2 System. The R/2 System had the capacity to be installed on an
enterprise-wide basis, without requiring substantial customization. The R/2
System also reduced bottlenecks by improving and accelerating user access to
data. In 1988, the Company anticipated growth in the use of a new hardware
technology -- client/server architecture. The three-tier client/server
architecture, consisting of the database, the applications and the presentation
logic, may run simultaneously on three different physical computers.
Distributing these functions among several computers enhances scalability and
performance. During this period, the Company designed the initial version of the
R/3 System to offer the functionality of the R/2 System in a client/server
environment. The R/3 System was brought to the market in the early 1990s.
 
PRODUCTS
 
Integrated Business Processes in Distributed Environments
 
     The Company's R/3 System and R/2 System currently consist of a number of
major functional components, each of which contains numerous business process
applications. The Systems integrate all of the business application processes
through a central logical database, which is designed to eliminate data
redundancy and protect data consistency and integrity. Certain multiple country
versions of the business
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   37
 
process functions, which include multiple languages, currencies, legal
regulations and accounting systems, can run on the same database server, which
helps to extend a company's functional components beyond national borders. Each
of the components is designed to permit separate installation, thereby
complementing solutions already in place from other vendors or installation with
other components of the Company to form an integrated enterprise-wide
information and data processing system. Both the R/3 System and the R/2 System
include integrated functions designed to have multilingual capacity (currently
more than 22 languages) and the capacity to handle multiple currencies as well
as multiple national legal, tax and accounting structures.
 
R/2 System
 
     In 1997, the Company introduced Release 6.1 to the R/2 System, which was
intended, among other things, to enable the R/2 System to support the latest IBM
mainframe architecture. The Company also provides tools to facilitate the
migration of R/2 System users to the R/3 System. The Company is subject to
contractual obligations with certain customers to provide support for the R/2
System for varying lengths of time. Although the Company is under no obligation
to provide such support once such contracts have expired, the Company currently
intends to provide support for the R/2 System until the year 2004.
 
     The R/2 System is based on the 370 computer architecture and is designed to
operate on IBM and Siemens hardware platforms. The R/2 System is designed to
operate with a variety of operating systems (i.e., MVS/E2SA, VSE/ESA and
BS2000), databases (i.e., IMS-DB, DL/1, VSAM, ISAM, DB2 and ADABAS D) and
terminals (i.e., character terminal, PS/2 (Presentation Manager)), UNIX
Workstation (Motif) and MS DOS PC (Windows)). It utilizes the Assembler and ABAP
languages.
 
R/3 System
 
     The R/3 System was brought to the market in the early 1990s. The Company
offered it as a standard, integrated, real-time, enterprise-wide business
solution which was usable on a wide variety of hardware platforms, with a
variety of databases and software systems. The Company believes that the R/3
System enables companies to maximize their enterprise computing power by tying
together disparate functions such as financial management, sales and
distribution, logistics, manufacturing and human resources. Integration also
permits companies to reduce their investment in relatively expensive hardware
resources by allowing real-time access to data by multiple users. The R/3
System's architecture is intended to provide two significant benefits to users:
(i) creating highly flexible and scalable systems that can be expanded to meet
user's needs and to adopt technological changes; and (ii) optimizing data
processing capacity, enabling wider simultaneous use of a company's systems by
multiple users.
 
     The R/3 System is designed to fit all major UNIX platforms and Windows NT
platforms. The R/3 System operates with a number of databases (i.e., ORACLE,
Informix-Online, IBM DB2 Common Server, IBM DB2 for AS/400, IBM DB2 for OS/390
Microsoft SQL Server, ADABAS D) and the GUIs Microsoft Windows 95/NT and
Microsoft Windows 3.1. Currently, the Apple Macintosh, IBM OS and UNIX OSF/MOTIF
frontend platforms are supported with native GUI implementations which will be
phased out in favor of the modern Java implementations which support network
computers and Web browsers as well. The R/3 System utilizes the ABAP, C, C++,
HTML and Java languages.
 
COMPONENTS OF THE R/3 SYSTEM
 
Logistics Applications
 
     Within the Logistics functional area, the Product Data Management, Sales
and Distribution, Production Planning, Project System, Material Management,
Quality Management, Plant Maintenance and Service Management applications form
an integrated suite of applications for procurement, manufacturing and sales and
distribution of goods and services.
 
     The Product Data Management application supports the creation and
management of product data throughout the product life cycle and contains a
Computer Aided Design/Computer Aided Manufacturing interface. The Sales and
Distribution application combines sales and distribution workflows, providing
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   38
 
companies with online real-time information to facilitate, among other things,
product sales, credit management, sales simulation analysis and multiple orders.
The Production Planning application is designed to facilitate all major tasks
within an integrated production planning chain, including production scheduling,
production resources planning, and monitoring and improving efficiency in the
production process. The Project System application defines the sequential course
of a project through time in the form of activities, to which detailed dates,
costs and resources are assigned. The Project System checks and monitors the
availability of funds, capacities and materials, permitting the user to
determine that appropriate resources are available for the project to be carried
out. As with other applications, the user can employ SAP Business Workflow, a
Web-enabled application for planning and tracking workflow, to improve
communications within large projects. For example, one can use SAP Business
Workflow to ensure that the purchasing department is immediately notified of any
changes in schedule or quantity requirements. The Material Management
application focuses on facilitating the full range of transactions and functions
within the areas of material requirements planning, material procurement,
inventory management, invoice verification and material valuation. For example,
the business processes included within the application can automatically compare
the prices, service and quality of suitable vendors and determine the most
favorable vendor for each purchase. The Quality Management application assists
customers in planning and implementing procedures for inspecting and controlling
quality within the logistics chain. The Plant Maintenance application supports
all the activities associated with planning and processing plant maintenance
tasks ranging from the scheduling of maintenance and inspection tasks to issuing
repair orders when breakdowns occur. The Service Management application helps a
customer manage its installed base (regardless of whether it is a customer's or
a competitor's installed base), including its configuration, history and service
or warranty circumstances.
 
Financial Applications
 
     The Company's suite of integrated financial applications and components
encompasses a broad range of financial accounting, investment management,
controlling, treasury management, asset management and enterprise controlling
functions.
 
     The Financial Accounting component gives customers the ability to track
financial accounting data within an international framework of multiple
companies, languages, currencies and books of accounts. The Company believes
that the Financial Accounting component complies with International Accounting
Standards as well as various national generally accepted accounting principles
and that it currently satisfies local legal requirements of 36 countries and
reflects the legal and accounting changes resulting from the anticipated
European currency unification. Further, the application utilizes Application
Link Enabling ("ALE"), a feature which permits the linking of business
applications across technically independent systems. This is intended to enable
users to implement decentralized accounting functions while at the same time
maintaining a centralized enterprise-wide master general ledger. Within the
Treasury Management component, the Cash Management application is designed to
provide the information relevant to liquidity for analysis purposes, creating a
basis for cash management decisions. Bank account management, electronic banking
and control functions provide support for managing and monitoring bank accounts.
The Treasury Management component also offers functions for managing financial
transactions and positions, from trading through to transferring data to the
Financial Accounting component. The Treasury Management component also supports
flexible reporting and evaluation structures for analyzing financial
transactions, positions and portfolio allocations. The Treasury Management
component includes a risk management function involving a complex feedback loop
encompassing data collection, risk measurement, analysis, and simulation as well
as planning with respect to financial instruments. The Controlling application
is designed to integrate external and management accounting systems to control
and monitor overhead, product and production cost. A wide variety of production
methods are supported, and analysis functions are designed, to enhance
decision-making processes. Inherent in the Controlling application is activity
based costing ("ABC"), which allows the benchmarking of processes to be based
not only on time requirements but also on costs. ABC underlies the Profitability
Analysis application, which is designed to permit customers to examine the
sources of their returns. As a sales controlling component, Profitability
Analysis is the last step in cost and revenue accounting, where revenues are
assigned to costs according to profitability segment, or to a segment of
customer operations.
                                        9
<PAGE>   39
 
     The Project System application is designed to combine project workflows on
a real-time basis to facilitate the planning, controlling and monitoring of
company projects. The Asset Management application is intended to assist
companies in managing their fixed assets by providing parallel recording of book
depreciation, tax depreciation and cost accounting depreciation. The Capital
Investment Management application provides tools for the management and
oversight of general appropriations budgets and carries out bookkeeping
functions associated with assets under construction on capital investment
projects and orders. The Enterprise Controlling component is designed to allow
companies automatically to generate consolidated financial statements, including
necessary eliminations, such as intercompany transactions and currency
translation. The Executive Information System application permits companies to
take financial data from any R/3 System application and combine it with external
sources (e.g., market data or industry benchmarks) or data from non-SAP
applications to build a company-specific comprehensive enterprise information
system.
 
Human Resources Business Applications
 
     The Human Resources ("HR") components encompass substantially all facets of
HR management: organizational management, personnel management, travel
management, benefits administration, time management, payroll accounting and
personnel development.
 
     The HR Organizational Management application is designed to assist
companies in maintaining an accurate picture of their organization's structure.
Planning features include: graphical organization charts; staffing schedules by
headcount, percentage and working hours; job and work center descriptions; and
job tasks and descriptions. The HR Personnel Administration application contains
a centralized database that allows companies to store any amount of information
they need about employees from numerous online sources. The HR Travel Management
application allows companies to process a business trip from the initial travel
request through to posting in the Financial Accounting and Controlling
application. The HR Benefits Administration application is designed to provide
companies with the capability to manage benefits programs for diverse employee
populations. The HR Time Management application manages work schedules by
automating schedule generation and allows for a flexible definition of time
models and schedules on a location and organization level, consistent with
varying regulatory requirements. The HR Payroll Accounting application provides
connectivity to third-party systems and is designed to permit companies to
centralize their payroll processing or to decentralize the data based on country
or legal entities. The Company currently offers the Payroll Accounting
application for over 20 countries and is constantly adding new country-specific
components. The HR Personnel Development application contains three principal
components: (i) HR Qualifications; (ii) Requirements/Career and Succession
Planning; and (iii) HR Training and Event Management. HR Qualifications enables
companies to profile predefined tasks and prerequisites of each position in
their organization. HR Career and Succession Planning provides organizations
with a method of modeling suitable career opportunities for employees within the
company. HR Training and Event Management assists companies with planning,
application versus component managing, and analyzing their scheduled seminars,
training courses and business events.
 
Industry Solutions
 
     The Company believes that the R/3 System's initial acceptance in various
markets was due to a software architecture that was industry-neutral and that
contained standardized software with cross-industry components. While the
Company has focused on integrating business processes from many different
industry sectors into a standard software solution, it has also developed
industry-unique software components known as Industry Solutions ("IS"). As part
of its initiative, the Company works with "alliance partners" who have strengths
in certain industries as well as with its customers. The Company combines the
expertise of its alliance partners and its customers with the Company's
applications, thereby expanding the breadth of the R/3 System to meet
industry-specific requirements. The IS process applications are designed to
reduce the need for customization and to extend the R/3 System to meet specific
industry needs. The Company recently established Industry Business Units
("IBUs") in order to focus on key industries and to provide best-business
practices and integrated business solutions. The IBUs, and the Company's related
IS applications, currently include the following: SAP Aerospace & Defense; SAP
Automotive; SAP Banking; SAP Chemical; SAP
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   40
 
Consumer Products; SAP Engineering & Construction; SAP Healthcare; SAP High Tech
& Electronics; SAP Insurance; SAP Media; SAP Oil & Gas; SAP Pharmaceuticals; SAP
Public Sector; SAP Retail; SAP Telecommunications; and SAP Utilities.
 
     IBUs are intended to globally facilitate "best-in-class" industry
solutions, while utilizing the R/3 System's core technology and providing
pre-sales, sales and post-sales support. Each IBU is responsible for planning,
initiating and coordinating relevant development projects for an individual
industry solution, which is based on an "SAP Solution Map." The IBU represents
the "intelligence unit" for all relevant information concerning a specific
industry segment. It manages the quality, timeliness, completeness and cost
efficiency of an IS -- both the development of, and services related thereto and
the marketability of IS to customers.
 
Complementary Software Program
 
     In order to offer its customers enhanced flexibility, the Company has
introduced the CSP to promote the integration of third-party software with the
R/3 System through standard, high-quality and proven interfaces. Through the
CSP, the Company offers the technological infrastructure which allows the
interfacing of complementary software products to the Company's underlying
solutions. The Company has developed within the R/3 System more than 400
currently available BAPIs, which enable multiple outside parties' application
components to function with the R/3 System. Through its own distribution
channels, the Company also offers its customers certain complementary software
products in conjunction with the Company's products.
 
Custom Components
 
     In furthering its goal of providing a complete enterprise solution, the
Company offers customized software components to address specific functional
requirements which are not otherwise addressed by the Company's R/3 System, IS
solutions or complementary software infrastructure.
 
Independent Business Components
 
     The SAP SCOPE initiative was established in August 1997 to enhance planning
and supply chain logistics. The SAP SCOPE initiative combines advanced planning
and scheduling products and technologies, third-party products, Internet
capabilities and the SAP Business Information Warehouse. As part of the SAP
SCOPE initiative, the Company is developing a new memory resident data
processing technology to ensure high-speed processing. Products that are
currently in development under the SAP SCOPE Initiative are SAP Advanced Planner
and Optimizer, which will be a complete suite of supply chain planning
functions, SAP Sales Force Automation, which will permit a company to provide
its mobile sales force with customer information, cost data and automated
customer order generation, and SAP Business Information Warehouse, which will
serve to collect, assemble and organize selected data, and make it available on
a real-time basis. The products that will be made available under the SAP SCOPE
Initiative are designed to be integrated with the R/3 System, but will also be
designed to run independently from any of the Company's Systems. All of the new
programs will be designed to be "backward compatible" to certain R/3 releases.
The SAP SCOPE initiative is ongoing and there can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to complete or implement the enhancements contemplated by
this initiative. It is anticipated that the Company may develop and offer other
independent business components based on market requirements.
 
EUROPEAN MONETARY UNION AND YEAR 2000 CAPABILITIES
 
     Beginning in January 1999, a new currency called the "EURO" is scheduled to
be introduced in certain European Economic and Monetary Union ("EMU") countries.
By June 30, 2002 at the latest, all participating EMU countries are expected to
be operating with the EURO as their single currency. As a result, in less than
one year, computer software used by many companies headquartered or maintaining
a subsidiary in a participating EMU country is expected to be EURO-enabled, and
in less than four years all companies headquartered or maintaining a subsidiary
in a participating EMU country will need to be EURO-enabled. The transition to
the EURO will involve changing budgetary, accounting and fiscal systems in
companies and
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   41
 
public administration, as well as the simultaneous handling of parallel
currencies and conversion of legacy data. The R/3 System and the R/2 System are
designed to fully accommodate the implementation of the EURO. The SAP EURO
component offers functionality which converts existing R/3 and R/2 System
environments to the EURO and handles the dual currency phase-in (occurring from
1999-2002) by enabling applications to present values in both the EURO and the
customer's national currency.
 
     Many currently installed computer systems and software products are coded
to accept only two digit entries in the date code field. These date code fields
will need to accept four digit entries to distinguish 21st century dates from
20th century dates. As a result, in less than two years, computer systems and/or
software used by many companies may need to be upgraded to comply with such
"Year 2000" requirements. The Company has performed extensive testing to
validate that the R/3 System and the R/2 System are Year 2000 compliant. This
testing process was monitored and certified by the Technischer Uberwachungs
Verein e.V. (TUV) to verify that such testing processes were sufficient to
determine that the software is Year 2000 compliant.
 
R/3 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE
 
     The R/3 System's client/server architecture is based on a functionality
that permits many users to process data cooperatively. Furthermore, the
architecture is "scalable," which permits a company to continually add users and
decision processes. The architecture is also "open" in that its components can
conform to non-proprietary standards of other software suppliers, thus
permitting multi-tiered functioning on database servers, application servers,
personal computers, workstations or Web browsers. The SAP Business Framework is
a key to the integration of SAP software and non-SAP software. The SAP Business
Framework allows the Company to offer new solutions that are either tightly
integrated with the R/3 System or independent. The SAP Business Framework
utilizes existing SAP components, interface technologies and integration
technologies to provide a seamless computing environment. In each successive
release of the R/3 System, the Company has utilized the SAP Business Framework
to integrate the Company's products with available technologies.
 
     The R/3 Technology Infrastructure comprises a database server along with a
third-party relational database management system. The application/presentation
servers provide the user's workstation or personal computer with the ability
both to draw down business applications (in order to enter and format the data
and present it logically to other parties within the organization) and to take
data from various users and format such data (for processing by the database
server). Other users' workstations, personal computers or Web browsers in the
various departments of the business organization then perform the tasks related
to the presentation of the data to these users.
 
     The Company believes that the R/3 System architecture permits a company to
maximize the portability of Company software across a broad range of hardware
platforms. The advantage of such portability is that customers have the ability
to efficiently design their computing environments and maximize the value of
their information technology investments. The R/3 System utilizes standard
interfaces to permit implementation of internal and external links, harmonizes
communication between users working on different models of computers and
facilitates its use with new hardware and software technologies, even in
differing industry-standardized environments. The efficiency gained through the
scalability of the R/3 System permits customers to realize significant hardware
and maintenance cost savings by using local area networks and microcomputers
rather than mainframes.
 
     With Release 3.1 of the R/3 System, the Company made its whole suite of
business applications compatible with the Web. With Release 4.0 of the R/3
System, the Company has achieved progress in implementing the standard GUI in
Java, the new hardware platform-independent programming language, thus
supporting cost saving network computer- and networked PC-environments and
extending the access of the R/3 System to every Java-enabled Web browser.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   42
 
Advanced Business Application Programming ("ABAP") Workbench and ABAP Objects
Workbench
 
     The Company's fourth-generation programming language, ABAP, is specifically
designed for integrated standard software applications. ABAP is designed to
support all of the steps involved in improving the client/server solution, from
prototyping through implementation and testing, to final optimization. All
applications that are written with the "ABAP Workbench" can be integrated into
the standard functions provided by the R/3 System to develop customer-specific
solutions which can be run, without further adjustments, on the various
computers, databases, networks and GUIs supported by the R/3 System. "ABAP
Objects" extends the current ABAP/4 Workbench with object technology. ABAP
Objects delivers a new extended, virtual machine capable of running both new
applications, implemented using ABAP Objects, and all existing ABAP/4
applications.
 
Relational Database Management Systems ("RDBMS")
 
     The R/3 System is designed to be used in conjunction with a variety of
RDBMSs, allowing the R/3 System to have fully integrated products and to utilize
the full functionality provided by each of the RDBMSs. A fully integrated system
provides convenient access to shared data such as general ledger information
and/or customer order and inventory purchasing, without requiring users to
maintain this information redundantly. Having to collect and capture information
only once helps ensure that all data is consistent, readily available and easier
to maintain.
 
Application Link Enabling ("ALE")
 
     Release 3.0 of the R/3 System contains ALE, which enables expanded use of
the R/3 System within a company and within a company's business partners. ALE
provides the R/3 System with distribution models and technologies for linking
business applications across technically independent systems by enabling, among
other things, multiple database servers to share transaction update information.
This feature allows for central management and coordinated production between
R/3 Systems and non-Company software, and between R/3 System applications and
legacy R/2 System mainframe applications. ALE, for example, permits an R/3
System customer to offer access to its affiliates, dealers, distributors or
suppliers that use non-Company software. Distributed applications can also
process information at geographically remote locations and deliver the results
to a central system for enterprise-wide management and control within a single
company. With ALE, a company can centralize management of enterprise-wide sales
in a decentralized production and distribution environment or distribute
purchasing contracts over a number of R/3 and R/2 Systems, with individual
plants and locations releasing purchase orders within their local systems. The
purchase orders are then communicated to a central system where the master
contract is maintained.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
     In order to meet the changing requirements of its customers and to keep
abreast of technological developments, the Company must continue to enhance,
develop and improve its business software solutions and other products and
services. Since its inception, the Company has devoted significant resources to
research and development. Research and development expenses for the years ended
December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995 were DM 813.3 million, DM 589.0 million and DM
438.2 million, respectively. Research and development expenses as a percentage
of total sales revenues were 13.5%, 15.8% and 16.3% for the years ended December
31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. During 1997, 1996 and 1995, the
percentage of total employees devoted to research and development was 22.4%,
22.4% and 24.0%, respectively. A major focus of the research and development
effort has been to anticipate and use technological changes in the data
processing industry to develop new business solutions.
 
     The Company has also entered into agreements with a number of leading
computer software and hardware vendors and telecommunications providers jointly
to research and develop the compatibility of certain of the software and
hardware products produced by such vendors with the Company's products.
 
     Significant areas of research and development expenditures include: (i)
developing enhancements to the R/3 System by adding new components and expanding
existing applications with broader functionality;
                                       13
<PAGE>   43
 
(ii) developing new and enhanced productivity tools and decision support
products; (iii) developing industry-specific solutions; (iv) enhancing the
flexibility and openness of the R/3 System architecture through broader
integration capabilities with distributed business systems and through access to
business content provided by third-parties; and (v) developing and enhancing
common interfaces for conducting business transactions over the Internet.
 
     The Company maintains research and development facilities in Germany, the
United States, India and Japan. The Company intends to open additional research
and development facilities in order to diversify the locations of its research
and development facilities, to maximize efficient use of localized resources and
to leverage access to industry expertise and customers.
 
SERVICES
 
     The Company has refocused and expanded its consulting and training
organization over the last several years. At December 31, 1997, approximately
47% of the Company's employees were committed to consulting and support
services. Release 4.0 of the R/3 System provides customers with broader online
access to information and new implementation tools that assist customers in
trouble-shooting as well as customizing the R/3 System to specific business
needs. Along with its integrated software products, the Company offers, and
charges separately for, consulting and training services which include (i)
business consulting, (ii) implementation services, (iii) customer employee
training, and (iv) ongoing information services and maintenance.
 
Business Consulting
 
     After licensing a System to a customer, Company employees with specialized
knowledge advise the customer's "project team" and support the customer in
project planning, usage tests, analyses, organizational consulting, system
adaptation, system optimization, release change, system implementation and
interface setup.
 
Implementation Services
 
     Recently, the Company undertook several initiatives designed to assist
customers in achieving faster, less costly and more efficient implementation of
their R/3 System. AcceleratedSAP, designed to speed the implementation of the
R/3 System, became available in English to customers worldwide in June 1997, and
the Company released French, German and Spanish versions of AcceleratedSAP in
the first quarter of 1998. The Company expects to release industry-specific
versions of AcceleratedSAP in the future. The Company has also established the
TeamSAP initiative, which is designed to coordinate the personnel, products and
processes necessary for the implementation of the R/3 System. TeamSAP plays an
ongoing role in maintaining customers' R/3 Systems even after implementation. As
part of the TeamSAP initiative, the Company certifies third-party hardware and
software vendors involved in the R/3 System implementation process. The Company
offers its SAP GoLive Check and SAP Early Watch Services to facilitate
implementation and efficient utilization of the Company's solutions.
 
Training of Customers' Employees and Partners
 
     For successful implementation of the Company's products, knowledge of their
scope and functionality is essential. The Company has expanded and enhanced its
training services and considers its training services to be a strategic element
of its core business. The Company believes that revenues from this line of
business will play an increasing role in the Company's future growth. There can
be no assurance that the Company's objective of increasing revenue from training
services will be achieved.
 
     Generally, the Company focuses on training project team members of its
customers. Project team members typically train end users, frequently with the
support of the Company's implementation partners. The Company's primary training
facility is located in Walldorf, Germany, with an additional 60 training
facilities available globally. Training is also provided at customer locations,
at the option of the customer.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   44
 
     The Company has expended substantial resources to expand its training
curriculum, to employ technology to enhance effectiveness of its training
services, and to offer more flexibility in the delivery of its training
services. While the Company continues to offer "traditional" R/3 System training
curriculum in its classrooms, it has begun to offer additional training services
that include IS and CSP software. The Company has also expanded its curriculum
to include workshops for customers and for partners addressing business
functions as they relate to the R/3 System. To enhance the effectiveness of
training, the Company has developed new technologies such as multi-media and
interactive training modules and direct customer access to an R/3 System
information database. In order to offer customers more flexibility in training,
the Company has begun to offer its customers "portable classrooms" which permit
training to be accomplished at customers' or other designated locations, and it
is planning to enhance its Internet-accessible training components.
 
Information Services and Maintenance
 
     The Company performs maintenance services which provide the customer with
technical support, including telephone hotline and remote online support for the
Company's products, assistance in resolving problems, the provision of user
documentation, updates for software products, and new releases, versions and
correction levels. The Company also provides its customers with an online
software system supported in a "bulletin board" format, permitting customers to
monitor the progress of their requests for assistance, to access information
about the solutions provided to other customers and to obtain information such
as release planning, application descriptions, SAP publications and training
course dates. Access to information about the Company and its solutions are
available on the Company's home-page on the Web, which is found at
"www.SAP.com." Portions of SAPNet, the Company's company-wide intranet, is
accessible by partners, vendors and customers of the Company.
 
     As part of the maintenance for every R/3 System and R/2 System, each
customer is provided with a telephone hotline number which project team members
can use to ask questions or to receive assistance when experiencing difficulties
with the Company's Systems. Trained personnel are available 24-hours a day,
seven days a week. If a customer is experiencing difficulties which cannot be
solved over the telephone, the customer may "dial-in" his organization's
computer system to provide the Company's technicians with online access to the
customer's computer system.
 
MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION
 
     The Company seeks to market its solutions to a broadening customer base. In
implementing its marketing strategy, the Company has expanded its distribution
channels to meet the increased demand for its solutions. The Company markets its
solutions through its direct sales organization as well as through other
distribution channels.
 
Direct Sales Organizations
 
     In Germany, the Company markets its products and services primarily through
its own direct sales and support force. The Company's primary sales and support
groups are based in the Company's headquarters in Walldorf and in field offices
located in Berlin and Hamburg and in suburban Munich and Dusseldorf. Outside of
Germany, the Company primarily utilizes its network of approximately 50
operating subsidiaries to market and distribute its products. Most of the
subsidiaries have entered into license agreements with SAP pursuant to which the
subsidiary acquires the exclusive right to sublicense the Company's products to
customers within a specific territory and agrees to provide primary support to
those customers. Under these agreements, the subsidiaries retain a certain
percentage of the revenues generated by the sublicensing activity. In certain
countries, including Greece, Saudi Arabia and Turkey, the Company has
established distribution agreements with independent resellers rather than with
subsidiaries.
 
Other Distribution Channels
 
     The Company has developed an independent sales and support force through
the establishment of resellers who assume responsibility for the implementation
and support of the Systems licensed by them,
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   45
 
including ongoing telephone hotline support. The Company provides these
third-party distributors with product information, a project demonstration
system license, a second tier of customer hotline support and certain other
product resources, including, for a separate fee, Systems consultants. The
resellers are primarily used to market the Systems to small businesses not
currently serviced by the Company's direct sales force. The Company has
introduced the CBS program, through which a group of authorized independent
distributors markets the Company's solutions to small businesses (i.e.,
generally those with annual revenues below U.S.$200 million per year).
 
COMPETITIVE ENVIRONMENT
 
     There are many other companies engaged in the research, development and
marketing of standard application software and associated applications
development tools and decision support products. The Company has global,
regional and local competitors. The Company's primary global competitors include
Oracle Corporation, PeopleSoft, Inc., Baan B.V., Systems Software Associates,
Inc. and J.D. Edwards. Historically, most of these competitors provided
solutions which covered certain functional areas, offering the customer a
software application product designed for a specific business or manufacturing
process. Such products compete with individual functions offered by the Company.
The Company's competitors have already broadened, or are implementing plans to
broaden, the scope of their business activities into other areas of the market.
The Company believes that its products can be installed as efficiently as
comparable software offered by its competitors. Nevertheless, certain of the
Company's competitors have alleged that implementation of the R/3 System is
generally more costly and takes longer than that of their comparable systems.
However, because of the substantial business re-engineering that the Systems
enable, installations often coincide with expensive and time-consuming
restructuring of customers' businesses. While business re-engineering is an
important part of the value that enterprise-wide programs provide, it is not
necessary in all cases. Further, because the Company's initial customers were
large, global multinational companies with complex IT infrastructures, multiple
currencies and multiple languages, the Company believes implementations in those
environments were inherently more time-consuming than implementations made by
smaller customers or by customers that elect to implement point solutions. The
Company believes that its recent initiatives to offer accelerated installation
support, such as AcceleratedSAP, will counter the perception that the Company's
competitors have sought to create.
 
     Some of the Company's competitors devote more resources to customer
implementation, preferring to use their own employees as consultants rather than
using third parties to service their customers and implement their software
systems. In addition, some of the Company's competitors and many of the
Company's potential competitors are involved in a wider range of businesses, and
some such competitors and potential competitors have a larger installed customer
base for their products than the Company, enhancing their ability to compete
with the Company.
 
     The Company believes that the principal competitive factors affecting the
market for the Company's products include vendor and product reputation,
architecture, functionality and features, ease of implementation and use,
continuous adaption to changes in business processes, quality of customer
support, product quality, performance and price. Performance in these areas
depends upon the Company's ability to attract and retain highly qualified
technical and sales personnel in a competitive market for experienced and
talented software developers, sales representatives and managers.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY, PROPRIETARY RIGHTS AND LICENSES
 
     The Company relies on a combination of the protections provided by
applicable trade secret, copyright, patent and trademark laws, license and
nondisclosure agreements, confidentiality agreements and technical measures to
establish and protect its rights in its software products. There can be no
assurance that these protections will be adequate or that the Company's
competitors will not independently develop technologies that are substantially
equivalent or superior to the Company's technology. Despite the Company's
efforts, it may be possible for third parties to copy certain portions of the
Company's products or reverse-engineer or obtain and use information that the
Company regards as proprietary. In addition, the laws of certain countries do
not protect the Company's proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws
of the United States or
                                       16
<PAGE>   46
 
Germany. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
protect its proprietary software against unauthorized third-party copying or
use, which could adversely affect the Company's competitive position.
 
     The Company generally licenses its products to customers on a "right to
use" basis pursuant to a perpetual license. The license agreements are generally
in standard form, although each license is individually negotiated and may
contain variations. The licenses generally restrict the use of the Company's
products to specific named users, which may include (usually on a screen-only
basis) access by customer's dealers, distributors and suppliers, and prohibit a
customer from disseminating or distributing the Company's products to any
unauthorized person. The licenses are generally non-transferable or, if
transferable, the transfer is subject to the Company's reasonable approval. The
Company's products are licensed to end-users not only by the Company but also by
independent third-party distributors. Although the Company seeks to establish
the conditions under which its products are licensed by such distributors, there
can be no assurance that such distributors do not use other conditions. Some of
the Company's products contain third-party intellectual property that the
Company licenses or otherwise acquires.
 
     The Company's products are generally provided to end-users in object code
and certain source code. In addition, licensed end-users of the Company's
products can be beneficiaries of a master source code escrow for its products,
pursuant to which the source code will be released to end users upon the
occurrence of certain events, such as the commencement of bankruptcy or
insolvency proceedings by or against the Company, or certain material breaches
of the license. The Company has the right to object to the release of source
code in any such circumstance, and to submit the matter to dispute resolution
procedures. In the event of any release of the source code from escrow, the
end-user's license is limited to use of the source code to maintain, support and
customize the Company's products.
 
     The Company actively pursues trademark registrations in countries in which
its software products are licensed and used. The Company believes that, except
as disclosed below, the trademarks which are material to its business are
registered in the countries in which the Company has significant sales. SAS
Institute, Inc. ("SAS"), a United States software company located in North
Carolina, has opposed SAP's effort to register the "SAP" trademarks in the
United States, claiming possible confusion between the SAP trademarks and SAS's
previously registered trademarks. SAP disagrees with this contention and, in
addition, has filed counterclaims relating to certain registered trademarks held
by SAS. While there can be no assurance that SAP will be successful in its
efforts to register the SAP trademarks in the United States, the Company
believes that an adverse determination in this matter will not have a material
adverse effect upon the Company's business, results of operations, financial
condition or cash flows. See "Item 3. Legal Proceedings." The Company has
received a notice from SCOPE Consulting GmbH ("SCOPE"), a German computer,
software and consultancy company located in Mannheim, Germany, that the
Company's use of the "SAP SCOPE" trademark in Germany may be in violation of a
registered trademark belonging to SCOPE. To the knowledge of the Company, no
legal proceedings have been initiated as of yet with respect to this claim. The
Company has not registered or applied for registration of the trademark "SAP
SCOPE" in Germany. The Company believes that an adverse determination in this
matter will not have a material adverse effect upon the Company's business,
result of operations, financial condition or cash flows. The Company has a
patent program; however, no patents have yet issued, although the Company has a
number of patent applications pending for inventions claimed by the Company. The
Company is not presently aware of any claims of infringement by its products of
third-party proprietary rights that it believes will have a material adverse
effect upon the Company's business, results of operations, financial condition
or cash flows. However, the Company expects that its software products will
increasingly be subject to such claims as the number of products and competitors
in the Company's industry segment grows and the functionality of products
overlap. Any such claim, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, result
in costly litigation, or require the Company to enter into royalty or licensing
agreements. Such royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be
available on terms acceptable to the Company. In the event of a successful claim
against the Company and the failure of the Company to develop or license a
substitute technology, the Company's business and operating results may be
materially adversely effected.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   47
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     At December 31, 1997, the Company employed 12,856 persons worldwide, of
which 7,309 (56.9%) were in Europe, 3,785 (29.4%) were in the Americas and 1,762
(13.7%) were in Asia-Pacific/Africa. Of such employees, 6,014 (46.8%) were in
customer service, 2,876 (22.4%) were in research and development, 2,423 (18.8%)
were in sales and marketing and 788 (6.1%) were in general and administrative.
Sales revenues per average employee exceeded DM 521,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1997, up from DM 455,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996.
 
     None of the Company's employees is subject to a collective bargaining
agreement. The Company has never experienced a work stoppage and believes that
its employee relations are excellent. The Company's success depends upon its
ability to attract and retain highly skilled managerial, research and
development, technical (e.g., customer service) and marketing personnel. There
can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in attracting and
retaining such personnel, and the failure to attract and retain such personnel
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations and financial condition.
 
ITEM 2. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY.
 
     The Company's principal administrative, marketing and sales, training,
customer service and research and development facilities are located in
Walldorf, Germany, 60 miles south of Frankfurt. The Company owns its principal
Walldorf facility and plans to expand this facility in the near future. The
Company is in the process of building a new headquarters, which it will own, for
its North and South American operations in Newtown Square, Pennsylvania. The
building is expected to be completed in June 1999 and will be approximately
400,000 square feet. The Company owns sufficient undeveloped land to expand the
facilities in Newtown Square as required.
 
     The location of each of the Company's other facilities in excess of 40,000
square feet, all of which are leased (unless otherwise indicated), is set forth
below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   UNITED STATES           GERMANY            AUSTRIA            BRAZIL
   -------------           -------            -------            ------
<S>                  <C>                   <C>             <C>
Lester, PA           Alsbach (owned)       Vienna          Sao Paulo
Palo Alto, CA        Ratingen
Waltham, MA          St. Ingbert (owned)
Chicago, IL          St. Leon-Rot (owned)
Foster City, CA
Tinicum, PA
Atlanta, GA
 
CANADA               FRANCE                ITALY           JAPAN
- -------------------  --------------------  --------------  -------------------
North York, Ontario  Paris                 Agrate Brianza  Tokyo
 
THE NETHERLANDS      SINGAPORE             SOUTH AFRICA    SWITZERLAND
- -------------------  --------------------  --------------  -------------------
's-Hertogenbosch     Singapore             Woodmead        Biel (owned)
 
UNITED KINGDOM
- -------------------
Feltham (owned)
</TABLE>
 
     The Company believes that its facilities are in good operating condition
and adequate for their present usage.
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
 
     On September 8, 1992, SAS initiated proceedings with the United States
Patent and Trademark Office in Washington, D.C. in opposition to SAP's
application to register the "SAP" trademark. SAS argues in its petition that
there is a likelihood of confusion by consumers between its trademark, "SAS",
and the "SAP"
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   48
 
trademark. SAP disagrees with this contention and, in addition, has filed
counterclaims relating to certain registered trademarks held by SAS. To date,
the SAS opposition action as well as SAP's counterclaims are pending with the
Trademark Trial and Appeal Board. While there can be no assurance that SAP will
be successful in its efforts to register the "SAP" trademark in the United
States, the Company believes that an adverse determination in this matter would
not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of
operations, financial condition or cash flows.
 
     In 1994, the Company sponsored an employee convertible bond program (the
"1994 Program") by issuing 400,000 bonds, each with a nominal amount of DM 50
and convertible into DM 50 Preference Shares (the "1994 DM 50 Bonds"). On July
17, 1995, SAP effected a 1:10 stock split with respect to 1,950,000 DM 50
Preference Shares to reflect the reduction in the nominal value of such DM 50
Preference Shares from DM 50 to DM 5. See "Item 14. Description of Securities to
be Registered -- Share Capital." The 1994 DM 50 Bonds were split accordingly
into 4,000,000 bonds, each with a nominal amount of DM 5 (the "1994 Bonds"). In
late July 1996, a lawsuit was filed by a German shareholders' advocacy group,
Schutzgemeinschaft der Kleinaktionare e.V. ("SdK"), against SAP in the trial
court in Heidelberg, Germany. The SdK was seeking the voidance of two
resolutions of SAP's 1996 annual general shareholders' meeting regarding the
general approval of the Executive Board's actions during the previous business
year (Entlastung) and the authorization of the Executive Board to convert the
1994 Bonds from registered to bearer form. In its complaint, the SdK alleged,
among other things, that: (i) the parties to the Pooling Agreement (see "Item 4.
Control of Registrant") constituted an entity controlling SAP pursuant to the
provisions of the German Stock Corporation Act; (ii) the shareholders of SAP
were misled by its Executive Board in connection with the resolution authorizing
the Executive Board to convert the 1994 Bonds from registered to bearer form and
the authorization for such conversion allowed principal shareholders and
Executive Board members to profit from such conversion at the expense of the
minority shareholders and Company employees; and (iii) the Executive Board did
not completely answer shareholders' questions at the 1996 annual general
shareholders' meeting and thereby violated its duty to provide information. On
September 24, 1997, the Heidelberg trial court dismissed the suit. SdK has since
filed an appeal with the appeals court in Karlsruhe, Germany. While there can be
no assurance that SAP will be successful on appeal, SAP believes that an adverse
determination in this matter would not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
 
     In December 1996, certain employees of SAP became the subject of
independent insider trading investigations by the German Federal Supervisory
Office for Securities Trading (Bundesaufsichtsamt fur den Wertpapierhandel) and
the Frankfurt criminal prosecutor's office. Such investigations remain ongoing.
Further investigations by both the Federal Supervisory Office for Securities
Trading and the Frankfurt criminal prosecutor's office with regard to other
persons, including employees and non-employees of SAP, are also pending. To the
Company's knowledge, the Company has never been the target of any such
investigations. The Company is cooperating with all such investigations.
Although the outcome of such investigations and claims cannot be predicted with
certainty, the Company believes that any resulting adverse judgments against one
or more of the persons under investigation would not have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, results of operations, financial condition or
cash flows.
 
     The Company is also subject to other legal proceedings and claims, either
asserted or unasserted, which arise in the ordinary course of business. Although
the outcome of these proceedings and claims cannot be predicted with certainty,
management does not believe that the outcome of any of these matters will have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations,
financial condition or cash flows. Any litigation, however, involves potential
risk and potentially significant litigation costs, and therefore there can be no
assurance that any litigation which is now pending or which may arise in the
future would not have such a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
 
ITEM 4. CONTROL OF REGISTRANT.
 
     The share capital of SAP consists of the Ordinary Shares and the Preference
Shares. At June 18, 1998, the issued share capital of SAP amounted to DM
521,516,495, consisting of 60,996,050 Ordinary Shares and 43,307,249 Preference
Shares. See "Item 14. Description of Securities to be Registered -- Share
Capital."
                                       19
<PAGE>   49
 
     The Ordinary Shares and the Preference Shares are issued only in bearer
form. Accordingly, SAP generally has no way of determining who its shareholders
are or how many shares a particular shareholder owns. However, under Section 21
of the German Securities Trading Act (Wertpapierhandelsgesetz), which became
effective on January 1, 1995, holders of voting securities of a German company
admitted to official trading on a stock exchange within the European Union or
the European Economic Area are obligated to notify a company of the level of
their holdings whenever such holdings reach, exceed or fall below certain
thresholds, which have been set at 5%, 10%, 25%, 50% and 75% of a company's
outstanding voting rights.
 
     To its knowledge, SAP is not owned or controlled directly or indirectly by
any government or by any other corporation. The following table sets forth
certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of the Ordinary Shares
and the Preference Shares at June 18, 1998 of (i) each person or group known by
SAP to own beneficially 10% or more of the outstanding Ordinary Shares or
Preference Shares and (ii) the beneficial ownership of all members of the
Supervisory Board and all members of the Executive Board, as a group, in each
case as reported to SAP by such persons.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 ORDINARY SHARES              PREFERENCE SHARES
                                                BENEFICIALLY OWNED            BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                            --------------------------    --------------------------
                                                              % OF                          % OF
          PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS              NUMBER       OUTSTANDING      NUMBER       OUTSTANDING
          ----------------------            -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                         <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Dietmar Hopp
  Chairman, Supervisory Board.............   15,297,600(1)     25.1%               --           --
Dietmar Hopp Stiftung GmbH(2).............    9,339,100        15.3%               --           --
Prof. Dr. h.c. Hasso Plattner
  Co-Speaker, Executive Board.............   12,507,200        20.5%               --           --
Dr. h.c. Klaus Tschira
  Member, Supervisory Board...............   11,592,350(3)     19.0%                *            *
Klaus Tschira Stiftung gGmbH(4)...........    7,051,600        11.6%               --           --
Pooling Shareholders(5)...................   30,500,100      50.003%               **           **
Executive Board Members and Supervisory
  Board Members, as a group (18
  persons)................................   39,401,028        64.6%        2,088,704         4.8%
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 *  Less than 10%.
 
**  Not applicable. See note (5) below.
 
(1) Includes (i) 4,038,000 Ordinary Shares owned in the aggregate by Mr. Hopp's
    immediate family and (ii) 9,339,100 Ordinary Shares owned by Dietmar Hopp
    Stiftung GmbH, as to which Mr. Hopp exercises sole voting power. Mr. Hopp
    disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such Ordinary Shares. Mr.
    Hopp is a party to the Pooling Agreement described in note (5) below.
 
(2) Effective January 1, 1996, Mr. Hopp transferred 9,339,100 Ordinary Shares to
    the Dietmar Hopp Stiftung GmbH, a newly established non-profit foundation.
    The Dietmar Hopp Stiftung GmbH is a party to the Pooling Agreement described
    in note (5) below.
 
(3) Includes (i) 705,000 Ordinary Shares owned in the aggregate by Dr. Tschira's
    immediate family and (ii) 7,051,600 Ordinary Shares owned by Klaus Tschira
    Stiftung gGmbH, as to which Dr. Tschira exercises sole voting power. Dr.
    Tschira disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such Ordinary Shares.
    Dr. Tschira is a party to the Pooling Agreement described in note (5) below.
 
(4) Effective January 1, 1996, Dr. Tschira transferred 7,051,600 Ordinary Shares
    to the Klaus Tschira Stiftung gGmbH, a newly established non-profit
    foundation. The Klaus Tschira Stiftung gGmbH is a party to the Pooling
    Agreement described in note (5) below.
 
(5) The Company has been informed that certain shareholders of SAP (the "Pooling
    Shareholders"), who in the aggregate hold over 60% of the Ordinary Shares,
    have entered into a pooling agreement (the "Pooling Agreement") with respect
    to Ordinary Shares owned by them that constitute in the aggregate 50.003% of
    the outstanding Ordinary Shares (the "Pooled Shares"). Pursuant to the
    Pooling Agreement, the Pooling Shareholders have agreed to vote their Pooled
    Shares jointly with respect to certain matters coming before SAP's general
    shareholders' meetings, including the election of the members of the
    Supervisory Board elected by SAP's shareholders (who comprise 50% of the
    members of the Supervisory Board). The Pooling Agreement contains
    restrictions on the transfer of the Pooled Shares to non-Pooling
    Shareholders and provides for a right of first refusal in the event a
    Pooling Shareholder wishes to transfer its Pooled Shares. Any Pooling
    Shareholder may terminate its participation in the Pooling Agreement by
    giving 12 months' notice prior to the end of a calendar year, with effect at
    the earliest on December 31, 1999.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   50
 
ITEM 5. NATURE OF TRADING MARKET.
 
GENERAL
 
     The Ordinary Shares and the Preference Shares are listed on each of the
Frankfurt Stock Exchange, the Berlin Stock Exchange and the Stuttgart Stock
Exchange. The Ordinary Shares are also listed on each of the Geneva Stock
Exchange and the Zurich Stock Exchange. In addition, the Ordinary Shares and the
Preference Shares are traded in the over-the-counter markets (Freiverkehr) in
each of Dusseldorf, Munich, Bremen, Hamburg and Hannover. The principal trading
market for the Ordinary Shares and the Preference Shares is the Frankfurt Stock
Exchange. The Ordinary Shares and the Preference Shares are issued only in
bearer form.
 
     The Preference Shares currently trade in the United States in the form of
American Depositary Shares evidenced by American Depositary Receipts. SAP
currently has three sponsored American Depositary Receipt facilities with
respect to the Preference Shares in the United States: (i) a facility (the
"Unrestricted Facility") established pursuant to a Deposit Agreement dated
September 12, 1995 among SAP, The Bank of New York (the "Unrestricted
Depositary") and the owners and holders of the American Depositary Receipts (the
"Unrestricted ADRs") issued thereunder evidencing American Depositary Shares
(the "Unrestricted ADSs"); (ii) a facility (the "1995 Rule 144A Facility")
established pursuant to a Deposit Agreement (the "1995 Rule 144A Deposit
Agreement") dated May 31, 1995 among SAP, The Bank of New York (the "1995 Rule
144A Depositary") and the owners and beneficial owners of the American
Depositary Receipts (the "1995 Rule 144A ADRs") issued thereunder evidencing
American Depositary Shares (the "1995 Rule 144A ADSs"); and (iii) a facility
(the "1996 Rule 144A Facility") established pursuant to a Deposit Agreement (the
"1996 Rule 144A Deposit Agreement") dated August 14, 1996 among SAP, The Bank of
New York (the "1996 Rule 144A Depositary") and the owners and beneficial owners
of the American Depositary Receipts (the "1996 Rule 144A ADRs") issued
thereunder evidencing American Depositary Shares (the "1996 Rule 144A ADSs"). As
used herein, (a) the "Rule 144A Facilities" means the 1995 Rule 144A Facility
and the 1996 Rule 144A Facility; (b) the "Rule 144A Depositaries" means the 1995
Rule 144A Depositary and the 1996 Rule 144A Depositary; (c) the "Rule 144A ADRs"
means the 1995 Rule 144A ADRs and the 1996 Rule 144A ADRs; (d) the "Rule 144A
ADSs" means the 1995 Rule 144A ADSs and the 1996 Rule 144A ADSs; and (e) the
"Rule 144A Deposit Agreements" means the 1995 Rule 144A Deposit Agreement and
the 1996 Rule 144A Deposit Agreement. Each Rule 144A ADS and each Unrestricted
ADS represents one-third of one Preference Share. The 1995 Rule 144A Facility
was closed to new deposits of Preference Shares as of January 26, 1995. See
"Item 14. Description of Securities to be Registered -- Description of
Preference Shares -- Rule 144A Facilities and Unrestricted Facility."
 
     The Company intends to conduct an exchange offer (the "Exchange Offer"),
whereby it will offer to exchange four American Depositary Shares (each, an
"ADS"), each representing one-twelfth of one Preference Share and evidenced by
an American Depositary Receipt (an "ADR"), for each outstanding Rule 144A ADS.
The ADSs issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be registered with the SEC
pursuant to the Form F-1. The ADSs will be substantially identical to the Rule
144A ADSs except that (i) the Rule 144A ADSs are only accepted for quotation in
the United States on the Private Offerings, Resales and Trading through
Automated Linkages ("PORTAL") system of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. whereas the ADSs may be eligible for listing on a United States
national securities exchange or quotation on a United States inter-dealer system
and (ii) resale of the ADSs will not be subject to the restrictions contained in
the Rule 144A Deposit Agreements. Upon commencement of the Exchange Offer, the
Company intends to direct the Rule 144A ADS Depositary to terminate each of the
Rule 144A Deposit Agreements in accordance with its terms, which will adversely
affect the trading market for Rule 144A ADSs that are not tendered in the
Exchange Offer.
 
TRADING ON THE FRANKFURT STOCK EXCHANGE
 
     The Frankfurt Stock Exchange is the largest of the eight German stock
exchanges. The aggregate annual turnover of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange in 1997
of DM 6.9 trillion (based on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange's practice of
separately recording the sale and purchase components involved in any trade) for
both equity and debt instruments made it the fifth largest stock exchange in the
world behind the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Stock Market, the London
Stock Exchange and the Tokyo Stock Exchange in terms of
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   51
 
turnover. At December 31, 1997, the equity securities of 1,461 corporations,
including 1,011 foreign corporations, were traded on the Frankfurt Stock
Exchange.
     Prices are continuously quoted on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange floor each
business day between 10:30 a.m. and 1:30 p.m. Central European Time for the
Ordinary Shares and the Preference Shares as well as for other actively traded
shares. Beginning July 1, 1998, the Frankfurt Stock Exchange intends to extend
trading hours to between 8:30 a.m. and 5 p.m. For all shares, an official daily
quote (Einheitspreis) is determined by auction around mid-session of each
trading day. For some less actively traded shares, this official daily quotation
is the only price determined, and for such shares the trading time of between
10:30 a.m. and 1:30 p.m. will remain unchanged after July 1, 1998. Markets in
listed securities are generally of the auction type, but listed securities also
change hands in inter-bank dealer markets off the Frankfurt Stock Exchange.
Price formation is determined by open outcry by state-appointed specialists
(amtliche Makler) who are themselves exchange members, but who do not, as a
rule, deal with the public. Transactions on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange are
settled on the second business day following trading. Transactions off the
Frankfurt Stock Exchange (which may be the case if one of the parties to the
transaction is foreign) are generally also settled on the second business day
following trading (although a different period may be agreed upon by the
parties). Under German law, customers' orders to buy or sell listed securities
must be executed on a stock exchange unless the customer gives other specific
instructions for an individual transaction or an indeterminate number of
transactions. A quotation can be suspended by the Frankfurt Stock Exchange if
orderly stock exchange trading is temporarily endangered or if a suspension is
necessary in order to protect the public interest.
     The Ordinary Shares and the Preference Shares are traded on XETRA, a
computerized trading system of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. Securities traded
on XETRA include the securities of the 30 companies comprising the Deutsche
Aktienindex ("DAX"), the leading index of trading on the Frankfurt Stock
Exchange, as well as other high-volume shares, equity warrants, government
obligations and government agency securities. The Preference Shares have been
included in the DAX since September 15, 1995.
     The table below sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low
closing sales prices for the Preference Shares on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange,
as reported by the Deutsche Borse AG, together with the high and low of the DAX.
See the discussion under "Item 8. Selected Consolidated Financial Data --
Exchange Rates" with respect to rates of exchange between the Dollar and the
Mark applicable during the periods set forth below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            PRICE PER
                                                       PREFERENCE SHARE(1)          DAX(2)
                                                       -------------------    ------------------
                                                         HIGH        LOW       HIGH        LOW
                                                       --------    -------    -------    -------
                                                         (DM)       (DM)
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
1996
  First Quarter......................................   238.50     198.00     2525.42    2284.86
  Second Quarter.....................................   228.70     182.00     2573.69    2457.49
  Third Quarter......................................   262.80     202.00     2666.55    2447.80
  Fourth Quarter.....................................   284.00     191.80     2909.91    2655.73
1997
  First Quarter......................................   286.00     210.90     3460.59    2848.77
  Second Quarter.....................................   363.20     268.50     3805.29    3215.24
  Third Quarter......................................   472.00     358.00     4438.93    3819.85
  Fourth Quarter.....................................   596.00     479.10     4347.24    3567.22
1998
  First Quarter......................................   807.00     562.00     5095.79    4094.54
  Second Quarter (through June 18, 1998).............  1208.00     759.50     5779.09    5018.67
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) On May 7, 1998, SAP's shareholders passed a resolution converting SAP's
    share capital to no nominal value shares, in accordance with recently
    enacted amendments to the German Stock Corporation Act. This resolution took
    effect on June 16, 1998, when it was recorded in the commercial register in
    Heidelberg, Germany. For periods set forth in this table prior to June 16,
    1998, the Preference Share price data assumes that each DM 50 Preference
    Share equals ten DM 5 Preference Shares. See "Item 14. Description of
    Securities to be Registered -- Share Capital."
 
(2) The DAX is a continuously updated, capital-weighted performance index of 30
    German blue chip companies. The shares included in the DAX were in principle
    selected by the Frankfurt Stock Exchange on the basis of their stock
    exchange turnover and the issuer's market capitalization. Adjustments to the
    DAX are made by the Frankfurt Stock Exchange for capital changes,
    subscription rights and dividends.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   52
 
     The average daily volumes of Preference Shares traded on the Frankfurt
Stock Exchange during the years 1996 and 1997 were approximately DM 198.0
million and DM 321.6 million, respectively. These numbers are based on total
yearly turnover statistics quoted by the Deutsche Borse AG.
 
     On June 18, 1998, the closing sale price per Preference Share was DM
1208.00, as reported by the Borsenzeitung.
 
PRINCIPAL UNITED STATES TRADING MARKET
 
     The Rule 144A ADSs are traded in the PORTAL system of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Price information with respect to Rule
144A ADS transactions conducted in PORTAL is not publicly available. The
Unrestricted ADSs trade in secondary transactions published in inter-dealer
quotations in the so-called "pink-sheets." The table below sets forth, for the
periods indicated, high and low trading prices for the Unrestricted ADSs.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        PER UNRESTRICTED ADS(1)
                                                       -------------------------
                                                       HIGH U.S. $    LOW U.S. $
                                                       -----------    ----------
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>
1996
  First Quarter......................................     54.75          45.50
  Second Quarter.....................................     50.00          39.75
  Third Quarter......................................     57.88          44.50
  Fourth Quarter.....................................     61.75          42.00
 
1997
  First Quarter......................................     56.50          45.50
  Second Quarter.....................................     71.88          52.50
  Third Quarter......................................     89.25          69.50
  Fourth Quarter.....................................    114.00          89.00
 
1998
  First Quarter......................................    149.50          99.00
  Second Quarter (through June 18, 1998).............     226.5         140.00
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Data provided by The Bank of New York.
 
     On June 18, 1998, the closing price per share of the Unrestricted ADSs was
U.S.$ 226.50.
 
     At June 18, 1998, 1,833,258 Preference Shares were held in the form of
Unrestricted ADSs (representing approximately 4.2% of the then outstanding
Preference Shares) and 250,868 Preference Shares were held in the form of Rule
144A ADSs (representing less than 1% of the then outstanding Preference Shares).
 
     Based on information provided by the Rule 144A ADS Depositaries and the
Unrestricted ADS Depositary, at June 18, 1998, there was approximately one
registered holder of Rule 144A ADSs and approximately 1,484 registered holders
of Unrestricted ADSs and, based on information received by the Company, 110
holders of Preference Shares are in the United States. At June 18, 1998, there
were 752,604 Rule 144A ADSs, 5,500,324 Unrestricted ADSs and 6,169,150
Preference Shares (totaling 8,253,459.3 Preference Shares) held of record by
1,483 record holders with United States addresses (representing approximately
19% of the then outstanding Preference Shares).
 
ITEM 6. EXCHANGE CONTROLS AND OTHER LIMITATIONS AFFECTING SECURITY HOLDERS.
 
     At the present time, Germany does not restrict the export or import of
capital, except for investments in areas like Iraq and Libya in accordance with
applicable resolutions adopted by the United Nations and the
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   53
 
European Union. However, for statistical purposes only, every individual or
corporation residing in Germany ("Resident") must report to the German Central
Bank (Deutsche Bundesbank), subject only to certain immaterial exceptions, any
payment received from or made to an individual or a corporation resident outside
of Germany ("Non-resident") if such payment exceeds DM 5,000 (or the equivalent
in a foreign currency). In addition, Residents must report any claims against or
any liabilities payable to Non-residents if such claims or liabilities, in the
aggregate, exceed DM 3 million (or the equivalent in a foreign currency) during
any one month. Residents must also report any direct investment outside Germany
if such investment exceeds DM 100,000. For a discussion of the treatment of
remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to nonresident holders of
Preference Shares or ADSs, see "Item 7. Taxation -- German Taxation of Holders
of Preference Shares or ADSs."
 
     There are no limitations imposed by German law or the Articles of
Association (Satzung) of SAP (the "Articles of Association") on the right of
Non-residents or foreign holders to hold or vote the Preference Shares or the
ADSs. For a discussion of the voting rights of holders of Preference Shares, see
"Item 14. Description of Securities to be Registered -- Description of
Preference Shares -- Voting Rights."
 
ITEM 7. TAXATION.
 
GENERAL
 
     The following discussion summarizes certain German tax and United States
federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of
Preference Shares or ADSs evidenced by ADRs. Although the following discussion
does not purport to describe all of the tax considerations that may be relevant
to a prospective purchaser of ADSs, such discussion (i) in the opinion of
Haarmann, Hemmelrath & Partner, special German tax counsel to SAP, summarizes
the material German tax consequences to a holder of Preference Shares or ADSs
and (ii) in the opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, special United States
tax counsel to SAP, summarizes the material United States federal income tax
consequences, to a United States Holder (as hereinafter defined) of Preference
Shares or ADSs that is not resident (in the case of an individual) or domiciled
(in the case of a legal entity), as the case may be, in Germany (in either case,
referred to herein as "not resident" or as a "nonresident") and does not have a
permanent establishment or fixed base located in Germany through which such
Preference Shares or ADSs are held. Dr. Wilhelm Haarmann, a partner in Haarmann,
Hemmelrath & Partner, is a member of SAP's Supervisory Board.
 
GERMAN TAXATION OF HOLDERS OF PREFERENCE SHARES OR ADSS
 
     The following discussion generally summarizes the principal German tax
consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ADSs or Preference
Shares to a beneficial owner. This summary is based on the laws that are in
force at the date hereof and is subject to any changes in German law, or in any
applicable double taxation conventions to which Germany is a party, occurring
after such date. It is also based, in part, on representations of the Depositary
and assumes that each obligation of the Deposit Agreement and any related
agreements will be performed in accordance with its terms.
 
     The following discussion is not a complete analysis or listing of all
potential German tax consequences to holders of ADSs or Preference Shares and
does not address all tax considerations that may be relevant to all categories
of potential purchasers or owners of ADSs or Preference Shares. In particular,
the following discussion does not address the tax consequences for (i) a person
that owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of SAP's shares, (ii) a holding
which forms part of a German permanent establishment of a person not resident in
Germany or (iii) a person that is resident in Germany and at the same time
resident in another country. Prospective purchasers of ADSs or Preference Shares
are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the overall German tax
consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition thereof.
 
     For purposes of applying German tax law and the double tax conventions to
which Germany is a party, a holder of ADSs will be treated as owning the
Preference Shares represented thereby.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   54
 
German Taxation of Dividends
 
     Under German domestic income tax laws, German corporations are required to
withhold tax on dividends in an amount equal to 25% of the gross amount paid to
resident and nonresident shareholders. A 5.5% surtax on the German withholding
tax is currently levied on dividend distributions paid by a German corporation,
such as SAP. The surtax equals 1.375% (5.5% x 25%) of the gross amount of a cash
dividend. Certain persons resident in Germany (e.g., qualifying investment funds
or tax-exempt organizations) may obtain a partial or full refund of such taxes.
 
     For a holder of ADSs or Preference Shares that is resident in Germany,
according to German income tax law, dividends are subject to German income tax
or corporation tax. For such a holder, the taxable amount will be the sum of (i)
the cash payment by SAP, (ii) the taxes withheld and (iii) 3/7 of the sum of (i)
and (ii). Subject to certain conditions, the tax withheld and the gross-up of
3/7 will be eligible for credit against the holder's income or corporation tax.
If the dividend is paid out of tax-exempt foreign income, there will be neither
the 3/7 gross-up of the income nor a credit for this amount. For holders subject
to German Trade Tax, such tax is also imposed on the dividends received
(including any gross-up).
 
Refund of German Tax to United States Holders
 
     A partial refund of the 25% withholding tax equal to 10% of the gross
amount of the dividend and a full refund of the surtax can be obtained by a
United States Holder (as that term is defined under "United States Taxation of
United States Holders of Preference Shares or ADSs") under the United
States-Germany income tax treaty (Convention between the Federal Republic of
Germany and the United States of America for the Avoidance of Double Taxation
and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to taxes on Income (German
Federal Law Gazette (BGBI.) 1991 II. 355)) (the "Treaty"). In addition, so long
as the German imputation system provides German resident individual shareholders
with a tax credit for corporate taxes with respect to dividends paid by German
corporations, the Treaty provides that United States Holders are entitled to a
further refund equal to 5% of the gross amount of the dividend. Thus, for each
U.S.$100 of gross dividends paid by SAP to a United States Holder, the dividends
after partial refund of the 25% withholding tax and a refund of the surtax under
the Treaty will be subject to a German withholding tax of U.S.$15. If the United
States Holder also applies for the additional 5% refund, then the German
withholding tax is effectively reduced to U.S.$10. Thus, the cash received per
U.S.$100 of gross dividends is U.S.$90 after refund of German withholding tax
from the German tax authorities.
 
     To claim the refund of amounts withheld in excess of the Treaty rate, a
United States Holder must submit (either directly or, as described below,
through the Depositary) a claim for refund to the German tax authorities, with,
in the case of a direct claim, the original bank voucher (or certified copy
thereof) issued by the paying entity documenting the tax withheld, within four
years from the end of the calendar year in which the dividend is received.
Claims for refund are made on a special German claim for refund form, which must
be filed with the German tax authorities: Bundesamt fur Finanzen, 53221 Bonn,
Germany. The German claim for refund form may be obtained from the German tax
authorities at the same address where applications are filed, or from the
Embassy of the Federal Republic of Germany, 4645 Reservoir Road, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20007-1998.
 
     United States Holders must also submit to the German tax authorities
certification of their most recently filed United States federal income tax
return (IRS Form 6166). Certification is obtained from the office of the
Director of the Internal Revenue Service Center by filing a request for
certification with the Internal Revenue Service, AC/I-FIRPTA, DR 543, P.O. Box
16347, Tax Treaty Division, Philadelphia, PA 19114-0447. Requests for
certification are to be made in writing and must include the United States
Holder's name, social security number or employer identification number, tax
return form number, and tax period for which certification is requested. This
certification is valid for three years and need only be resubmitted in a fourth
year in the event of a subsequent application for refund.
 
     In accordance with arrangements under the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary
(or a custodian as its designated agent) will hold the Preference Shares and
receive and distribute dividends to the United States Holders. The Depositary
has agreed that, to the extent practicable, it will perform administrative
functions
                                       25
<PAGE>   55
 
necessary to obtain the refund of amounts withheld in excess of the Treaty rate
for the benefit of United States Holders who supply the necessary documentation.
 
     The Depositary will send to the United States Holders of ADSs a notice
explaining how to claim a refund, the form required to obtain the IRS Form 6166
certification and the German claim for refund form. The notice will describe how
to obtain the certification on IRS Form 6166. In order to claim a refund, the
United States Holder should deliver the certification provided to it by the IRS
to the Depositary along with the completed claim for refund form. In the case of
ADSs held through a broker or other financial intermediary, the required
documentation should be delivered to such broker or financial intermediary for
forwarding to the Depositary. In all other cases, the United States Holders
should deliver the required documentation directly to the Depositary. The
Depositary will file the required documentation with the German tax authorities
on behalf of the United States Holders.
 
     The German tax authorities will issue the refunds, which will be
denominated in Marks, in the name of the Depositary. The Depositary will convert
the refunds into Dollars and issue corresponding refund checks to the United
States Holders or their brokers.
 
Refund of German Tax to Holders of ADSs or Preference Shares in Other Countries
 
     A holder of ADSs or Preference Shares resident in a country other than
Germany or the United States that has a double taxation convention with Germany
may obtain a partial refund of German withholding taxes. Rates and procedures
may vary according to the applicable treaty. For details, such holders are urged
to consult their own tax advisors.
 
Taxation of Capital Gains
 
     A capital gain derived from the sale or other disposition by a holder
resident in Germany of ADSs or Preference Shares is taxable if the ADSs or
Preference Shares are held as part of his or her trade or business or if the
ADSs or Preference Shares are sold within a period of six months after
acquisition.
 
     A holder resident in a country other than Germany is not subject to German
income or corporation tax on the capital gain derived from the sale or other
disposition of ADSs or Preference Shares.
 
Other German Taxes
 
     There are no German net worth, transfer, stamp or similar taxes on the
holding, purchase or sale of ADSs or Preference Shares.
 
German Estate and Gift Taxes
 
     A transfer of ADSs or Preference Shares by gift or by reason of death of a
holder will be subject to German gift or inheritance tax, respectively, if one
of the following persons is resident in Germany: the donor or transferor or his
or her heir, or the donee or other beneficiary. If one of the aforementioned
persons is resident in Germany and another is resident in a country having a
treaty with Germany, regarding gift or inheritance taxes, different rules may
apply. If none of the aforementioned persons is resident in Germany the transfer
is not subject to German gift or inheritance tax. For persons giving up German
residence, special rules apply during the first five years, and under specific
circumstances, during the first ten years, after the end of the year in which
the person left Germany.
 
     In general, in the case of a United States Holder, a transfer of ADSs or
Preference Shares by gift or by reason of death that would otherwise be subject
to German gift or inheritance tax, respectively, will not be subject to such
German tax by reason of the current estate tax treaty between the United States
and Germany unless the donor or transferor, or the heir, donee or other
beneficiary, is domiciled in Germany for purposes of the current estate tax
treaty between the United States and Germany at the time of the making of the
gift or at the time of the donor's or transferor's death.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>   56
 
     In general, the United States-Germany estate tax treaty provides a credit
against United States federal estate and gift tax liability for the amount of
inheritance and gift tax paid in Germany, subject to certain limitations, in a
case where the ADSs or Preference Shares are subject to German inheritance or
gift tax and United States federal estate or gift tax.
 
UNITED STATES TAXATION OF UNITED STATES HOLDERS OF PREFERENCE SHARES OR ADSS
 
     The following discussion generally summarizes certain United States federal
income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ADSs or
Preference Shares to a beneficial owner (i) who is an individual citizen or
resident of the United States or a corporation organized under the laws of the
United States or any political subdivision thereof, (ii) who is not resident in
Germany for German tax purposes, (iii) whose holding of ADSs or Preference
Shares does not form part of the business property or assets of a permanent
establishment or fixed base in Germany and (iv) who is fully entitled to the
benefits of the Treaty in respect of such ADSs or Preference Shares (a "United
States Holder").
 
     This summary deals only with ADSs and Preference Shares that are held as
capital assets and does not address tax considerations applicable to United
States Holders that may be subject to special tax rules, such as dealers or
traders in securities, financial institutions, life insurance companies,
tax-exempt entities, United States Holders that hold Preference Shares or ADSs
as a part of straddle, conversion transaction or other arrangement involving
more than one position, United States Holders that own (or are deemed for United
States tax purposes to own) 10% or more of the total combined voting power of
all classes of voting stock of SAP, United States Holders that have a principal
place of business or "tax home" outside the United States or United States
Holders whose "functional currency" is not the United States Dollar.
 
     The discussion below is based upon the United States Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), the Treaty and regulations, rulings and
judicial decisions thereunder at the date hereof. Any such authority may be
repealed, revoked or modified, perhaps with retroactive effect, so as to result
in federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.
Opinions of tax counsel have no binding effect or official status of any kind;
no assurance can be given that the conclusions set out below would be sustained
by a court if challenged by the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS"). The
discussion below also is based upon representations made by SAP, which in turn
rely upon certain significant assumptions as to facts and circumstances in the
future. It is also based, in part, on representations of the Depositary, and
assumes that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreements
will be performed in accordance with its terms.
 
     THE DISCUSSION SET OUT BELOW IS INTENDED ONLY AS A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN
UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN ADSs OR
PREFERENCE SHARES. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX
ADVISORS AS TO THE APPLICATION TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATION OF THE TAX
CONSIDERATIONS DISCUSSED BELOW, AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF STATE, LOCAL OR
FOREIGN TAX LAW. THE STATEMENTS OF UNITED STATES TAX LAW SET OUT BELOW ARE BASED
ON THE LAWS IN FORCE AND INTERPRETATIONS THEREOF AT THE DATE OF THIS FORM 20-F
AND ARE SUBJECT TO ANY CHANGES OCCURRING AFTER THAT DATE.
 
ADSs and Preference Shares
 
     For United States federal income tax purposes, a United States Holder of
ADSs will be considered to own the Preference Shares represented thereby.
 
Distributions
 
     Subject to the discussion below under "Passive Foreign Investment Company
Considerations," distributions made by SAP with respect to Preference Shares
(other than distributions in liquidation and certain distributions in redemption
of stock), including the amount of German tax deemed to have been withheld in
respect of such distributions, will be taxed to United States Holders as
ordinary dividend income to the extent
                                       27
<PAGE>   57
 
that such distributions do not exceed the current and accumulated earnings and
profits of SAP as computed for United States federal income tax purposes. As
discussed above, a United States Holder may obtain a refund of German
withholding tax to the extent that the German withholding tax exceeds 10% of the
amount of the associated distribution. However, for United States federal income
tax purposes, the net cash distribution (equal to 90%) will be treated as if it
had been subject to a 15% German withholding tax and will be "grossed up"
accordingly. The total amount of the distribution therefore will be equal to the
sum of (i) the actual cash distribution net of the 10% withholding tax, (ii) the
10% tax actually withheld and (iii) an amount equal to 5.88% of the sum of (i)
and (ii). For example, if SAP distributes a cash dividend equal to U.S.$100 to a
United States Holder, the distribution currently will be subject to German
withholding tax of U.S.$25 plus U.S.$1.375 surtax, and the United States Holder
will receive U.S.$73.625. If the United States Holder obtains the Treaty refund,
he will receive an additional U.S.$16.375 from the German tax authorities. For
United States tax purposes, such United States Holder will be considered to have
received a total distribution of U.S.$105.88, which will be deemed to have been
subject to German withholding tax of U.S.$15.88 (15% of U.S.$105.88).
 
     Distributions, if any, in excess of SAP's current and accumulated earnings
and profits will constitute a non-taxable return of capital to a United States
Holder and will be applied against and reduce the United States Holder's tax
basis in its Preference Shares. To the extent that such distributions exceed the
tax basis of the United States Holder in its Preference Shares, the excess
generally will be treated as capital gain.
 
     In the case of a distribution in Marks, the amount of the distribution
generally will equal the Dollar value of the Marks distributed (determined by
reference to the spot currency exchange rate on the date of receipt of the
distribution (receipt by the Depositary in the case of a distribution on ADSs)),
regardless of whether the holder in fact converts the Marks into Dollars, and
the United States Holder will not realize any separate foreign currency gain or
loss (except to the extent that such gain or loss arises on the actual
disposition of foreign currency received).
 
     Dividends paid by SAP generally will constitute "portfolio income" for
purposes of the limitations on the use of passive activity losses (and,
therefore, generally may not be offset by passive activity losses) and as
"investment income" for purposes of the limitation on the deduction of
investment interest expense. Dividends paid by SAP will not be eligible for the
dividends received deduction generally allowed to United States corporations
under Section 243 of the Code.
 
     Under certain circumstances, a United States Holder may be deemed to have
received a distribution for United States federal income tax purposes upon an
adjustment, or the failure to make an adjustment, to the conversion price of the
1988 Bonds (see Item 12. "Options to Purchase Securities from Registrant or
Subsidiaries -- 1988 Program") or the 1994 Bonds.
 
Sale or Exchange
 
     In general, assuming that SAP at no time is a passive foreign investment
company, upon a sale or exchange of Preference Shares to a person other than
SAP, a United States Holder will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to
the difference between the amount realized on the sale or exchange and the
United States Holder's adjusted tax basis in the Preference Shares. Such gain or
loss will be capital gain or loss. Upon a sale of Preference Shares to SAP, a
United States Holder may recognize capital gain or loss or, alternatively, may
be considered to have received a distribution with respect to the Preference
Shares, in each case depending upon the application to such sale of the rules of
Section 302 of the Code.
 
     Deposit and withdrawal of Preference Shares in exchange for ADSs by a
United States Holder will not result in its realization of gain or loss for
United States federal income tax purposes.
 
Foreign Tax Credit
 
     In general, in computing its United States federal income tax liability, a
United States Holder may elect for each taxable year to claim a deduction or,
subject to the limitations on foreign tax credits generally, a credit for
foreign income taxes paid or accrued by it. For United States foreign tax credit
purposes, subject to
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   58
 
the applicable limitations under the foreign tax credit rules, the 15% German
tax that is treated as having been withheld from dividends paid to a United
States Holder will be eligible for credit against the United States Holder's
federal income tax liability. Thus, in the numerical example set out above, a
United States Holder who receives a cash distribution of U.S.$90 from SAP
(U.S.$100 of the initial distribution net of U.S.$25 of German withholding tax
and U.S.$1.375 of surtax plus the Treaty refund of U.S.$16.375) will be treated
as having been subject to German withholding tax in the amount of U.S.$15.88
(15% of U.S.$105.88) and will be able to claim the United States foreign tax
credit, subject to applicable foreign tax credit limitations, in the amount of
U.S.$15.88.
 
     For United States foreign tax credit purposes, dividends paid by SAP
generally will be treated as foreign-source income and as "passive income" (or
in the case of certain holders, as "financial services income"). Gain realized
by a United States Holder on the sale or exchange of Preference Shares generally
will be treated as United States-source income.
 
     The IRS is authorized to issue regulations to govern the source of losses
recognized on the sale of personal property (such as the Preference Shares).
Relevant legislative history suggests that the regulations generally should
treat a loss recognized by a United States Holder on the sale or exchange of
Preference Shares as United States-source loss. In connection with recently
proposed regulations, the IRS has stated that the sourcing of a loss from the
sale or exchange of portfolio stock (generally stock held by a less than 10%
shareholder) will be reviewed in the context of a broader regulations project.
The proposed regulations suggest that, in the interim, a loss on the sale or
exchange of Preference Shares generally would be treated as foreign-source loss.
At present, it is unclear whether these proposed regulations will be adopted
and, if adopted, whether they will be adopted in their present form. United
States Holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the
proper treatment of these losses for foreign tax credit purposes.
 
     The availability of foreign tax credits depends on the particular
circumstances of each United States Holder. United States Holders are advised to
consult their own tax advisors.
 
Foreign Personal Holding Company Considerations
 
     SAP does not believe that it or any of its subsidiaries currently is a
"foreign personal holding company" (an "FPHC") for United States federal income
tax purposes. SAP is not aware of any changes that would affect this conclusion
in the foreseeable future. A foreign corporation is an FPHC for a taxable year
if (i) at any time, more than 50% of its stock (by vote or by value) is owned
(directly, indirectly or by attribution) by or for not more than five
individuals who are citizens or residents of the United States (the "ownership
requirement") and (ii) at least 60% (50% in certain cases) of its gross income
is FPHC income, which generally includes dividends, interest, royalties (except
certain active business computer software royalties) and other types of
investment income (the "income requirement"). If SAP or one of its subsidiaries
were treated as an FPHC, then each United States Holder owning ADSs or
Preference Shares on the last day in the taxable year on which the ownership
requirement with respect to SAP or its subsidiary is met would be required to
include currently in taxable income as a dividend a pro rata share of SAP's or
the subsidiary's undistributed FPHC income, which is, generally, SAP's or the
subsidiary's taxable income with certain adjustments and after reduction for
certain dividend payments.
 
     SAP does not believe that the ownership requirement is met at the date
hereof with respect to SAP or any of its subsidiaries. However, there can be no
assurance that the ownership requirement will not be met at some later time.
Whether the income requirement would be met with respect to SAP or any of its
subsidiaries at any such later date would depend on the nature and sources of
SAP's and each subsidiary's income at that time.
 
Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations
 
     Classification as a PFIC. Special and adverse United States tax rules apply
to a United States Holder that holds an interest in a "passive foreign
investment company" (a "PFIC"). In general, a PFIC is any non-United States
corporation, if (i) 75% or more of the gross income of such corporation for the
taxable year is passive income (the "income test") or (ii) the average
percentage of assets (by value) held by such
                                       29
<PAGE>   59
 
corporation during the taxable year that produce passive income (e.g.,
dividends, interest, royalties, rents and annuities) or that are held for the
production of passive income is at least 50% (the "asset test"). A corporation
that owns, directly or indirectly, at least 25% by value of the stock of a
second corporation must take into account its proportionate share of the second
corporation's income and assets in applying the income test and the asset test.
 
     Based on current projections concerning the composition of the SAP income
and assets, SAP does not believe that it will be treated as a PFIC for its
current or future taxable years. However, because this conclusion is based on
the Company's current projections and expectations as to its future business
activity, SAP can provide no assurance that it will not be treated as a PFIC in
respect of its current or any future taxable years.
 
     Consequences of PFIC Status. If SAP is treated as a PFIC for any taxable
year during which a United States Holder holds Preference Shares, then, subject
to the discussion of the QEF and "mark-to-market" rules below, such United
States Holder generally will be subject to a special and adverse tax regime with
respect to any gain realized on the disposition of the Preference Shares and
with respect to certain "excess distributions" made to it by SAP. The adverse
tax consequences include taxation of such gain or excess distribution at
ordinary-income rates and payment of an interest charge on tax which is deemed
to have been deferred with respect to such gain or excess distributions. Under
the PFIC rules, excess distributions include dividends or other distributions
received with respect to the Preference Shares, if the aggregate amount of such
distributions in any taxable year exceeds 125% of the average amount of
distributions from SAP made during a specified base period.
 
     In some circumstances, a United States Holder may avoid certain of the
unfavorable consequences of the PFIC rules by making a qualified electing fund
("QEF") election in respect of SAP. A QEF election effectively would require an
electing United States Holder to include in income currently its pro rata share
of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of SAP. However, a United States
Holder cannot elect QEF status with respect to SAP unless SAP complies with
certain reporting requirements and there can be no assurance that SAP will
provide such information.
 
     Effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1997, a United
States Holder that holds "marketable" stock in a PFIC may, in lieu of making a
QEF election, also avoid certain unfavorable consequences of the PFIC rules by
electing to mark the PFIC stock to market at the close of each taxable year. SAP
expects that the Preference Shares will be "marketable" for this purpose. A
United States Holder that makes the mark-to-market election will be required to
include in income each year as ordinary income an amount equal to the excess, if
any, of the fair market value of the stock at the close of the year over the
United States Holder's adjusted tax basis in the stock. If, at the close of the
year, the United States Holder's adjusted tax basis exceeds the fair market
value of the stock, then the United States Holder may deduct any such excess
from ordinary income, but only to the extent of net mark-to-market gains
previously included in income. Any gain from the actual sale of the PFIC stock
will be treated as ordinary income, and any loss will be treated as ordinary
loss to the extent of net mark-to-market gains previously included in income.
 
TAXATION OF HOLDERS OF ADSS OR PREFERENCE SHARES IN OTHER COUNTRIES
 
     Holders or potential holders of ADSs or Preference Shares who are resident
or otherwise taxable in countries other than Germany and the United States are
urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences
of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ADSs or Preference Shares.
 
ITEM 8. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA.
 
     The following selected consolidated financial information of the Company is
derived from, and is qualified by reference to, the Company's consolidated
financial statements included herein and notes thereto audited, in respect of
1997, 1996 and 1995, by ARTHUR ANDERSEN Wirtschaftsprufungsgesellschaft
Steuerberatungsgesellschaft mbH and, in respect of 1994 and 1993, by AW Treuhand
Andersen & Wipfler GmbH Wirtschaftsprufungsgesellschaft (a subsidiary of ARTHUR
ANDERSEN Wirtschaftsprufungsgesellschaft Steuerberatungsgesellschaft mbH), each
independent auditors. The audited consolidated income
                                       30
<PAGE>   60
 
statements for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, consolidated
statements of fixed assets for the years ended 1997 and 1996 and consolidated
balance sheets at December 31, 1997 and 1996 are included under "Item 18.
Financial Statements." The Company's consolidated financial statements included
herein have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles in Germany ("German GAAP").
 
     The selected consolidated financial data in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States ("U.S. GAAP") at and for the
years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 have been derived from the Company's
consolidated financial statements included in "Item 18. Financial Statements."
German GAAP differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. A
reconciliation of the differences between German GAAP and U.S. GAAP which
materially affect the determination of net income for the years ended December
31, 1997 and 1996, and shareholders' equity at December 31, 1997 and 1996 is set
forth in note 40 to the Company's consolidated financial statements included
herein.
 
     The selected financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction
with, and are qualified by reference to, the related consolidated financial
statements of the Company included herein and notes thereto and "Item 9.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                           (in thousands, except share and per share data and
                                             employee numbers and where otherwise indicated)
                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    1997        1997        1996        1995        1994        1993
                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                  U.S.$(1)       DM          DM          DM          DM          DM
<S>                               <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Amounts in accordance with
  German GAAP
Product revenues................  2,277,315   4,097,117   2,630,512   1,933,811   1,304,470     685,760
Consulting and training
  revenues......................  1,017,762   1,831,056   1,041,404     724,134     493,885     387,074
Other...........................     49,632      89,293      50,234      38,436      32,788      28,900
                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
     TOTAL SALES REVENUES.......  3,344,709   6,017,466   3,722,150   2,696,381   1,831,143   1,101,734
                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Other operating income(2).......     45,822      82,438      74,673      54,789      31,918      34,491
Cost of services and materials
  and operating expenses:
  Cost of services and
     materials..................    336,679     605,719     394,384     300,647     187,822     100,667
  Personnel expenses............  1,153,310   2,074,920   1,338,473     956,744     675,212     466,161
  Depreciation and
     amortization...............    108,566     195,321     164,591     144,456      88,662      61,785
  Other operating expenses......    895,852   1,611,728     955,746     697,455     462,126     279,852
                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
     Total cost of services and
       materials and operating
       expenses.................  2,494,407   4,487,688   2,853,194   2,099,302   1,413,822     908,465
                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Operating results...............    896,124   1,612,216     943,629     651,868     449,239     227,760
Financial results(3)............     30,416      54,720      23,584      22,198      22,016      28,959
                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Results from ordinary
  operations....................    926,540   1,666,936     967,213     674,066     471,255     256,719
Taxes on income.................    393,727     708,354     382,414     258,665     176,160     101,311
Other taxes.....................     18,469      33,228      17,263      10,573      13,921       9,094
                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
     Total taxes................    412,196     741,582     399,677     269,238     190,081     110,405
                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
Net income......................    514,344     925,354     567,536     404,828     281,174     146,314
Earnings per share(4)...........       4.93        8.87        5.48        4.00        2.78        1.46
</TABLE>
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   61
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                           (in thousands, except share and per share data and
                                             employee numbers and where otherwise indicated)
                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    1997        1997        1996        1995        1994        1993
                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------
                                  U.S.$(1)       DM          DM          DM          DM          DM
<S>                               <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Amounts in accordance with U.S.
  GAAP
Total sales revenues............  3,285,017   5,910,073   3,552,365         N/A         N/A         N/A
Net income......................    485,564     873,574     452,151         N/A         N/A         N/A
Earnings per share:.............                                            N/A         N/A         N/A
Basic
  DM 50 Ordinary Shares and DM 5
     Ordinary Shares............       4.66        8.38        4.40         N/A         N/A         N/A
  DM 50 Preference Shares and DM
     5 Preference Shares........       4.70        8.46        4.47         N/A         N/A         N/A
Diluted
  DM 5 Ordinary Shares and DM 50
     Ordinary Shares............       4.61        8.30        4.29         N/A         N/A         N/A
  DM 5 Preference Shares and DM
     50 Preference Shares.......       4.61        8.30        4.31         N/A         N/A         N/A
OTHER DATA:
  Ratio of earnings to combined
     fixed charges and preferred
     dividends in accordance
     with German GAAP(5)........        N/A       23.97x      23.55x      21.90x      24.55x      18.09x
  Ratio of earnings to combined
     fixed charges and preferred
     dividends in accordance
     with U.S. GAAP(5)..........        N/A       23.24x      20.81x        N/A         N/A         N/A
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Amounts in accordance with
  German GAAP
Cash and cash equivalents and
  marketable securities.........    647,274   1,164,512     902,285     397,755     347,225     433,873
Total assets....................  2,818,221   5,070,260   3,367,104   2,218,162   1,749,729   1,306,185
Shareholders' equity............  1,702,169   3,062,372   2,211,312   1,529,520   1,236,206   1,008,618
Short-term bank loans and
  overdrafts....................     90,675     163,134      90,272      59,686      47,189      25,442
Long-term financial debt(5).....      2,849       5,126       8,825      20,546      21,946       1,000
Amounts in accordance with U.S.
  GAAP
Total assets....................  2,909,248   5,234,028   3,467,803         N/A         N/A         N/A
Shareholders' equity............  1,577,489   2,838,059   2,031,869         N/A         N/A         N/A
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Amounts in the column are unaudited and translated at DM 1.7991 to
    U.S.$1.00, the Noon Buying Rate on December 31, 1997. See "-- Exchange
    Rates" for recent exchange rates between the Mark and the Dollar.
 
(2) Other operating income includes increases in inventory of unfinished
    services.
 
(3) Financial results include income from investments, net interest income,
    write-down on financial assets, and income from marketable securities and
    loans of financial assets.
 
(4) Earnings per share have been calculated in accordance with the guidelines
    established by the German Association of Financial Analysts (Deutsche
    Vereinigung fur Finanzanalyse und Anlageberatung e.V.). Such amounts are
    equal to net income divided by (a) the total number of DM 50 Ordinary Shares
    and DM 5 Ordinary Shares outstanding at year end and (b) the total number of
    DM 50 Preference Shares and DM 5 Preference Shares outstanding at year end.
    Historical earnings per share and dividends per share have been calculated
    assuming that (i) each DM 50 Ordinary Share equaled ten DM 5 Ordinary Shares
    and (ii) each DM 50 Preference Share equaled ten DM 5 Preference Shares.
    Earnings per share amounts are computed on a DM 5 per share basis. On May 7,
    1998, SAP's shareholders passed a resolution converting SAP's share capital
    to no nominal value shares, in accordance with
                                       32
<PAGE>   62
 
    recently enacted amendments to the German Stock Corporation Act. This
    resolution took effect on June 16, 1998, when it was recorded in the
    commercial register in Heidelberg, Germany. See "Item 14. Description of
    Securities to be Registered -- Share Capital."
 
(5) In calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of
    income before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of
    interest expense plus one-third of rental expense under operating leases
    (the portion that has been deemed by the Company to be representative of an
    interest factor).
 
(6) Long-term financial debt represents financial liabilities with a remaining
    life beyond one year. Most of the Company's long-term financial debt
    represents outstanding 1988 Bonds (See "Item 12. Options to Purchase
    Securities from Registrant or Subsidiaries -- 1988 Program") and 1994 Bonds
    issued to Company employees. See "Item 12. Options to Purchase Securities
    from Registrant or Subsidiaries."
 
EXCHANGE RATES
 
     The Mark is part of the European Monetary System ("EMS") exchange rate
mechanism. Within the EMS, exchange rates may fluctuate within permitted
margins, controlled by central bank intervention. Against currencies outside the
EMS, the Mark has, in theory, free floating exchange rates, although central
banks sometimes try to confine short-term exchange rate fluctuations by
intervening in foreign exchange markets. Beginning in January 1999, the EURO is
scheduled to be introduced in certain EMU countries. By June 30, 2002 at the
latest, all participating EMU countries will need to be operating with the EURO
as their single currency.
 
     Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the Mark and the Dollar will
affect the Dollar equivalent of the Mark price of the Preference Shares traded
on the German stock exchanges and, as a result, will affect the price of the
ADSs in the United States. Such fluctuations will also affect the Dollar amounts
received by the holders of ADSs on the conversion into Dollars of cash dividends
paid in Marks on the Preference Shares represented by the ADSs. See "Item 14.
Description of Securities to be Registered -- Description of ADSs."
 
     A substantial portion of SAP's revenues and expenses is denominated in
currencies other than the Mark. Therefore, results of operations and cash flows
may be materially affected by movements in the exchange rate between the Mark
and the respective currencies to which SAP is exposed. The effect of the planned
adoption of the EURO on SAP's operations is difficult to predict with certainty
at this stage because of the complexity of the relevant factors and the
uncertain timing of such adoptions. For a discussion of the effect exchange rate
fluctuations have on SAP's business and operations, as well as the hedging
techniques used to manage SAP's exposure to such fluctuations, see "Item 9.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
     The following table sets forth, for the periods and dates indicated, the
average, high, low and period-end Noon Buying Rates for Marks expressed in Marks
per Dollar.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                YEAR ENDED
               DECEMBER 31,                  PERIOD-END    AVERAGE(1)     HIGH      LOW
               ------------                  ----------    ----------    ------    ------
<S>                                          <C>           <C>           <C>       <C>
  1993.....................................    1.7395        1.6610      1.7405    1.5675
  1994.....................................    1.5495        1.6119      1.7627    1.4920
  1995.....................................    1.4345        1.4261      1.5612    1.3565
  1996.....................................    1.5387        1.5049      1.5655    1.4354
  1997.....................................    1.7991        1.7371      1.8913    1.5389
  1998 (through June 18, 1998).............    1.7927        1.8067      1.8542    1.7590
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) The average of the Noon Buying Rates on the last day of each month during
    the relevant period.
 
     On, June 18, 1998, the Noon Buying Rate was DM 1.7927 per U.S.$1.00.
 
DIVIDENDS
 
     Dividends are jointly proposed by SAP's Supervisory Board and Executive
Board based on the Company's year-end financial statements, subject to approval
by holders of Ordinary Shares, and are officially declared in respect of the
prior year at SAP's annual general shareholders' meeting. SAP's annual general
shareholders' meeting is usually convened during the second quarter of each
year. Historically, SAP has declared and paid its dividends in Marks. Since
Ordinary Shares and Preference Shares are in bearer form,
                                       33
<PAGE>   63
 
dividends are either remitted to the custodian bank on behalf of the shareholder
within one business day following the annual general shareholders' meeting or,
in the case of shareholders holding physical certificates, available promptly
following the annual general shareholders' meeting upon submission of the
dividend coupon to the paying agent therefor. See "Item 14. Description of
Securities to be Registered -- Description of Preference Shares -- Dividend and
Liquidation Rights." Record holders of the ADSs on the dividend record date will
be entitled to receive payment in full of the dividend declared in respect of
the year for which it is declared. Cash dividends payable to such holders will
be paid to the Depositary in Marks and, subject to certain exceptions, will be
converted by the Depositary into Dollars. See "Item 14. Description of
Securities to be Registered -- Description of ADSs." The amount of dividends
received by holders of ADSs may be affected by fluctuations in exchange rates.
See "-- Exchange Rates." Dividends paid to holders of the ADSs or Preference
Shares may be subject to German withholding tax. See "Item 7. Taxation."
 
     The following table sets forth the annual dividends paid per Ordinary Share
and Preference Share in Marks in respect of each of the years indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 YEAR ENDED                   DIVIDEND PAID PER        DIVIDEND PAID PER
                DECEMBER 31,                  ORDINARY SHARE(1)       PREFERENCE SHARE(1)
                ------------                  ------------------      --------------------
                                               DM       U.S.$(2)       DM        U.S.$(2)
<S>                                           <C>       <C>           <C>        <C>
  1993......................................  0.44        0.27        0.48         0.30
  1994......................................  0.85        0.62        0.90         0.65
  1995......................................  1.30        0.85        1.35         0.88
  1996......................................  2.30(3)     1.35        2.35(3)      1.38
  1997......................................  2.80        1.58        2.85         1.61
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Adjusted to reflect (i) the capital increase from reserves which took effect
    on August 9, 1994, pursuant to which holders of Ordinary Shares and
    Preference Shares received four additional shares for each such share owned
    by such holders, and (ii) a 1:10 stock split with respect to 706,000 DM 50
    Ordinary Shares and 1,950,000 DM 50 Preference Shares to reflect the
    reduction in the nominal value of such DM 50 Ordinary Shares and DM 50
    Preference Shares from DM 50 to DM 5. On May 7, 1998, SAP's shareholders
    passed a resolution converting SAP's share capital to no nominal values
    shares. This resolution took effect on June 16, 1998, when it was recorded
    in the commercial register in Heidelberg, Germany. See "Item 14. Description
    of Securities to be Registered -- Share Capital."
 
(2) Translated into Dollars at the Noon Buying Rate on the dividend payment
    date.
 
(3) Includes anniversary bonus in the amount of DM 0.5.
 
     The amount of dividends paid on the Preference Shares depends on the amount
of profits to be distributed by SAP, which depends in part upon the performance
of the Company. A holder of Preference Shares is entitled to a cumulative annual
preferred dividend which exceeds the annual dividend paid to holders of Ordinary
Shares by an amount equal to DM 0.05 per Preference Share but in any event no
less than a minimum dividend equal to DM 0.05 per Preference Share. See "Item
14. Description of Securities to be Registered -- Description of Preference
Shares -- Dividend and Liquidation Rights." Although SAP expects to continue to
pay dividends on the Preference Shares, the timing and amount of future dividend
payments will depend upon the Company's future earnings, its capital needs and
other relevant factors.
 
ITEM 9. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS.
 
     Investors are cautioned that this Item 9 contains forward-looking
statements that involve risks and uncertainties. When used in this Item 9, the
words "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "intend," "will" and "expect" and
similar expressions as they relate to the Company or its business are intended
to identify such forward-looking statements. The Company undertakes no
obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether
as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. Actual results,
performances or achievements could differ materially from those expressed or
implied in such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or
contribute to such differences include those described under the heading "Risk
Factors" in the Form F-1, as well as the factors discussed elsewhere in this
Form 20-F. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these
forward-looking statements, which speak only as of their dates. The following
discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Company's
consolidated financial statements included herein and notes thereto.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   64
 
ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
 
     The consolidated financial statements of the Company included herein have
been prepared in accordance with German GAAP, which varies in certain
significant respects from U.S. GAAP. The following discussion is based upon
financial information prepared in conformity with German GAAP. For a discussion
of significant German accounting principles used in preparation of the
consolidated financial statements, see the notes to the Company's consolidated
financial statements included herein. Application of U.S. GAAP would have
affected net income for each of the two years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996
to the extent shown in note 40 to the Company's consolidated financial
statements included herein.
 
OVERVIEW
 
     The Company is a leading international developer and supplier of integrated
business application software designed to provide cost-effective comprehensive
solutions for businesses. The Company's primary products, the R/3 System and the
R/2 System, are designed to provide customers with a palette of standard
business solutions arranged in applications which provide integrated
enterprise-wide processing of business work flows. Additionally, the Company
provides independent industry-specific solutions, independent business
solutions, custom components and the necessary technological infrastructure to
support complementary software solutions. The Company has many strategic
partners that offer complementary software, services and hardware. The Company's
services include consulting, support and training.
 
     On December 31, 1997, the Company had more than 13,000 System installations
in over 8,500 customers ranging in size from multinational enterprises to
medium- and smaller-sized businesses. For the year ended December 31, 1997, the
Company's sales revenues were approximately DM 6.02 billion as compared to DM
3.72 billion for the year ended December 31, 1996, with net income after taxes
of DM 925.4 million and DM 568 million, respectively. The Company consists of
SAP and its network of approximately 50 operating subsidiaries and has a
presence or a representative in approximately 90 countries.
 
     The Company's principal sources of revenue are product revenues and
consulting and training revenues. Product revenues consist primarily of license
fees and maintenance fees. License fees are derived from the licensing of the
R/3 System and the R/2 System to customers. The Company provides optional
maintenance services for a fixed fee calculated on the basis of the initial
license fee paid by the customer. The maintenance services entitle the customer
to upgrades and enhancements through new System releases, versions and
correction levels, telephone support on the use of the products and assistance
in resolving problems, remote support, access to online bulletin board support
services and, if purchased separately, SAP EarlyWatch, a world-wide remote
monitoring and diagnosis service for the R/3 System. The Company's consulting
and training revenues are derived primarily from the services it renders with
respect to implementation, consulting and training of customer project teams and
end users in connection with the installation of the Systems in customers'
enterprises, as well as training third-party consultants with respect to the
Company's products.
 
     The Company generally licenses its products to customers on a "right to
use" basis pursuant to a perpetual license. These license agreements are
generally in standard form, although each license is individually negotiated and
may contain variations. The license is generally non-transferable or, if
transferable, the transfer is subject to the Company's reasonable approval. The
standard end user license agreement for the R/3 System provides for an initial
license fee based on the number and types of identified users. Additional
licensing fees are charged when the designated number of users is increased. The
standard end user license agreement for the R/2 System provides for an initial
fee based on the number and nature of functions and applications licensed by the
customer and on the type of mainframe computer class being used. This standard
license agreement provides that the R/2 System, as configured, can be used in
perpetuity by the specified users on a limited number of central processing
units. Additional R/2 System licensing fees are charged when additional
functions or applications are licensed or when the type of mainframe computer
class being used is changed.
 
     The Company recognizes software license fee revenues when the customer has
legally signed an irrevocable contract with the Company and the software has
been delivered in full. Under certain license agreements, customers may agree to
license additional groups of users at prescribed future dates on a non-
                                       35
<PAGE>   65
 
cancelable basis. License agreements with customers seeking to implement the
Systems with a large number of users sometimes provide for increases in the
number of users over a period of time. Under these circumstances, the Company
recognizes revenue for such additional users at the date on which the customer's
commitments with respect to such additional users become effective.
 
     Maintenance fees are generally payable in advance at the beginning of each
maintenance period and maintenance revenues are recognized pro rata over the
duration of the maintenance period. Virtually all of the Company's customers
elect to receive maintenance services from the Company. Few of the Company's
customers have terminated such services.
 
     Consulting and training fees are recognized at the time the service is
rendered and are typically calculated at the Company's list price for such
services.
 
     SAP intends to convert all of SAP's share capital and its financial
accounting and reporting currency into the EURO by January 1, 1999.
 
EXCHANGE RATE EXPOSURE
 
     A significant portion of the Company's business is conducted in currencies
other than the Mark. International sales are primarily made through the
Company's subsidiaries in the respective regions and are generally denominated
in the local currency. Expenses incurred by the subsidiaries are also
denominated in the local currency. Accordingly, the functional currency of the
Company's subsidiaries is the local currency. Of the Company's consolidated
revenues in 1997 and 1996, approximately 81% and 75%, respectively, were
attributable to non-German operations and translated into Marks. As a
consequence, period to period changes in the average exchange rate in a
particular currency can significantly affect revenues and operating income
denominated in that currency. In general, appreciation of the Mark relative to
another currency has an adverse effect on revenues and operating income
denominated in that currency, while depreciation of the Mark has a positive
effect on revenues and operating income denominated in the non-Mark currency.
 
     The principal non-Mark currencies in which SAP's subsidiaries conduct
business that are subject to the risks described in the immediately preceding
paragraph are the U.S. Dollar, the Japanese Yen, the Swiss Franc, the British
Pound Sterling, the Canadian Dollar and the Australian Dollar. The effect of
depreciation in the value of the Mark relative to such currencies on the
Company's consolidated revenues, results from ordinary operations and net income
was in each case approximately DM 423.1 million, DM 117.2 million and DM 85.5
million, respectively, for 1997 and DM 58.9 million, DM 17.7 million and DM 15.3
million, respectively, for 1996. The Company utilizes foreign currency forward
contracts and foreign currency options to manage currency exchange rate risks as
further discussed in "Item 9A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About
Market Risk."
 
INTEREST RATE EXPOSURE
 
     The Company invests its cash primarily in bank time deposits and fixed and
variable rate marketable debt securities. The majority of such investments are
denominated in Marks. Cash held by foreign subsidiaries is generally held in
short-term time deposits denominated in the local currency.
 
     Net interest income increased to DM 52.6 million in 1997 compared to DM
27.8 million and DM 22.2 million in 1996 and 1995, respectively. The increases
in net interest income for fiscal 1997 and fiscal 1996 are primarily the result
of a larger average portfolio of cash and cash equivalents and marketable
securities. See note 34 to the Company's consolidated financial statements
included herein.
 
     While the Company is exposed generally to fluctuations in the interest
rates of many of the world's leading industrialized countries, the Company's
interest income and expense is most sensitive to fluctuations in the level of
German interest rates. The fair market values of both fixed and variable rate
investments are exposed to such interest rate risk. To the extent that interest
rates rise, fixed interest securities may be adversely impacted whereas a
decline in interest rates may decrease the anticipated interest income for
variable rate investments. The Company utilizes interest rate swaps to manage
interest rate risks as further discussed in "Item 9A. Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk."
                                       36
<PAGE>   66
 
INFLATION
 
     During the years 1997, 1996 and 1995, the effects of inflation on the
Company's operations have not been material.
 
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The Company's net revenues and operating results can vary, sometimes
substantially, from quarter to quarter, causing significant variations in
operating results during certain quarters. The Company's revenues in general,
and in particular its license revenues, are difficult to forecast for a number
of reasons, including (i) the relatively long sales cycles for the Company's
products, (ii) the size and timing of individual license transactions, (iii) the
timing of the introduction of new products or product enhancements by the
Company or its competitors, (iv) the potential for delay or deferral of customer
implementations of the Company's software, (v) changes in customer budgets, (vi)
seasonality of technology purchases and (vii) other general economic conditions.
Historically, the Company's business, as is common in the software industry, has
experienced its highest revenues in the fourth quarter of each year, due
primarily to year-end capital purchases by customers. Such factors have resulted
in 1997, 1996 and 1995 first quarter revenues being lower than revenues in the
prior year's fourth quarter. The Company believes that this trend will continue
and expects that its operating results will peak in the fourth quarter of each
year and decline from that level in the first quarter of the following year.
Because the Company's operating expenses are based upon anticipated revenue
levels and because a high percentage of the Company's expenses are relatively
fixed in the near term, any shortfall in anticipated revenue or delay in
recognition of revenue could result in significant variations in the operating
results from quarter to quarter. In addition, the Company may not be able to
confirm any such shortfalls until late in the quarter or following the end of
the quarter because license agreements are often executed late in a quarter.
 
YEAR 2000
 
     Many currently installed computer systems and software products are coded
to accept only two digit entries in the date code field. These date code fields
will need to accept four digit entries to distinguish 21st century dates from
20th century dates. As a result, in less than two years, computer systems and/or
software used by many companies may need to be upgraded to comply with such
"Year 2000" requirements. The Company has performed extensive testing to
validate that the R/3 System and the R/2 System are Year 2000 compliant. This
testing process was monitored and certified by the Technischer Uberwachungs
Verein e.V. (TUV) to verify that such testing processes were sufficient to
determine that the software is Year 2000 compliant.
 
     The Company utilizes third-party vendor network equipment,
telecommunication products and other third party software products which may or
may not be Year 2000 compliant. The Company has in place a plan which identifies
the third-party software products which must be upgraded and provides for a
timetable with respect to completion of these upgrades. Such plan contemplates
system upgrades from existing vendors. The Company has requested assurances from
such third-party software vendors that plans are in process to make necessary
modifications to achieve compliance with Year 2000 processing requirements. The
Company does not expect that the cost of such upgrades will be material and does
not anticipate a material disruption in its operations, capital resources or
cash flows as a result of such upgrades. However, there can be no assurance that
the software products supplied to the Company by such third-party vendors will
achieve Year 2000 compliance in a timely manner. Failure of any critical
technology components to operate properly in the Year 2000 may have an adverse
impact on the business, operations, financial condition or cash flows of the
Company.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   67
 
REVENUE BY GEOGRAPHIC LOCATION
 
     The Company operates its business in three principal geographic locations,
namely Europe, North and South America (the "Americas") and Asia-Pacific/Africa.
The Company allocates revenue amounts to the region in which the customer is
located. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the sales
revenues allocated to each of the Company's three principal geographic
locations.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      (in millions of DMs)
                                                   1997       1996       1995
                                                  -------    -------    -------
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
Europe..........................................  2,544.5    1,799.7    1,422.5
Americas........................................  2,594.8    1,385.7      947.9
Asia-Pacific/Africa.............................    878.2      536.8      325.8
                                                  -------    -------    -------
          Total.................................  6,017.5    3,722.2    2,696.2
                                                  =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
     Europe. Approximately 42.3% of the Company's 1997 revenues were derived
from Europe compared to 48.3% and 52.8% in 1996 and 1995, respectively. The
Company's revenues from Europe are derived primarily from Germany, the United
Kingdom, France, Switzerland, the Netherlands and Austria.
 
     Americas. Revenues from the United States represent approximately 81.1% of
the Company's total Americas market, with the majority of the remaining balance
from Canada, Brazil, Mexico, Argentina, and Venezuela. Approximately 43.1% of
the Company's 1997 revenues was derived from the Americas, compared to 37.2% in
1996 and 35.2% in 1995. The shift of the net revenue percentages to the Americas
from other regions from year to year reflects the Company's continued expansion
in the United States.
 
     Asia-Pacific/Africa. Approximately 14.6% of the Company's 1997 revenues
were derived from this region, compared to 14.4% and 12.1% in 1996 and 1995,
respectively. The Company's revenues from the Asia-Pacific/Africa region derive
primarily from Japan, Australia, South Africa, South Korea, Singapore and
Malaysia.
 
     The Company has reassessed, and continues to closely monitor, its
international business risks due to recent economic and political conditions in
the Asian-Pacific region. During 1997, 1.7% of the Company's revenues were
derived from Asian-Pacific countries that the Company believes to be subject to
significant economic and currency exchange risks (Indonesia, Thailand, Malaysia,
the Philippines and Korea). Other Asian-Pacific countries (Japan, Australia, New
Zealand, Singapore, India, China and Taiwan) accounted for 11.7% of the
Company's revenues during 1997. Although the Company does not believe that the
conditions in the Asian-Pacific region will materially impact its business based
upon management's most current evaluation of the present situation, there can be
no assurance that the current economic or political conditions in the
Asian-Pacific region will not worsen or that the situation will not negatively
affect the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Year Ended December 31, 1997 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 1996
 
  Revenues
 
     Total sales revenues increased from DM 3,722.2 million for 1996 to DM
6,017.5 million for 1997, representing an increase of DM 2,295.3 million or
61.7%. The primary revenue items contributing to the increase in total sales
revenues were increases in product and consulting and training revenues.
 
     Product Revenues. Product revenues increased from DM 2,630.5 million for
1996 to DM 4,097.1 million for 1997, representing an increase of DM 1,466.6
million or 55.8%. Aggregate product revenues as a percentage of total sales
revenues were 70.7% in 1996 and 68.1% in 1997. The primary reason for this
growth in product revenue was an increase in the number of software licenses for
new and existing customers, the expansion of the Company's operations,
particularly in North America, Latin America and Asia-Pacific and growth in
vertical markets through the Company's industry solutions program. The growth in
product revenue is also attributable to demand for software that complies with
"Year 2000" requirements and with the EMU's
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   68
 
conversion to the EURO, including business processing during the dual-currency
phase. In addition, increased demand within the application software industry
was driven by continued globalization of businesses and the need for an
increased level of integration between businesses and their partners in the
areas of collaboration, supply chain and electronic commerce. Furthermore, a
general increase in information technology spending results from companies'
desires to obtain better data more quickly, thus allowing for faster responses
to increased levels of industry competition. There can be no assurance that
these positive effects on product revenues will continue in the future.
 
     Product revenues attributable to the R/2 System declined by 9% from DM
242.5 million in 1996 to DM 222.6 million in 1997. This decline was due
primarily to the general shift in computer hardware from mainframe-oriented data
processing to the client/server model of computing. The Company believes that
R/2 System product revenues will continue to decline.
 
     Consulting and Training Revenues. Consulting revenues increased from DM
735.3 million in 1996 to DM 1,251.2 million in 1997, representing an increase of
70.2%. Consulting revenues as a percentage of total sales revenues increased
from 19.8% in 1996 to 20.8% in 1997.
 
     Training revenues increased by 89.4% from DM 306.1 million in 1996 to DM
579.9 million in 1997. This increase was primarily due to the increase in the
number of installations, significant capital investments that were made in the
infrastructure of the training operations during 1996 and increased customer
satisfaction. Additionally, during 1997 customers were able to purchase training
materials that allowed the training application to be customized for their
internal training needs.
 
     Consulting and training fee revenues attributable to the R/2 System
declined by 32.1% from DM 235.4 million in 1996 to DM 159.9 million in 1997. The
Company believes that these revenues will continue to decline.
 
  Costs of Services and Materials and Operating Expenses
 
     Cost of services and materials and operating expenses increased from DM
2,853.2 million for 1996 to DM 4,487.7 million for 1997, representing an
increase of DM 1,634.5 million, or 57.3%. The primary expense items contributing
to the increase in these expenses are outlined below.
 
     Cost of Services and Materials. Cost of services and materials consists
primarily of fees paid to independent contractors assisting the Company in
supporting its customers and in developing enhancements to the Company's
products. The cost of services and materials also consists of telephone hotline
support of customers and the cost of multilingual product documentation. The
cost of services and materials increased by 53.6% from DM 394.4 million for 1996
to DM 605.7 million for 1997. The primary reason for this increase is the
continuing growth of purchased services for third-party consulting.
 
     Personnel Expenses. Personnel expenses represent the costs of the salary
and benefits payable to personnel. Personnel expenses increased by 55.0% from DM
1,338.5 million for 1996 to DM 2,074.9 million for 1997. The overall number of
employees increased from 9,202 to 12,856 at December 31, 1996 and 1997,
respectively. The number of sales and marketing employees increased from 1,735
to 2,423 at December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively, representing an increase
of 39.7%.
 
     Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation charges relate primarily to the
depreciation of buildings, computer hardware and equipment and other tangible
fixed assets owned by the Company. Amortization arises primarily from the
amortization of the cost of software purchased by the Company and goodwill
arising from business acquisitions consummated in 1997. Depreciation and
amortization increased from DM 164.6 million for 1996 to DM 195.3 million for
1997, representing an increase of 18.7%.
 
     Other Operating Expenses. Other operating expenses include marketing,
travel, license fees paid to third parties for databases and the CSPs, rental
and leasing, communications, administration and entertainment expenses. Other
operating expenses increased from DM 955.8 million for 1996 to DM 1,611.7
million for 1997, representing an increase of 68.6%. This increase is
attributable to increased marketing, license, travel and rent expenses to
support the continued growth of operations. The Company continued to lease
computer
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   69
 
hardware and equipment in 1997 to keep pace with the rapid advancement of
computer hardware technology, which in turn increased rent expenses in 1997.
 
  Operating Results
 
     Operating results, which reflect total revenues less operating expenses,
increased from DM 943.6 million for 1996 to DM 1,612.2 million for 1997, or
70.9%. Operating results as a percentage of total sales revenues increased from
25.4% in 1996 to 26.8% in 1997.
 
  Financial Results
 
     Financial results are comprised primarily of net interest and similar
income, write-down of financial assets, income from marketable securities and
loans of financial assets. Financial results increased from DM 23.6 million for
1996 to DM 54.7 million for 1997, an increase of 132%. The continuing
improvement in financial results was due to a larger average portfolio of cash
and cash equivalents and marketable securities.
 
  Taxes
 
     The Company's effective income tax rate on results from ordinary operations
increased from 39.5% for 1996 to 42.5% for 1997. This increase was due primarily
to differing local tax treatments associated with the 1996 conversions and
distributions under the 1994 Program. The deductions taken for the 1997
distribution related to the 1994 Program were not significant.
 
  Net Income
 
     Net income increased from DM 567.5 million in 1996 to DM 925.4 million in
1997, or 63.1%. Net income as a percentage of total sales revenues increased
from 15.2% for 1996 to 15.4% for 1997.
 
  Research and Development Expenses
 
     The Company expenses research and development expenses on a current basis
when incurred. The Company does not present research and development expenses
separately in its financial statements. The Company considers its research and
development expenses to include those personnel expenses related to research and
development employees, expenditures on computer hardware used in research and
development and expenditures on independent contractors retained by the Company
to assist in its research and development. Research and development expenses
increased by DM 224.3 million, or 38.1%, from DM 589.0 million in 1996 to DM
813.3 million in 1997. As a percentage of total sales revenues, research and
development expenses decreased from 15.8% for 1996 to 13.5% for 1997. The reason
for the decline in research and development expense as a percentage of total
revenues was the continued rapid growth rate of revenues related to sales of the
R/3 System. Of the Company's total research and development expenses for 1996
and 1997, 43.3% and 47.1%, respectively, constituted personnel expenses. The
number of research and development employees increased from 2,059 in 1996 to
2,876 in 1997, representing an increase of 39.7%.
 
Year Ended December 31, 1996 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 1995
 
  Revenues
 
     Total sales revenues increased from DM 2,696.4 million in 1995 to DM
3,722.2 million in 1996, representing an increase of DM 1,025.8 million or 38%.
The primary revenue items contributing to the increase in total sales revenues
were increases in product revenues and consulting and training revenues.
 
     Product Revenues. Product revenues increased from DM 1,933.8 million in
1995 to DM 2,630.5 million in 1996, representing an increase of DM 696.7 million
or 36.0%. Aggregate product revenues as a percentage of total sales revenues
were 71.7% in 1995 and 70.7% in 1996. The increase in product revenues was due
primarily to a significant increase in licensing fees attributable to the R/3
System. System licensing fee revenues increased significantly in most of the
countries in which the Company operated. The greatest
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   70
 
increase with respect to such revenues occurred in the United States. See
"-- Revenue by Geographic Location."
 
     Consulting and Training Revenues. Consulting revenues increased from DM
499.1 million in 1995 to DM 735.3 million in 1996, representing an increase of
47.3%, due primarily to increases in the licensing of the R/3 System. Consulting
revenues as a percentage of total sales revenues increased from 18.5% in 1995 to
20% in 1996. The rate of consulting revenue increases, however, was slower than
the rate of increases in total sales revenues during the corresponding periods
as a result of the Company's strategy of supplementing its customer support
services through cooperation with third-party consultants, while concentrating
on marketing the R/3 System to a broadening customer base and promoting the
development and enhancement of the R/3 System.
 
     Training revenues increased from DM 225.0 million in 1995 to DM 306.1
million in 1996, representing an increase of 36.0%. The rate of growth in
training revenues increased in 1996, due primarily to the large number of R/3
Systems licensed and the release of the training curriculum with respect to
Release 3.0 of the R/3 System.
 
  Cost of Services and Materials and Operating Expenses
 
     Cost of services and materials and operating expenses increased from DM
2,099.3 million for 1995 to DM 2,853.2 million for 1996, representing an
increase of DM 753.9 million, or 35.9%. The primary expense items contributing
to the increase in these expenses are outlined below.
 
     Cost of Services and Materials. The cost of services and materials
increased from DM 300.6 million in 1995 to DM 394.4 million in 1996,
representing an increase of 31.2%. The increase in cost of services and
materials in 1996 compared to 1995 was due primarily to the Company's
investments in infrastructure and a new training curriculum, the development and
testing of Release 3.0 of the R/3 System as well as an increased use of
independent contractors to reduce the need to further increase the Company's own
work force.
 
     Personnel Expenses. Personnel expenses increased from DM 956.7 million in
1995 to DM 1,338.5 million in 1996, representing an increase of 39.9%. The
increase was due primarily to an increase in the number of employees and
salaries (including benefits) and social security payments during the periods.
The Company increased the number of its employees concurrently with the
substantial growth in licensing over this period. The number of employees
increased from 6,857 to 9,202 at December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively,
representing an increase of 34.2%.
 
     Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization increased from
DM 144.5 million in 1995 to DM 164.6 million in 1996, representing an increase
of 13.9%. The increase was due primarily to increased capital expenditures in
1996, comprised mainly of personal computers and other hardware and a shorter
useful life of the personal computers and new building construction.
 
     Other Operating Expenses. Other operating expenses increased from DM 697.5
million in 1995 to DM 955.8 million in 1996, representing an increase of 37.0%.
The increase in other operating expenses in 1996 compared to 1995 was due
primarily to an increase in marketing expenses, travel expenses, building rent
and computer hardware leasing expenses. Due to the fast rate at which computer
hardware technology continued to change, there was an effort to increase the
percentage of electronic data processing equipment which was leased, rather than
purchased, in 1996. Overall, however, other operating expenses as a percentage
of total sales revenues for such period remained relatively constant.
 
  Operating Results
 
     Operating results increased from DM 651.9 million in 1995 to DM 943.6
million in 1996, or 44.7%. The increase in operating results was due primarily
to the significant increase in product revenues, the generation of which entails
lower personnel costs and a correspondingly higher profit margin than is
associated with the Company's other sources of revenues. Operating results as a
percentage of total sales revenues increased from 24.2% in 1995 to 25.4% in
1996. The increase in 1996 was primarily due to expenses for purchased services,
infrastructure costs (particularly in new geographic markets such as China and
Brazil), depreciation and other operating expenses increasing at a higher rate
in 1995 than total revenues.
                                       41
<PAGE>   71
 
  Financial Results
 
     Financial results remained approximately the same in 1995 and 1996 at DM
22.2 million and DM 23.6 million, respectively.
 
  Taxes
 
     The Company's effective income tax rate on results from ordinary operations
increased marginally from 38.4% in 1995 to 39.5% in 1996. The increase in the
effective rate from 1995 to 1996 was due primarily to the increase in operating
losses in 1996 from subsidiaries that began operations in 1995. The Company was
unable to utilize these losses to reduce taxes in 1996. This increase in the
1996 effective tax rate was partially offset by differing local tax treatments
associated with the 1996 conversions and distributions under the 1994 Program.
 
  Net Income
 
     Net income increased from DM 404.8 million in 1995 to DM 567.5 million in
1996, or 40.2%. Net income as a percentage of total sales revenues increased
from 15.0% in 1995 to 15.2% in 1996.
 
  Research and Development Expenses
 
     The Company's research and development expenses increased from DM 438.2
million in 1995 to DM 589.0 million in 1996, representing an increase of 34.4%.
As a percentage of total sales revenues, however, research and development
expenses decreased from 16.3% in 1995 to 15.8% in 1996. The decrease in such
percentages over the periods was due primarily to the faster growth in revenues
relating to the R/3 System. Of the Company's total research and development
expenses in 1995 and 1996, 45% and 43.3%, respectively, constituted personnel
expenses. The number of research and development employees increased from 1,643
at year-end 1995 to 2,059 at year-end 1996, representing an increase of 25.3%.
The portion of the increase in research and development expenses not
attributable to the number of research and development employees relates to
increases in salaries for existing employees, increases in expenditures on
computer hardware and increases in the number of independent contractors
retained by the Company to assist in research and development.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
     Historically, the Company has funded most of its growth internally from
cash flow from operations and the sale of equity securities. Over the past
several years, the Company's principal use of cash was to support continuing
operations and capital additions resulting from the Company's growth. At
December 31, 1997, the Company's liquid assets provided by operations amounted
to DM 835.3 million, an increase of DM 351.8 million from DM 483.5 million at
December 31, 1996. Accounts receivable increased from DM 1,555.9 million at
December 31, 1996 to DM 2,435.7 million at December 31, 1997, representing an
increase of 56.5%. The increase in accounts receivable during the period is
attributable generally to the increased level of licensing of the R/3 System and
the relatively large monetary commitment of customers who are parties to such
license agreements. Customers committing to a large licensing fee often
negotiate payment terms over a longer period than the term contained in the
Company's standard licensing agreement. Accounts payable during the same period
increased at a rate of 60.0% or DM 119.9 million to DM 318.3 million from DM
198.9 million at December 31, 1996. The increase in accounts payable was due
primarily to the large increase in the amount of fixed assets, including
buildings, computer hardware and third-party customer support services purchased
by the Company, generally to support the growth in licensing of the R/3 System.
 
     Investing activities used DM 570.1 million of liquid assets in 1997, an
increase of DM 363.1 million from DM 207.0 million in 1996. Capital expenditures
of the Company during 1997 were DM 487.4 million, an increase of DM 271.2
million from DM 216.2 million in 1996. Most of the capital expenditures in 1997
related to the construction of buildings and to the purchase of computer
hardware and other business equipment to support the increased number of
employees. Additions to intangible assets totaled DM 87.3 million, up DM 82.9
million from 1996 additions of DM 4.4 million, due primarily to the
capitalization of goodwill
                                       42
<PAGE>   72
 
associated with 1997 acquisitions. In addition, the Company plans to spend
approximately DM 395.0 million during fiscal 1998, primarily to fund the
development of additional corporate campuses in Walldorf, Germany, and in the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
 
     In 1994, the Company acquired a 52% interest in DACOS Software GmbH. In
1997, DACOS Software GmbH became a wholly-owned subsidiary when the Company
purchased 100% of DACOS Holding GmbH, which held the remaining 48% interest in
DACOS Software GmbH, and the subsidiary was renamed SAP Retail Solutions GmbH &
Co. In the third quarter of 1997, the Company acquired a 25.2% interest in IDS
Prof. Scheer Gesellschaft fur integrierte Datenverarbeitungssysteme mbH ("IDS").
The principal shareholder of IDS is Professor Dr. August Wilhelm Scheer, who was
a member of SAP's Supervisory Board at the time of such acquisition. In the
fourth quarter of 1997, the Company acquired a 50% interest in Kiefer &
Veittinger GmbH; in the second quarter of 1998, it acquired an additional 30.2%
and has an option to acquire the remaining 19.8% until March 31, 1999.
Acquisitions individually and in the aggregate do not materially affect the
comparability of the current financial information with that of prior years.
 
     Financing activities used liquid assets of DM 77.9 million in 1997, a
decrease of DM 24.6 million from DM 102.5 million in 1996. At December 31, 1997,
the Company had outstanding long-term financial debt of DM 5.1 million,
consisting primarily of outstanding 1988 Bonds and 1994 Bonds, and short-term
financial debt of approximately DM 163.1 million, consisting primarily of money
borrowed by SAP Japan Co., Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary, and guaranteed by
the Company.
 
     Certain of the Company's foreign subsidiaries have lines of credit
available which allow them to borrow in the local currency, to the extent SAP
has guaranteed the repayment of amounts borrowed. At December 31, 1997, the
Company had approximately DM 151.4 million available through such arrangements
under which the Company may borrow on an overdraft or short-term basis. In
addition, the Company has a DM 89.6 million line of credit available for which
no guarantee is required. Interest under these lines of credit is determined at
the time of borrowing based on current market rates.
 
     The Company's Stock Appreciation Rights Plan (the "SAR Plan") provides for
the grant of stock appreciation rights ("SARs") to Executive Board members and
eligible employees of SAP and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. See "Item 12.
Options to Purchase Securities from Registrant or Subsidiaries -- Stock
Appreciation Rights Plan." On May 1, 1998, the Executive Board granted 1.1
million SARs to employees who were employed by the Company on or prior to June
30, 1996 (the "May 1998 Awards"). The May 1998 Awards entitle the eligible
employee to receive a portion of the appreciation in the price of Preference
Shares during the measuring period that begins when the grant price is set and
ends when the end price is set approximately one year later. The grant price is
DM 785 (which was the average closing price of a Preference Share over the 10
business days beginning on March 27, 1998 and ending on April 8, 1998). The end
price is the average closing price of a Preference Share over the 10 business
days immediately following the date of the announcement of SAP's first quarter
earnings in 1999. For each SAR awarded under the May 1998 Awards, the eligible
employee will be entitled to receive cash equal to 100% of the first DM 100
increase, 50% of the next DM 100 increase and 25% of any additional increase in
the value of the Preference Shares over the measuring period. Payment of the May
1998 Awards will be made in three equal installments in July 1999, January 2000
and July 2000, provided that (subject to certain exceptions) the eligible
employee continues to be actively employed on such dates. Any amounts accrued
under the SAR Plan will be recorded as compensation expense in the Company's
consolidated income statements and may negatively impact the Company's results
of operations, earnings per share and cash flows.
 
     The Company believes that cash flow from operations, existing cash and cash
equivalents and short-term marketable securities will be sufficient to meet the
Company's working capital needs and currently planned capital expenditure
requirements for the next twelve months. However, there can be no assurance that
a downturn in the economy worldwide, or for a particular region, or for the
Company's products and services in general, will not change this outlook.
 
     The Company may from time to time consider acquisitions of complementary
businesses, products or technologies, which could require additional financing.
In addition, continued growth in the Company's business may from time to time
require additional capital. There can be no assurance that additional capital
                                       43
<PAGE>   73
 
will be available to the Company if and when required, or that such additional
capital will be available on acceptable terms to the Company.
 
ITEM 9A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK.
 
FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK
 
     Most SAP subsidiaries have entered into license agreements with SAP
pursuant to which the subsidiary acquires the right to sublicense the Company's
products to customers within a specific territory. Under these agreements, the
subsidiaries generally are required to pay SAP a royalty equivalent to a
percentage of the product fees paid to them by their customers within 90 days
following the end of the month in which the subsidiary recognizes the revenue.
These inter-company royalties payable to SAP are generally denominated in the
respective subsidiary's local currency in order to centralize foreign currency
risk with SAP in Germany. The delay between the date when the subsidiary records
product revenue and the date when payment is made to SAP by such subsidiary
exposes SAP to foreign exchange risk.
 
     The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts and currency
options to protect the existing and/or expected foreign currency inter-company
claims and liabilities. Specifically, these foreign exchange contracts offset
existing and anticipated inter-company receivables in the countries with
significant operations, including the United States, Japan, the United Kingdom,
Switzerland and Canada. Anticipated receivables represent expected inter-company
amounts resulting from revenues generated within the next 12 months from the
purchase date of the derivative instrument. Management believes the use of
foreign currency derivative financial instruments reduces the risks that arise
from doing business in international markets and holds such instruments for
purposes other than trading. Generally, the maturities of such derivative
instruments do not exceed 12 months from the date of purchase.
 
     The table below provides information about the Company's derivative
financial instruments that are sensitive to foreign currency exchange rates,
including foreign exchange forward and option contracts. The table presents fair
values, notional amounts (at the contract exchange rates) and the respective
weighted average contractual foreign currency exchange rates. The fair values do
not reflect any foreign exchange gains or losses on the underlying inter-company
receivables and payables. In addition, the table below does not include foreign
currency risks associated with third-party receivables and payables denominated
in currencies other than the functional currency of the reporting subsidiary.
See notes to the consolidated financial statements included in "Item 18.
Financial Statements" for further information on the Company's foreign exchange
derivative instruments.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DM FUNCTIONAL CURRENCY
                                                          ---------------------------------------------
                                                                 CONTRACT               FAIR VALUE
FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK (VALUE IN DM (000))                    NOTIONAL AMOUNTS      DECEMBER 31, 1997(1)
- -----------------------------------------                 ----------------------   --------------------
                                                          Expected Maturity Date
                                                                   1998
<S>                                                       <C>                      <C>
DERIVATIVES USED TO MANAGE BALANCE SHEET TRANSACTIONS
  FOREIGN CURRENCY FORWARD CONTRACTS
  (Receive DMs, Sell Local Currency)
U.S. Dollars............................................         168,956                   4,023
Weighted Average Contractual Exchange Rate..............            1.79
Japanese Yen............................................          39,541                  (1,008)
Weighted Average Contractual Exchange Rate..............           0.014
British Pounds..........................................          41,311                   1,001
Weighted Average Contractual Exchange Rate..............            2.92
Swiss Francs............................................           5,913                     (78)
Weighted Average Contractual Exchange Rate..............            1.25
Canadian Dollars........................................          12,400                      45
Weighted Average Contractual Exchange Rate..............            1.24
</TABLE>
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   74
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DM FUNCTIONAL CURRENCY
                                                          ---------------------------------------------
                                                                 CONTRACT               FAIR VALUE
FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK (VALUE IN DM (000))                    NOTIONAL AMOUNTS      DECEMBER 31, 1997(1)
- -----------------------------------------                 ----------------------   --------------------
                                                          Expected Maturity Date
                                                                   1998
<S>                                                       <C>                      <C>
DERIVATIVES USED TO MANAGE ANTICIPATED TRANSACTIONS
FOREIGN CURRENCY FORWARD CONTRACTS
(Receive DMs, Sell Local Currency)
Japanese Yen............................................          27,199                    (693)
Weighted Average Contractual Exchange Rate..............           0.014
British Pounds..........................................          25,152                     534
Weighted Average Contractual Exchange Rate..............            2.92
Swiss Francs............................................          19,088                    (273)
Weighted Average Contractual Exchange Rate..............            1.25
CURRENCY OPTIONS (PURCHASED PUTS)
British Pounds..........................................          11,200                      --
Weighted Average Contractual Exchange Rate..............            2.80
Japanese Yen............................................          14,400                    (562)
Weighted Average Contractual Exchange Rate..............           0.014
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Equivalent to the unrealized gain or (loss) on existing contracts.
 
INTEREST RATE RISK
 
     The Company invests its cash primarily in bank time deposits and fixed and
variable rate marketable debt securities denominated in Marks. The Company does
not expect changes in the quoted market prices of time deposits to have a
material effect on income or cash flows. The Company enters into interest rate
swaps to better manage the interest income on its cash equivalents and
marketable securities and to partially mitigate the impact of German interest
rate fluctuations on these investments. The Company holds such derivative
instruments for purposes other than trading. No swaps were outstanding at
December 31, 1997.
 
     The table below presents principal (or notional) amounts, respective fair
values at December 31, 1997 and related weighted average interest rates by year
of maturity for the Company's investment portfolio. Average variable interest
rates are based on rates at December 31, 1997 and may change significantly,
affecting future cash flows. The fair value of derivatives generally reflects
the estimated amounts the Company would pay or receive to terminate the
contracts at the reporting date, thereby considering unrealized gains or losses
of open positions. See notes to the Company's consolidated financial statements
included in "Item 18. Financial Statements" for further information on the
Company's interest rate derivative instruments.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      EXPECTED MATURITY DATE
                                      ------------------------------------------------------                FAIR VALUE
                                      1998     1999     2000     2001     2002    THEREAFTER    TOTAL    DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                      -----   ------   ------   ------   ------   ----------   -------   -----------------
<S>                                   <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>       <C>
INTEREST RATE RISK
Value in DM(000)
Marketable Securities (DM)
Floating Rate.......................  5,000   35,000            25,000   30,000     30,413     125,413        128,139
  Average Interest Rate.............   3.79%    4.88%             4.63%    4.46%      6.83%
Fixed Rate..........................          15,000   20,000                        5,000      40,000         39,903
  Average Interest Rate.............            3.77%    3.77%                        3.71%
                                      -----   ------   ------   ------   ------    -------     -------        -------
  Total Marketable Securities.......  5,000   50,000   20,000   25,000   30,000     35,413     165,413        168,042
                                      -----   ------   ------   ------   ------    -------     -------        -------
Long Term Investments (DM)
Fixed Rate..........................     42    8,575       --       --       --    100,881     109,498        114,248
  Average Interest Rate.............   3.66%    5.30%                                 6.19%
Other Instruments (DM)
Fixed Rate..........................                   10,000                                   10,000         10,000
  Average Interest Rate.............                     3.66%
                                      -----   ------   ------   ------   ------    -------     -------        -------
Total Investments...................  5,042   58,575   30,000   25,000   30,000    136,294     284,911        292,290
                                      -----   ------   ------   ------   ------    -------     -------        -------
</TABLE>
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   75
 
     To ensure the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company's foreign exchange
hedge positions, and to monitor the risks and opportunities of the non-hedge
portfolios, the Company continually monitors its foreign forward and option
positions. In addition, the Company monitors its interest rate swap positions,
both on a stand-alone basis and in conjunction with its underlying foreign
currency and interest rate exposures, from an economic and an accounting
perspective. However, there can be no assurance that the aforementioned programs
with respect to the management of currency exchange and interest rate risk will
offset more than a portion of the adverse financial impact resulting from
unfavorable movements in either the foreign exchange rates or interest rates.
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF REGISTRANT.
 
GENERAL
 
     In accordance with the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz), SAP has
a Supervisory Board (Aufsichtsrat) and an Executive Board (Vorstand). The two
Boards are separate and no individual may serve simultaneously as a member of
both Boards.
 
     The Executive Board is responsible for managing the day-to-day business of
SAP in accordance with the German Stock Corporation Act and the Articles of
Association. The Executive Board is authorized to represent SAP and to enter
into binding agreements with third parties on behalf of SAP. The principal
function of the Supervisory Board is to supervise the Executive Board. It is
also responsible for appointing and removing the members of the Executive Board.
The Supervisory Board may not make management decisions, but may determine that
certain types of transactions require its prior consent. In carrying out their
duties, the members of the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board must
exercise the standard of care of a diligent and prudent business person. In
complying with such standard of care, the members must take into account a broad
range of considerations, including the interests of SAP and its shareholders,
employees and creditors. In addition, the members of the Executive Board and the
Supervisory Board are personally liable for certain violations of the German
Stock Corporation Act by SAP.
 
SUPERVISORY BOARD (AUFSICHTSRAT)
 
     The Supervisory Board of SAP consists of 12 members, of which six members
are elected by SAP's shareholders at a general shareholders' meeting and six
members are elected by SAP's employees pursuant to the German Co-determination
Act of 1976 (Mitbestimmungsgesetz). Any Supervisory Board member elected by the
shareholders at the general shareholders' meeting may be removed by two-thirds
of the votes cast at a general shareholders' meeting. Any Supervisory Board
member elected by the employees may be removed by three-quarters of the votes
cast by the employees.
 
     The Supervisory Board chooses a Chairman and a Vice Chairman from among its
members by a majority vote of its members. If such majority is not reached on
the first vote, the Chairman will be chosen solely by the members elected by the
shareholders and the Vice Chairman will be chosen solely by the members elected
by the employees. Unless otherwise provided for by law, the Supervisory Board
acts by simple majority. In the case of any deadlock, the Chairman has the
deciding vote.
 
     The members of the Supervisory Board are each elected for the same fixed
term of approximately five years. The term expires at the end of the annual
general shareholders' meeting after the fourth fiscal year following the year in
which the Supervisory Board was elected. Reelection is possible. The term of a
member of the Supervisory Board appointed by a court to cure a deficiency in the
composition of the Supervisory Board ends at the time when such deficiency is
cured. The term of a member of the Supervisory Board elected by the shareholders
to succeed a departing member ends at the time when the term of the original
member would have ended. A substitute member of the Supervisory Board may be
elected by the shareholders at the same time as a member to replace such member
in case he or she departs. The term of a substitute member who replaces a
departing member ends with the conclusion of the next general shareholders'
meeting where members of the Supervisory Board are elected or, at the latest, at
the time when the term of the original member would have ended. The remuneration
of the members of the Supervisory Board is determined by the Articles of
Association.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   76
 
     The Supervisory Board may appoint committees from among its members and
may, to the extent permitted by law, vest committees with the authority to make
decisions. Currently, two committees exist: the Audit Committee
(Bilanzprufungsausschuss) and the Executive Committee (Ausschuss fur
Vorstandsangelegenheiten).
 
     The current members of the Supervisory Board of SAP, each such member's
principal occupation, the year in which each was first elected, and the year in
which the term of each expires, respectively, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR FIRST    YEAR TERM
               NAME                        PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION            ELECTED       EXPIRES
               ----                        --------------------           ----------    ---------
<S>                                 <C>                                   <C>           <C>
Dietmar Hopp, Chairman(1)(2)......  Former Co-speaker of SAP's               1998         2003
                                    Executive Board
Dr. Wilhelm Haarmann(1)...........  Attorney, Haarmann, Hemmelrath &         1988         2003
                                    Partner
Klaus-Dieter Laidig(1)............  Managing Partner, Laidig Business        1996         2003
                                    Consulting GmbH
Hartmut Mehdorn(1)................  Chairman of Executive Board,             1998         2003
                                    Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG
Dr. Dieter Spori(1)...............  Partner, Baumgartner & Partner           1998         2003
                                    Unternehmensberatung GmbH
Dr. h.c. Klaus Tschira(1)(3)......  Former Member of SAP's Executive         1998         2003
                                    Board
Helga Classen, Vice Chairman(4)...  Employee                                 1993         2003
Willi Burbach(4)..................  Employee                                 1993         2003
Bernhard Koller(4)................  Employee                                 1989         2003
Dr. Gerhard Maier(4)..............  Employee                                 1989         2003
Dr. Barbara Schennerlein(4).......  Employee                                 1998         2003
Alfred Simon(4)...................  Employee                                 1993         2003
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Elected by SAP's shareholders on May 7, 1998.
 
(2) Mr. Hopp is a party to the Pooling Agreement. See "Item 4. Control of
    Registrant."
 
(3) Dr. Tschira is a party to the Pooling Agreement. See "Item 4. Control of
    Registrant."
 
(4) Elected by SAP's employees on April 3, 1998.
 
EXECUTIVE BOARD (VORSTAND)
 
     Pursuant to the Articles of Association, SAP's Executive Board must consist
of at least two members. Any two members of the Executive Board or one member of
the Executive Board and the holder of a procuration (a power of attorney) may
legally represent SAP. Each member of the Executive Board is appointed by the
Supervisory Board for a maximum term of five years and is eligible for
reappointment thereafter. Under certain circumstances, such as a serious breach
of duty or a vote of no confidence (Vertrauensentzug) by a majority of the
holders at a general shareholders' meeting, a member of the Executive Board may
be removed by the Supervisory Board prior to the expiration of such term. A
member of the Executive Board may not vote on matters relating to certain
contractual agreements between such member and the Company and may be liable to
SAP if such member has a material interest in any contractual agreement between
the Company and a third party which was not disclosed to, and approved by, the
Supervisory Board.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   77
 
     The current members of the Executive Board, the year in which each such
member was first appointed, and the year in which the term of each expires,
respectively, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEAR CURRENT
                                                      YEAR FIRST          TERM
                       NAME                          APPOINTED(1)       EXPIRES
                       ----                          -------------    ------------
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>
Prof. Dr. h.c. Hasso Plattner, Co-Speaker..........      1988             2002
Prof. Dr. Henning Kagermann, Co-Speaker............      1991             2002
Dr. Peter Zencke...................................      1993             2002
Dr. Claus Heinrich.................................      1996             2000
Gerhard Oswald.....................................      1996             2000
Paul Wahl..........................................      1996             2000
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) SAP became a stock corporation (Aktiengesellschaft) with an Executive Board
    in 1988.
 
     The members of the Executive Board and a description of their management
responsibilities and backgrounds are as follows:
 
     Prof. Dr. h.c. Hasso Plattner, Co-Speaker, 54 years old, engineering
graduate. Prof. Dr. h.c. Plattner is one of the Founders of SAP. He became Vice
Chairman of the Executive Board in 1988 and Co-Speaker in 1997. He is
responsible for basis development and technology, several industry solutions and
corporate communications.
 
     Prof. Dr. Henning Kagermann, Co-Speaker, 51 years old, mathematics and
physics graduate. Prof. Dr. Kagermann joined SAP in 1982. He became a member of
the Executive Board in 1991 and Co-Speaker in 1998. He is responsible for
financial development and accounting applications, several industry solutions,
international business development and human resources development. He also
oversees finance and administration and the management of the European region
including Germany.
 
     Dr. Peter Zencke, 48 years old, mathematics and economics graduate. Dr.
Zencke joined SAP in 1984 and became a member of the Executive Board in 1993. He
is responsible for the R/3 System's logistic applications, development and
implementation tools and several industry solutions. He also oversees the
Company's operations in Asia-Pacific.
 
     Dr. Claus Heinrich, 43 years old, business management and operations
research graduate. Dr. Heinrich joined SAP in 1987. He is responsible for the
R/3 System logistic applications as well as several industry solutions and has
been involved in logistics development for SAP since 1987.
 
     Gerhard Oswald, 45 years old, economics graduate. Mr. Oswald joined SAP in
1981. Mr. Oswald is responsible for R/3 System services and internal business
consulting.
 
     Paul Wahl, 45 years old, is the Chief Executive Officer of SAP America,
Inc. Mr. Wahl joined SAP in 1991. He is the member of the Executive Board
responsible for operations in the Americas region as well as for worldwide
marketing and partner relationships.
 
ITEM 11. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
     The total remuneration of all members of the Supervisory Board for the year
1997 amounted to DM 1,086,750. In addition to reimbursement of out-of-pocket
expenses, members of the Supervisory Board receive an annual fixed payment,
which amounts to DM 20,000 for the Chairman, DM 15,000 for the Vice Chairman and
DM 10,000 for all other members of the Supervisory Board, plus a variable
payment that depends on the dividends based on capital stock paid to SAP's
shareholders, i.e., DM 3,500 for each percentage of SAP's share capital
constituted by such dividends. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Chairman, the
Vice Chairman and the other members of the Supervisory Board will not receive
annual remuneration in excess of DM 280,000, DM 157,500 and DM 70,000,
respectively. The total remuneration of all members of the Executive Board for
the year 1997 amounted to DM 15,972,681.
 
ITEM 12. OPTIONS TO PURCHASE SECURITIES FROM REGISTRANT OR SUBSIDIARIES.
 
1988 PROGRAM
 
     In 1988, the Company sponsored an employee convertible bond program (the
"1988 Program") to provide an opportunity for its employees to participate in
the appreciation in the value of the Ordinary Shares
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   78
 
by issuing 20,000 bonds, each with a nominal amount of DM 50 (the "1988 Bonds")
in the aggregate nominal amount of DM 1 million to its employees. Each 1988 Bond
accrues interest at a floating rate and is convertible into four Ordinary Shares
and one Preference Share. The conversion rights with respect to approximately
99% of the 1988 Bonds have been exercised as of December 31, 1997. At June 18,
1998, 3,950 Ordinary Shares and 990 Preference Shares would be issued upon the
conversion of the remaining outstanding 1998 Bonds. The conversion rights of the
holders of 1988 Bonds will expire on October 20, 1998.
 
1994 PROGRAM
 
     In 1994, the Company sponsored the 1994 Program to provide an opportunity
for its worldwide employees to participate in the appreciation of the value of
the DM 50 Preference Shares by issuing 400,000 1994 DM 50 Bonds in the aggregate
nominal amount of DM 20 million. On July 17, 1995, SAP effected a 1:10 stock
split with respect to 1,950,000 DM 50 Preference Shares to reflect the reduction
in the nominal value of such DM 50 Preference Shares from DM 50 to DM 5. The
1994 DM 50 Bonds were split accordingly into 4,000,000 1994 Bonds. Each 1994
Bond accrues interest at the rate of 6% per annum and is convertible into one
Preference Share at the conversion price of DM 100. Under the 1994 Program, the
Company issued 1994 Bonds in the aggregate nominal amount of approximately DM
11.4 million (the "German 1994 Bonds") to Volksbank Wiesloch eG, which holds
such German 1994 Bonds as a trustee for the Company's German employees
participating in the 1994 Program. The conversion rights with respect to the
German 1994 Bonds became exercisable for the first time on September 30, 1996
and may be exercised thereafter on each June 30, July 31, August 31, September
30, October 31, and November 30, until June 30, 2004. In respect of the
Company's non-German employees participating in the 1994 Program, the Company
issued 1994 Bonds in the aggregate amount of approximately DM 8.6 million (the
"Non-German 1994 Bonds") to Volksbank Wiesloch eG, which acts as trustee for a
special purpose vehicle (the "Administrator"), whereupon the Administrator
issued to such employees participation rights (the "Rights") related to the
Preference Shares into which the Non-German 1994 Bonds are convertible. Upon an
employee's exercise of his or her Rights, an appropriate number of Non-German
1994 Bonds would be converted into Preference Shares and those Preference Shares
promptly sold on the open market in order to obtain cash to pay the value of the
exercised Right. The Rights became exercisable for the first time on September
30, 1996 and may be exercised thereafter on each June 30, July 31, August 31,
September 30, October 31 and November 30, until June 30, 2004. The cash payout
price approximates the market price of the Preference Shares sold, less DM 100
per Preference Share and certain other costs. At June 18, 1998, 23.5% of the
1994 Bonds remained outstanding and 941,761 Preference Shares would be issued
upon the conversion thereof.
 
STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS PLAN
 
     The Company's SAR Plan provides for the grant of SARs to Executive Board
members and eligible employees of SAP and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The SAR
Plan is administered by SAP's Executive Board with respect to eligible employees
and by the Supervisory Board with respect to Executive Board members. The
Executive Board or the Supervisory Board, as applicable, has the authority to
determine (i) the persons to whom grants may be made under the SAR Plan,
provided that, except for the May 1998 Awards, they have been employed by the
Company for two years as of the date of grant, (ii) the size and other terms and
conditions of each grant, (iii) the time when the grants will be made and the
duration of any applicable exercise or restriction period, including the
criteria for vesting and the acceleration of vesting, and (iv) any other matters
arising under the SAR Plan.
 
     On May 1, 1998, the Executive Board granted the May 1998 Awards, consisting
of 1.1 million SARs, to employees who were employed by the Company on or prior
to June 30, 1996. The May 1998 Awards entitle the eligible employee to receive a
portion of the appreciation in the price of Preference Shares during the
measuring period that begins when the grant price is set and ends when the end
price is set approximately one year later. The grant price is DM 785 (which was
the average closing price of a Preference Share over the 10 business days
beginning on March 26, 1998 and ending on April 8, 1998). The end price is the
average closing price of a Preference Share over the 10 business days
immediately following the date of the announcement of SAP's first quarter
earnings in 1999. For each SAR awarded under the May 1998 Awards, the eligible
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   79
 
employee will be entitled to receive cash equal to 100% of the first DM 100
increase, 50% of the next DM 100 increase and 25% of any additional increase in
the value of the Preference Shares over the measuring period. Payment of the May
1998 Awards will be made in three equal installments in July 1999, January 2000
and July 2000, provided that (subject to certain exceptions) the eligible
employee continues to be actively employed on such dates. Any amounts accrued
under the SAR Plan will be recorded as compensation expense in the Company's
consolidated income statements and may negatively impact the Company's results
of operations, earnings per share and cash flows.
 
GERMAN EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
     SAP maintains two employee stock purchase plans for its German employees:
(i) an ongoing payroll deduction plan (the "German Payroll Deduction Plan"); and
(ii) an annual purchase plan (the "German Annual Plan"). Under the German
Payroll Deduction Plan, eligible German employees are able to purchase
Preference Shares or Ordinary Shares through payroll deductions of up to 10% of
the gross monthly salary of an employee and Company contributions of 15% of the
Preference Share or Ordinary Share purchase price as well as the assumption of
ancillary purchase expenses. As soon as the amount available for an employee is
sufficient together with the Company contribution to purchase a Preference Share
or an Ordinary Share, such purchase is effected at the market price and credited
to the employee's account. The acquired shares are not subject to a holding
period. Under the German Annual Plan, eligible German employees may buy a
determined number of Preference Shares per year on a set date from the Company's
shareholding, with a Company contribution and the participating employee's
contribution, which for 1998 amounted to DM 500 (as well as the assumption of
ancillary purchase expenses) and DM 249.30, respectively. The acquired shares
are transferred to a special account of the participating employee, where they
are subject to a holding period of six years. Employees must elect each year to
participate in the German Annual Plan.
 
UNITED STATES EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
     United States employees of the Company are entitled to participate in an
employee stock purchase plan (the "U.S. Stock Purchase Plan"), pursuant to which
an administrator makes open market purchases of Unrestricted ADSs for the
accounts of participating employees on a semi-monthly basis. Such purchases are
made out of amounts deducted from each participating employee's salary. The
Company does not make any contributions in connection with the U.S. Stock
Purchase Plan.
 
     The Company is currently considering introducing an employee stock purchase
plan for its non-German employees similar to the German Payroll Deduction Plan.
 
ITEM 13. INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS.
 
     For the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, certain members of
the Executive Board had interest-free loans outstanding from the Company in the
amount of DM 8,500, DM 274,000 and DM 414,500, respectively. At December 31,
1997, these loans had a maturity of four to five years. In addition, for the
years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995, certain members of the Executive
Board had loans bearing interest at 6% per annum outstanding from the Company in
the amount of DM 0, DM 75,000 and DM 200,000, respectively. Members of the
Supervisory Board had interest-free loans outstanding from the Company of DM
66,750, DM 44,000 and DM 23,000 at December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995,
respectively.
 
     In the third quarter of 1997, the Company acquired a 25.2% interest in IDS
from IDS's existing shareholders and directly from IDS pursuant to a capital
increase. The principal shareholder of IDS is Prof. Dr. August Wilhelm Scheer,
who was a member of SAP's Supervisory Board at the time of such acquisition.
 
     In October 1997, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with a
company controlled by Klaus-Dieter Laidig, a member of SAP's Supervisory Board.
In April 1998, the Company entered into a software license agreement with
Golfplatzbeteiligung AG, a company controlled by Dietmar Hopp, who is Chairman
of SAP's Supervisory Board. In March 1998, the Company entered into a software
license agreement with St. Leon Rot GmbH & Co., a company controlled by Prof.
Dr. h.c. Hasso Plattner, who is
                                       50
<PAGE>   80
 
Co-Speaker of SAP's Executive Board. The Company believes that the terms of each
of the three agreements described above are on terms no less favorable than are
included in similar agreements with unaffiliated third parties.
 
     Dr. Wilhelm Haarmann, a member of SAP's Supervisory Board, is a partner in
Haarmann Hemmelrath & Partner, which serves as special German tax counsel to the
Company and counsels the Company with regard to other legal matters.
 
                                    PART II
 
ITEM 14. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED.
 
     The following general description of the share capital of SAP and
description of the material terms of the Preference Shares does not purport to
be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to SAP's
organizational documents, including the Articles of Association. For information
with respect to the Deposit Agreement pursuant to which Preference Shares will
be held on behalf of U.S. shareholders, see "-- Description of ADSs."
 
SHARE CAPITAL
 
     The share capital (Grundkapital) of SAP consists of the Ordinary Shares and
the Preference Shares. At June 18, 1998, the issued share capital of SAP
amounted to DM 521,516,495, consisting of (i) 60,996,050 Ordinary Shares and
(ii) 43,307,249 Preference Shares. All of the issued Ordinary Shares and
Preference Shares are in bearer form. Prior to July 17, 1995, the share capital
of SAP consisted only of DM 50 Ordinary Shares and DM 50 Preference Shares. On
that date, pursuant to an amendment of the German Stock Corporation Act
(Aktiengesetz) which permitted stock corporations to lower the minimum nominal
value of their share capital to DM 5, SAP effected a 1:10 stock split with
respect to 706,000 DM 50 Ordinary Shares and 1,950,000 DM 50 Preference Shares
to reflect the reduction in the nominal value of such DM 50 Ordinary Shares and
DM 50 Preference Shares from DM 50 to DM 5. On May 7, 1998, SAP's shareholders
passed a resolution converting SAP's share capital to no nominal value shares,
in accordance with recently enacted amendments to the German Stock Corporation
Act. This resolution took effect on June 16, 1998, when it was recorded in the
commercial register in Heidelberg, Germany.
 
     Generally, SAP's share capital may be increased and new shares
corresponding to the increased share capital may be issued in consideration of
contributions in cash or in property and upon prior approval at a general
shareholders' meeting. If SAP plans to issue new Ordinary Shares against a
contribution in cash or kind, a resolution approving such increase must be
passed by the holders of two-thirds of the Ordinary Shares present at the annual
general shareholders' meeting scheduled to vote on the subject. If SAP plans to
issue new Preference Shares against a contribution in cash or kind, a resolution
approving such increase must be passed by the holders of three-fourths of the
Ordinary Shares and Preference Shares present at the annual general
shareholders' meeting scheduled to vote on the subject.
 
     The Articles of Association provide for: (a) a conditional increase of
SAP's share capital (bedingtes Kapital), pursuant to which such share capital
increase will become effective and Ordinary Shares and Preference Shares will be
issued, if and to the extent that the holders of the 1988 Bonds exercise their
conversion rights; and (b) a conditional increase of SAP's share capital
(bedingtes Kapital), pursuant to which such share capital increase will become
effective and Preference Shares will be issued, if and to the extent that the
holders of the 1994 Bonds exercise these conversion rights. On May 7, 1998,
SAP's shareholders approved resolutions: (i) authorizing the Executive Board,
with the Supervisory Board's approval, to increase SAP's share capital up to a
total of DM 10 million by issuing Preference Shares by May 15, 2000, subject to
the preemptive rights of existing holders of Preference Shares; (ii) converting
from DM to EURO the share capital of SAP as well as other provisions of the
Articles of Association referring to DM, to take effect as soon as the legal
requirements therefor are met and the rate for the conversion from DM to EURO is
fixed; and (iii) authorizing SAP to acquire and cancel up to 10 million
Preference Shares and Ordinary Shares prior to October 31, 1999.
                                       51
<PAGE>   81
 
DESCRIPTION OF PREFERENCE SHARES
 
Voting Rights
 
     Holders of Preference Shares are generally not entitled to vote at general
meetings of SAP's shareholders. Under the German Stock Corporation Act, the
holders of Preference Shares (i) are entitled to vote on matters affecting their
preferential rights, such as changes in the rate of the preferential dividend or
the issuance of additional Preference Shares or other share capital that rank
equal to or above the Preference Shares and (ii) will have the same voting
rights as the holders of Ordinary Shares if (x) the preferential dividend is not
paid in full for a year and (y) the shortfall is not made up in the following
year or the following year's preferential dividend is not paid in full. The
voting rights will remain effective until the shortfall and all preferential
dividends that fall due prior to the payment of the shortfall have been paid in
full. Any vote taken on matters adversely affecting the preferential rights of
the holders of Preference Shares requires a majority of 75% of votes cast in the
meeting of holders of Preference Shares at which the vote is taken.
 
     Each Ordinary Share and, in the circumstances described above, each
Preference Share entitles the holder thereof to one vote at a general
shareholders' meeting. Resolutions are passed at a general shareholders' meeting
by a majority of the votes cast, unless a larger majority is required by law, in
which case the Articles of Association provide that (unless the size of the
larger majority so required by law is mandated by applicable law) a majority of
two-thirds of the represented share capital is required. Neither the German
Stock Corporation Act nor the Articles of Association have any minimum quorum
requirements applicable to general shareholders' meetings.
 
Dividend and Liquidation Rights
 
     Dividends are jointly proposed by the Supervisory Board and the Executive
Board, based on the Company's year-end financial statements, subject to approval
by holders of Ordinary Shares, and are officially declared in respect of the
prior year at the annual general shareholders' meeting. SAP's annual general
shareholders' meeting is usually convened during the second quarter of each
year. Historically, SAP has declared and paid its dividends in Marks. Since
Ordinary Shares and Preference Shares are in bearer form, dividends are either
remitted to the custodian bank on behalf of such shareholder, generally within
one business day following the annual general shareholders' meeting, or, in the
case of shareholders holding physical certificates, available promptly following
the annual general shareholders' meeting upon submission of the dividend coupon
to the paying agent therefor. Record holders of the ADSs on the dividend record
date will be entitled to receive payment in full of the dividend declared in
respect of the year for which it is declared. Cash dividends payable to such
holders will be paid to the Depositary in Marks and, subject to certain
exceptions, will be converted by the Depositary into Dollars. See
"-- Description of ADSs." The amount of dividends received by holders of ADSs
may be affected by fluctuations in exchange rates. See "Item 8. Selected
Consolidated Financial Data -- Dividends." Dividends paid to holders of the ADSs
or Preference Shares may be subject to German withholding tax. See "Item 7.
Taxation." The amount of dividends paid on the Preference Shares depends on the
amount of profits to be distributed by SAP.
 
     For each fiscal year, the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board ratify
the financial statements and recommend the disposition of all unappropriated
profits of the Company, including the amount of net profits which will be
distributed in the form of dividends among the holders of Ordinary Shares and
Preference Shares, subject to (i) the requirements of law regarding the amounts
to be attributed to SAP's reserves (gesetzliche Rucklage) and (ii) the
entitlement of the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board to allocate net
profits to SAP's earned surplus (Gewinnrucklage) (subject to a ceiling as
provided in the Articles of Association).
 
     A holder of Preference Shares is entitled to a cumulative annual preferred
dividend which exceeds the annual dividend paid to a holder of Ordinary Shares
by an amount equal to DM 0.05 per Preference Share but in any event no less than
DM 0.05 per Preference Share.
 
     In accordance with the German Stock Corporation Act, upon a liquidation of
SAP, any liquidation proceeds remaining after paying off all of the Company's
liabilities will be distributed among the holders of
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   82
 
Ordinary Shares and Preference Shares in proportion to the amount of the share
capital represented by the shares held by each holder. The Ordinary Shares and
the Preference Shares rank pari passu with respect to their rights to
liquidation proceeds.
 
Preemptive Rights
 
     Under the German Stock Corporation Act, an existing shareholder in a stock
corporation, including a holder of non-voting preferred stock, such as the
Preference Shares, has a preemptive right to subscribe for issues by such
corporation of shares, debt instruments convertible into shares and
participating debt instruments in proportion to the shares held by such
shareholder in the existing capital of such corporation. Preemptive rights can
only be excluded by a shareholder resolution passed at the same time as the
resolution authorizing the capital increase by a majority of at least three
quarters of the voting stock present at the meeting. Holders of non-voting
preferred stock also must approve an exclusion of preemptive rights with a
separate vote by a majority of at least three quarters of the non-voting
preferred stock present at the meeting, unless such exclusion relates only to
the preemptive rights of the holders of common stock. In addition, the Executive
Board must provide a written report to the shareholders containing a material
justification for the exclusion of preemptive rights by showing that the
Company's interest in the exclusion of the preemptive rights outweighs the
shareholders' interest in exercising their preemptive rights. No specific
justification is necessary if: (i) the share capital is increased for cash
contributions, (ii) the amount of such increase does not exceed 10% of the
issued share capital, and (iii) the shares are sold at a price which is not
substantially lower than the current quoted share price. Preemptive rights are
generally transferable and are traded on the German stock exchanges for a
limited period of time prior to the final date for the exercise of such rights.
 
Rule 144 Facilities and Unrestricted Facility
 
     In 1995, SAP sponsored the 1995 Rule 144A Facility and the Unrestricted
Facility. In 1996, SAP sponsored the 1996 Rule 144A Facility. The Bank of New
York is the depositary for all three facilities. The 1995 Rule 144A Facility was
created in connection with an offering on May 31, 1995 pursuant to Rule 144A
under the Securities Act by four of the Founders to certain "qualified
institutional buyers" in the United States of ADSs representing 100,000
Preference Shares. The 1996 Rule 144A Facility was created in connection with an
offering on August 14, 1996 pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act by a
principal shareholder of SAP to certain "qualified institutional buyers" in the
United States of ADSs representing 1,128,485 Preference Shares. The Rule 144A
ADSs are eligible for trading in the PORTAL System of the National Association
of Securities Dealers, Inc. The 1995 Rule 144A Facility was closed to new
deposits of Preference Shares on January 26, 1996. The Unrestricted Facility is
open to holders of unrestricted ADRs. The Unrestricted ADRs were registered with
the SEC, thereby enabling such holders to trade in the over-the-counter market
and on the Nasdaq bulletin board. See "Item 5. Nature of Trading Market."
 
     The Company intends to conduct the Exchange Offer, whereby it will offer to
exchange four ADSs for each outstanding Rule 144A ADS. The ADSs issued pursuant
to the Exchange Offer will be registered with the SEC pursuant to the Form F-1.
The ADSs will be substantially identical to the Rule 144A ADSs except that (i)
the Rule 144A ADSs are only accepted for quotation in the United States on the
PORTAL System of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. whereas
the ADSs may be eligible for listing on a United States national securities
exchange or quotation on a United States inter-dealer system and (ii) resale of
the ADSs will not be subject to the restrictions contained in the Rule 144A
Deposit Agreements. Upon commencement of the Exchange Offer, the Company intends
to direct the Rule 144A ADS Depositary to terminate the respective Rule 144A
Deposit Agreements, in accordance with their terms, which will adversely affect
the trading market for Rule 144A ADSs that are not tendered in the Exchange
Offer.
 
DESCRIPTION OF ADSs
 
     ADSs relating to Preference Shares will be evidenced by ADRs and will be
issuable pursuant to a Deposit Agreement among SAP, The Bank of New York, as
depositary (the "Depositary"), and the owners and holders of ADRs (the "Deposit
Agreement"). As used herein, "ADR Owner" means the person in whose name an ADR
is registered on the books of the Depositary and "ADR Holder" means any person
who has a
                                       53
<PAGE>   83
 
beneficial interest in any ADR or ADS. The following is a summary of material
provisions of the Deposit Agreement. It does not purport to be a complete
statement of all the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement and is
therefore qualified in its entirety by reference to the Deposit Agreement. The
Deposit Agreement will also govern the Unrestricted ADSs and, accordingly, the
Deposit Agreement is filed as an exhibit to a post-effective amendment to the
Form F-6 pursuant to which the Unrestricted ADSs were registered under the
Securities Act. Copies of the Deposit Agreement will be available for inspection
at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary, currently located at 101
Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286. The Depositary's principal executive
office is located at 48 Wall Street, New York, New York 10286.
 
American Depositary Receipts
 
     ADRs evidencing ADSs will be executed and delivered by the Depositary
pursuant to the Deposit Agreement. Each ADS represents one-twelfth of one
Preference Share, or evidences the right to receive one-twelfth of one
Preference Share. The Preference Shares represented by the ADSs will be held in
the account of the Depository at the Frankfurt/Main office of DG Bank Deutsche
Genossenschaftsbank, as custodian and agent of the Depositary (the "Custodian")
or at Deutsche Borse Clearing AG and are, together with any additional
Preference Shares at any time deposited or deemed deposited under the Deposit
Agreement and any and all other securities and/or cash received by the
Depositary or the Custodian in respect or in lieu of such Preference Shares,
considered as the "Deposited Securities". Only persons in whose names ADRs are
registered on the register of the Depositary will be treated by the Depositary
and SAP as owners of such ADRs.
 
     ADSs will represent Preference Shares in bearer form. Pursuant to the terms
of the Deposit Agreement and under German law, ADR Owners and ADR Holders will
be subject to any applicable disclosure requirements regarding acquisition and
ownership of Preference Shares that are applicable to Preference Shares pursuant
to German law, as amended from time to time. See "Item 4. Control of
Registrant." Failure to comply with such disclosure requirements may, for so
long as such failure continues, result in the withholding of certain rights,
including voting, dividend and other rights relating to Deposited Securities. In
order to facilitate compliance with these notification requirements, an ADR
Owner or ADR Holder may deliver such notification to the Depositary with respect
to Preference Shares represented by ADSs and the Depositary shall, as soon as
practicable thereafter, forward such notification to SAP.
 
Deposit, Transfer and Withdrawal of Preference Shares and Issuance of ADRs
 
     Upon deposit with the Custodian of Preference Shares or evidence of rights
to receive Preference Shares, accompanied by any appropriate instruments of
transfer or endorsement, and any dividend coupons for dividends to be paid in
the future or rights to receive in the future such dividend coupons, if any, and
upon payment of applicable fees, taxes and other charges, the Depositary will,
subject to the terms of the Deposit Agreement, execute and deliver an ADR or
ADRs registered in the name of the person depositing such Preference Shares or
as directed by such person for the number of ADSs representing such deposited
Preference Shares. Each deposit of Preference Shares will be accompanied by
evidence satisfactory to the Depositary that all conditions to such deposit
under German law will have been satisfied and that all necessary German
governmental approvals have been granted and, if required by the Depositary, an
agreement or assignment, or other instrument satisfactory to the Depositary
which will provide for the prompt transfer to the Custodian of any dividend,
right to subscribe for additional Preference Shares or any other securities or
right to receive other property or right to vote which any person depositing
Preference Shares may thereafter receive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject
to the terms and conditions described below, the Depositary may also issue ADRs
prior to receipt of Preference Shares by the Custodian.
 
     Upon surrender of ADRs at the Corporate Trust Office of the Depositary for
the purpose of withdrawal of the Preference Shares represented by the ADSs
evidenced thereby, and upon payment of the fees of the Depositary and all taxes
and governmental charges, if any, payable in connection with such surrender and
withdrawal of the Deposited Securities, and subject to the terms and conditions
of the Deposit Agreement and the Articles of Association, the Deposited
Securities and applicable law, ADR Owners and ADR Holders are
                                       54
<PAGE>   84
 
entitled to due assignment, transfer and delivery of all right, title, legal
ownership and interest, of such whole number of Deposited Securities requested
to be withdrawn at the time represented by the ADS or ADSs evidenced by such ADR
to the account of a German securities bank with Deutsche Borse Clearing AG or
through the facilities of Cedel S.A. or Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
York, Brussels office, as operator of the Euroclear System ("Euroclear"), or in
the form of certificated Preference Shares and delivery to the ADR Owner or as
ordered by it of any other securities, property and cash to which such ADR Owner
or ADR Holder is entitled in respect of the ADRs surrendered and a new ADR for
the number of ADSs representing any fractional Deposited Securities and any
Deposited Securities not being withdrawn, except that the Depositary may deliver
any dividends or distributions with respect to the Preference Shares represented
by the ADSs or any proceeds of sale of any dividends, distributions or rights,
which may at the time be held by the Depositary at its Corporate Trust Office.
 
Pre-Releases
 
     Subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement and any
limitations established by the Depositary, unless requested by SAP to cease
doing so, the Depositary may deliver ADRs prior to the receipt of Preference
Shares (a "Pre-Release"), may deliver Preference Shares upon the receipt and
cancellation of ADRs which have been Pre-Released whether or not such
cancellation is prior to the termination of such Pre-Release or the Depositary
knows that such ADR has been Pre-Released, and may receive ADRs in lieu of
Preference Shares in satisfaction of a Pre-Release of ADRs. In no event will the
Depositary deliver Preference Shares prior to the receipt and cancellation of
ADRs. Each Pre-Release must be (a) preceded or accompanied by a written
representation and agreement from the person to whom the Preference Shares or
ADRs are to be delivered (the "Pre-Releasee") that such Pre-Releasee, or its
customer, (i) owns the Preference Shares or ADRs to be remitted, as the case may
be, (ii) assigns all beneficial right, title and interest in such Preference
Shares or ADRs to the Depositary for the benefit of the owners of the Preference
Shares or ADRs, and (iii) will not take any action with respect to such
Preference Shares or ADRs, as the case may be, that is inconsistent with the
transfer of beneficial ownership (including, without the consent of the
Depositary, disposing of such Preference Shares or ADRs, as the case may be),
other than in satisfaction of such Pre-Release, (b) at all times fully
collateralized with cash, government securities or such other collateral as the
Depositary deems appropriate, (c) terminable by the Depositary on not more than
five business days' notice and (d) subject to such further indemnities and
credit regulations as the Depositary deems appropriate. The Company will not
incur any liability to any ADR Owner or ADR Holder as a result of any
Pre-Release transaction. The Depositary will also set dollar limits with respect
to Pre-Release transactions to be entered into under the Deposit Agreement with
any Pre-Releasee on a case-by-case basis as the Depositary deems appropriate.
The collateral referred to in clause (b) above shall be held by the Depositary
as security for the performance of the Pre-Releasee's obligations to the
Depositary in connection with a Pre-Release transaction, including the
Pre-Releasee's obligation to deliver Preference Shares or ADRs upon termination
of a Pre-Release transaction (and shall not, for the avoidance of doubt,
constitute Deposited Securities under the Deposit Agreement). The number of
Preference Shares not deposited but represented by ADRs outstanding at any time
as a result of Pre-Releases will not normally exceed 30% of the Preference
Shares deposited under the Deposit Agreement. The Depositary may retain for its
own account any compensation received by it in connection with the foregoing.
The Company shall have no liability to any Holder or Owner with respect to any
representations, actions or omissions by the Depositary, or any of its agents,
pursuant to the section of the Deposit Agreement regarding Pre-Releases.
 
Dividends, Other Distributions and Rights
 
     Whenever the Depositary, or, on its behalf, its agent, receives any cash
dividend or other cash distribution on any Deposited Securities, which dividend
or distribution is denominated in currency other than Dollars ("Foreign
Currency"), the Depositary will, or will cause its agent, as promptly as
practicable after receipt of such dividend or distribution, to, convert such
Foreign Currency into Dollars; provided, however, that such Foreign Currency
can, in the reasonable judgment of the Depositary, be converted on a reasonable
basis into Dollars transferable to the United States. Upon conversion, the
amount received and subsequently converted will be distributed as promptly as
practicable (net of reasonable and customary expenses incurred by the
                                       55
<PAGE>   85
 
Depositary in converting such Foreign Currency) to the ADR Owners entitled
thereto, in proportion to the number of ADSs representing Deposited Securities
evidenced by ADRs held by them respectively. The amount distributed will be
reduced by any amounts required to be withheld by SAP or the Depositary,
including amounts on account of any applicable taxes and certain other expenses.
For further details about applicable taxes, see "Item 7. Taxation -- German
Taxation of Holders of Preference Shares or ADSs -- German Taxation of
Dividends" and "Item 7. Taxation -- United States Taxation of United States
Holders of Preference Shares or ADSs -- Distributions." If the Depositary
determines in its judgement that any Foreign Currency received by it cannot,
pursuant to applicable law, be so converted on a reasonable basis into U.S.
Dollars transferable to the United States, or if any approval or license
necessary for conversion is denied or in the reasonable opinion of the
Depositary is not obtainable or if any such approval or license is not obtained
within a reasonable period as determined by the Depositary, the Depositary may
in its discretion distribute such Foreign Currency received by the Depositary
to, or may hold such Foreign Currency uninvested and without liability for
interest for the respective accounts of, the ADR Owners entitled to receive the
same. If any such conversion of Foreign Currency cannot be effected for
distribution in Dollars to some of the ADR Owners entitled thereto, the
Depositary may in its discretion make such conversion and distribution in U.S.
Dollars to the extent permissible to the ADR Owners entitled thereto, and may
distribute the balance of the Foreign Currency received by it to, or hold such
balance uninvested for the respective accounts of, the ADR Owners entitled
thereto.
 
     If SAP declares a dividend in, or free distribution of, additional
Preference Shares, upon receipt by or on behalf of the Depositary of additional
Preference Shares, the Depositary may, and upon the request of SAP will,
distribute to ADR Owners, in proportion to the number of ADSs representing
Deposited Securities evidenced by ADRs held by them, additional ADRs for an
aggregate number of ADSs representing the number of Preference Shares so
received as such dividend or free distribution, in each case subject to the
terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement, including the withholding of
taxes or any other governmental charges and the payment of fees required under
the Deposit Agreement. If such adjustments in the record of the Depositary are
not made or additional ADRs are not so issued, each ADS shall thereafter also
represent the additional securities distributed in respect of the Preference
Shares represented by such ADS prior to such dividend or free distribution. In
lieu of delivering ADRs for fractional ADSs in the event of any such
distribution, the Depositary will sell the amount of Preference Shares
represented by the aggregate of such fractions and will distribute the net
proceeds, converted into U.S. Dollars if in a Foreign Currency, to ADR Owners in
accordance with the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement. The
Depositary may withhold any such distribution of ADSs or ADRs if it has not
received satisfactory assurances from SAP that such distribution does not
require registration under the Securities Act or is exempt from registration
under the provisions of the Securities Act. If for any reason (including any
requirement that SAP or the Depositary withhold an amount on account of taxes or
other governmental charges or that such Preference Shares must be registered
under the Securities Act in order to be distributed to ADR Owners or ADR
Holders) the Depositary determines that it is not lawful and feasible to make a
distribution of Preference Shares to all ADR Owners or to certain ADR Owners,
the Depositary may adopt such method as it may deem lawful, equitable and
practicable for the purpose of effecting such distribution, including, but not
limited to, the public or private sale of the Preference Shares thus received,
or any part thereof, and the net cash proceeds of any such sale will be
distributed by the Depositary to the ADR Owners entitled thereto as in the case
of a distribution received in cash.
 
     If SAP offers, or causes to be offered, to the owners of Deposited
Securities any rights to subscribe for additional Preference Shares or any
rights of any other nature, the Depositary will, following consultation with the
Company as to the procedure to be followed, (i) make such rights available to
ADR Owners, (ii) dispose of such rights on behalf of any ADR Owners and make the
net proceeds available in Dollars to such ADR Owners or (iii) allow the rights
to lapse if, by the terms of such rights offering or for any other reason, the
Depositary may not either make such rights available to any ADR Owner or dispose
of such rights and make the proceeds available to such ADR Owners. If at the
time of the rights offering the Depositary, following consultation with the
Company, determines it to be lawful and feasible to make such rights available
to all or to certain but not to other ADR Owners, the Depositary may make such
rights available to such ADR Owners to whom it determines such distribution,
following consultation with the Company, to be lawful and feasible
                                       56
<PAGE>   86
 
through the distribution in proportion to the number of ADSs evidenced by ADRs
held by such ADR Owners, of rights, warrants or other instruments therefor in
such form and upon such terms and representations as it may determine. If the
Depositary determines, following consultation with the Company, that it is not
lawful or feasible to make such rights available to all or certain ADR Owners,
it may sell the warrants or other instruments and allocate the net proceeds of
such sales (net of the fees of the Depositary as provided in the Deposit
Agreement and all taxes and governmental charges payable in connection with such
rights and subject to the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement),
converted into U.S. Dollars if in a Foreign Currency, for the account of such
ADR Owners otherwise entitled to such rights, warrants or other instruments as
in the case of a distribution received in cash, upon an averaged or other
practical basis without regard to any distinctions among such ADR Owners because
of exchange restrictions or the date of delivery of any ADR or otherwise.
 
     The Depositary will not offer rights to ADR Owners unless both the rights
and the securities to which such rights relate either are exempt from
registration under the Securities Act with respect to a distribution to all ADR
Owners or are registered under the provisions of the Securities Act. If an ADR
Owner requests the distribution of warrants or other instruments,
notwithstanding that there has been no such registration under the Securities
Act, the Depositary will not effect such distribution unless it has received an
opinion from counsel in the United States for SAP upon which it may rely that
such distribution to such ADR Owner is exempt from such registration. The
Depositary will not be responsible for any failure to determine that it may be
lawful or feasible to make such rights available to ADR Owners in general or any
ADR Owner in particular.
 
     If the Depositary has distributed warrants or other instruments for rights
to all or certain ADR Owners, then upon instruction of such ADR Owner pursuant
to such warrants or other instruments to the Depositary to exercise such rights,
upon payment by such ADR Owner to the Depositary for the account of such ADR
Owner of an amount equal to the purchase price of the Preference Shares
receivable upon exercise of such rights, and upon payment of the fees and
expenses of the Depositary and any other charges as set forth in such warrants
or other instruments, the Depositary shall, on behalf of such ADR Owner,
exercise the rights and purchase the Preference Shares, and SAP will cause the
delivery of such Preference Shares to the Depositary on behalf of such ADR
Owner. As agent for such ADR Owner, the Depositary will cause such Preference
Shares to be deposited as described above and execute and deliver ADRs to such
ADR Owner as described above. See "-- Description of American Depositary
Shares -- Deposit and Withdrawal of Shares and Issuance of Receipts."
 
     Whenever the Custodian or the Depositary will receive any distribution
other than cash, Preference Shares or rights in respect of the Preference
Shares, the Depositary shall, as promptly as practicable, cause the securities
or property received by it or the Custodian to be distributed to the ADR Owners
entitled thereto, after deduction or upon payment of any fees and expenses of
the Depositary or any taxes or other governmental charges, in proportion to
their holdings, respectively, in any manner that the Depositary may deem
equitable and practicable for accomplishing such distribution; provided,
however, that if SAP so directs or in the reasonable opinion of the Depositary
such distribution cannot be made proportionately among the ADR Owners entitled
thereto, or if for any other reason (including any requirement that SAP or the
Depositary withhold an amount on account of taxes or other governmental charges
or that such securities must be registered under the Securities Act in order to
be distributed) the Depositary deems such distribution not to be lawful or
feasible, the Depositary may adopt such method as it may reasonably deem lawful,
equitable and practicable for the purpose of effecting such distribution,
including the sale (public or private) of the securities or property thus
received, or any part thereof, and the net cash proceeds of any such sale will
be distributed by the Depositary to the ADR Owners entitled thereto as in the
case of a distribution received in cash. To the extent such securities or
property or the net proceeds thereof are not effectively distributed to ADR
Owners as provided in this paragraph, each ADS shall thereafter also represent
the additional securities or property distributed in respect of the Preference
Shares represented by such ADS prior to such distribution.
 
     If the Depositary determines that any distribution of property (including
Preference Shares and rights to subscribe therefor) is subject to any taxes or
governmental charges that the Depositary is obliged to withhold, the Depositary
may, by public or private sale, dispose of all or a portion of such property in
such amounts and
                                       57
<PAGE>   87
 
in such manner as the Depositary deems necessary and practicable to pay such
taxes or governmental charges, and thereafter will distribute the net proceeds
of any such sale after deduction of such taxes or governmental charges to the
ADR Owners entitled thereto in proportion to the number of ADRs held by them
respectively.
 
     Upon any change in nominal or par value, any split-up, consolidation or
other reclassification of Deposited Securities, or upon any recapitalization,
reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale of assets affecting SAP or to
which it is a party, any securities that shall be received by the Depositary or
the Custodian in exchange for, in conversion of or in respect of Deposited
Securities shall be treated as new Deposited Securities under the Deposit
Agreement, and ADSs shall thereafter represent the new securities so received in
exchange or conversion, unless additional ADSs are issued. In any such case the
Depositary may, and upon the request of SAP shall, execute and deliver
additional ADRs as in the case of a distribution in Preference Shares, or call
for the surrender of outstanding ADRs to be exchanged for new ADRs specifically
describing such new Deposited Securities. In the event that any securities so
received may not be lawfully distributed to some or all ADR Owners, the
Depositary may, and if SAP so requests shall, sell such securities at a public
or private sale and allocate the net proceeds of such sale for the account of
the ADR Owners otherwise entitled to such securities upon an averaged or other
practicable basis without regard to any distinctions among such ADR Owners and
distribute the net proceeds so allocated to the extent practicable as in the
case of a distribution received in cash.
 
Record Dates
 
     Whenever any cash dividend or other cash distribution shall become payable
or any distribution other than cash shall be made, or whenever rights shall be
issued with respect to the Deposited Securities, or whenever for any reason the
Depositary causes a change in the number of Preference Shares that are
represented by each ADS, or whenever the Depositary shall receive notice of any
meeting of holders of Preference Shares or other Deposited Securities, or
whenever the Depositary finds that it is necessary or convenient in respect of
any matter, the Depositary shall fix a record date which shall be, to the extent
practicable, the same date as the record date for the Preference Shares or other
Deposited Securities, as the case may be, or as close thereto as practicable,
after consultation with SAP, (a) for the determination of the ADR Owners who
shall be (i) entitled to receive such dividend, distribution or rights or the
net proceeds of the sale thereof or (ii) entitled to exercise, or give
instructions for the exercise of, voting rights at any such meeting, or (b) for
fixing the date on or after which each ADS will represent the changed number of
Preference Shares.
 
Voting of Deposited Securities
 
     Upon receipt of (a) notice from the Company of any meeting of holders of
Preference Shares or other Deposited Securities (the "Notice"), (b) the
statement of the Custodian or such other major commercial German bank as may be
reasonably chosen by the Depositary to act as a proxy bank (the "Proxy Bank"),
setting forth its recommendations with regard to voting of the Preference Shares
represented by ADSs as to any matter which is set forth in the notice from the
Company on which a vote is to be taken by holders of Preference Shares
represented by ADSs, together with an English translation thereof (the
"Recommendation"), unless otherwise requested by SAP, the Depositary shall, as
soon as practicable thereafter, mail to all ADR Owners a notice containing (i)
such information as is contained in the notice of such meeting sent by SAP to
the Depositary, (ii) a statement that each ADR Owner and Holder ("Voters")at the
close of business on a specified record date will be entitled, subject to any
applicable provisions of German law, the Articles of Association, the ADR and
the Deposited Securities, to exercise, or to give instructions for the exercise
of, the voting rights, if any, pertaining to the whole number of Preference
Shares or other Deposited Securities evidenced by such ADR Owner's ADSs, (c) the
Recommendation and (d) a statement as to the manner in which such instructions
may be given including an express indication that if no voting instructions are
received on or before the date established by the Depositary for such purpose in
accordance with the Deposit Agreement (the "Instruction Date") then the Holders
shall in each case be deemed to have instructed the Depositary to vote the
shares or cause the shares to be voted in accordance with the Recommendation.
See "-- Description of Preference Shares -- Voting Rights."
 
                                       58
<PAGE>   88
 
     Voting rights with respect to the ADRs representing ADSs may be exercised
only in respect of 12 ADSs or integral multiples thereof. Pursuant to the terms
of the Deposit Agreement, and under German law, holders and beneficial owners of
ADRs will be subject to any disclosure requirements regarding acquisition and
ownership of Preference Shares as are applicable to Preference Shares pursuant
to the terms of the Articles of Association of SAP or German law, as each may be
amended from time to time. Failure to comply with such disclosure requirements
will, for so long as such failure continues, disqualify such ADR Owner from
exercising voting rights.
 
     Each ADR Owner who desires to exercise, or give instructions for the
exercise of, voting rights shall be required to execute and return to the
Depositary on or before the Instruction Date, a document provided by the
Depositary which (a) either (i) authorizes such Voter's ADSs to be delivered to
a blocked account established for such purpose at the Depository Trust
Corporation (the "DTC") (as provided below), or (ii) instructs the Depositary to
block the Preference Shares without delivering the ADSs to the Depositary or (b)
instructs the Depositary as to how the whole number of Preference Shares or
other Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such ADRs are to
be voted.
 
     Upon the written request of a Voter, as applicable, on such record date,
received on or before the Instruction Date, the Depositary shall endeavor,
insofar as practicable and permitted under German law, the Articles of
Association and the ADRs, to vote or cause to be voted the amount of Preference
Shares or other Deposited Securities so represented in accordance with the
instructions set forth in such request. The Company agrees, without any
liability to the Voters arising hereunder, to provide notice, to the extent
practicable, of any meeting of Voters of Shares or other Deposited Securities
containing the requisite information, together with English translations, to the
Depositary within the twelve days following the publication of the invitation to
the shareholders meeting in the German Federal Gazette. Voting rights may be
exercised only in respect of twelve (12) ADSs, or integral multiples thereof.
The Depositary shall not vote or attempt to exercise the right to vote that
attaches to the Preference Shares or other Deposited Securities, other than in
accordance with such instructions or deemed instructions received from the
Voters, as applicable, as of such record date.
 
     If no specific voting instructions are received by the Depositary from any
Voter (to whom Notice was sent by the Depositary) with respect to the Deposited
Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such ADRs on or before the
Instruction Date, such Voter shall be deemed, and the Depositary shall deem such
Holder, to have instructed the Depositary to vote such Deposited Securities or
to cause such Deposited Securities to be voted in accordance with the
Recommendation. In no event may the Depositary itself exercise any voting
discretion over any Shares or other Deposited Securities.
 
     Anything in the Deposit Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the
event that the Proxy Bank shall fail to supply the Recommendation to the
Depositary at least 21 calendar days prior to any meeting of holders of
Preference Shares represented by ADSs or other Deposited Securities with respect
to which the Depositary has received notice from the Company, the Depositary
shall mail the Notice (which in this case will not contain the Recommendation or
the indication concerning the proxy to be given to the Proxy Bank) to the Voters
as herein above provided, and, thereafter, in any case in which no specific
voting instructions are received by the Depositary from a Voter on or before the
Instruction Date with respect to the Deposited Securities represented by the
ADSs evidenced by such ADRs, no votes shall be cast at such meeting with respect
to such Deposited Securities.
 
     Nothing in the Deposit Agreement shall be construed to grant to a Voter any
voting rights with respect to Deposited Securities to which, by their terms,
voting rights do not otherwise attach.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>   89
 
Reports and Notices
 
     The Depositary will make available for inspection by ADR Owners at its
Corporate Trust Office any reports, notices and other communications, including
any proxy soliciting material, received from SAP, which are both (a) received by
the Depositary as the holder of the Deposited Securities and (b) made generally
available to the holders of Deposited Securities by SAP. The Depositary will
also send to ADR Owners copies of such reports when furnished by SAP pursuant to
the Deposit Agreement. Any such reports and communications, including any such
proxy soliciting material, furnished to the Depositary by SAP shall be furnished
in English only to the extent that such materials are required to be translated
into English pursuant to any regulations of the SEC.
 
Disclosure of Interests
 
     To the extent that provisions of, or governing, any Deposited Securities
(including the Articles of Association or applicable law) may require disclosure
of beneficial or other ownership of Deposited Securities, other Preference
Shares or other securities and may provide for blocking voting or other rights
to enforce such disclosure or limits, ADR Owners and ADR Holders agree to comply
with all such disclosure requirements. The Depositary agrees to comply with all
applicable laws.
 
Amendment and Termination of the Deposit Agreement
 
     The form of the ADRs and any provision of the Deposit Agreement may at any
time and from time to time be amended by agreement between SAP and the
Depositary in any respect they may deem necessary or desirable without the
consent of the ADR Owners or ADR Holders. Any amendment that imposes or
increases any fees or charges (other than taxes and other governmental charges,
registration fees, air courier costs, cable, telex or facsimile transmission
costs, delivery costs or other such expenses) or that otherwise prejudices any
substantial existing right of ADR Owners or ADR Holders, will not take effect as
to the outstanding ADRs until the expiration of 30 days after notice of such
amendment has been given to the ADR Owners. Every ADR Owner and ADR Holder at
the time such amendment becomes effective will be deemed, by continuing to hold
such ADR, to consent and agree to such amendment and to be bound by the Deposit
Agreement as amended thereby. In no event shall any amendment impair the right
of any ADR Owner to surrender its ADRs and receive therefor the Deposited
Securities evidenced thereby, except in order to comply with mandatory
provisions of applicable law.
 
     The Depositary shall at any time, at the direction of SAP, terminate the
Deposit Agreement by mailing notice of such termination to all ADR Owners of
ADRs then outstanding at least 30 days prior to the date fixed in such notice
for such termination. The Depositary may likewise terminate the Deposit
Agreement by mailing notice of such termination to SAP and ADR Owners if, at any
time 30 days after the Depositary shall have delivered to SAP a notice of its
election to resign, a successor depositary shall not have been appointed and
accepted its appointment as provided in the Deposit Agreement. On and after the
termination date, the ADR Owner will, upon (a) surrender of the ADR to the
Depositary, (b) payment of the Depositary's fee for surrender of ADRs and (c)
payment of any applicable taxes or governmental charges, be entitled to delivery
of the amount of Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such
ADR. If any ADRs remain outstanding after the date of termination, the
Depositary thereafter will discontinue the registration of transfers of ADRs
subject to the Deposit Agreement, will suspend the distribution of dividends and
other distributions to the holders thereof and will not give any further notice
or perform any further acts under such Deposit Agreement, except that the
Depositary shall continue (i) the collection of dividends and other
distributions pertaining to the Deposited Securities, (ii) the sale of rights
and other property as provided in the Deposit Agreement, and (iii) the delivery
of Deposited Securities, together with any dividends or other distributions
received with respect thereto and the net proceeds of the sale of any rights or
other property, in exchange for ADRs surrendered to the Depositary, subject to
the applicable terms of the Deposit Agreement, including the payment of the fees
and other charges of the Depositary. At any time after the expiration of one
year from the date of termination, the Depositary may sell the Deposited
Securities then held under the
 
                                       60
<PAGE>   90
 
Deposit Agreement and may thereafter hold uninvested the net proceeds of any
such sale, together with any other cash then held by it under the Deposit
Agreement, unsegregated and without liability for interest, for the pro rata
benefit of the owners of ADRs that have not theretofore been surrendered, such
ADR Owners thereupon becoming general creditors of the Depositary with respect
to such net proceeds. After making such sale, the Depositary shall be discharged
from all obligations under the Deposit Agreement except to account for net
proceeds and other cash and its obligations to the Company regarding
indemnification under the Deposit Agreement. Upon termination of the Deposit
Agreement, SAP shall be discharged from all obligations thereunder, except for
certain obligations to the Depositary.
 
Charges of Depositary
 
     Subject to the applicable law and the regulations of any exchange upon
which the ADSs are listed, the following charges, as applicable, shall be
incurred by any party depositing or withdrawing Preference Shares or by any
party surrendering ADRs or to whom ADRs are issued (including, without
limitation, issuance pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by SAP
or an exchange of stock regarding the ADRs or Deposited Securities or a
distribution of ADRs pursuant to the Deposit Agreement): (i) taxes and other
governmental charges, (ii) registration fees as may from time to time be in
effect for the registration of transfer of Preference Shares generally
applicable to the transfer of Preference Shares to the name of the Depositary or
its nominee or the Custodian or its nominee on the making of deposits or
withdrawals of Preference Shares pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, (iii) such
air courier, cable, telex and facsimile transmission expenses as are expressly
provided in the Deposit Agreement, (iv) expenses as are incurred by the
Depositary in the conversion of Foreign Currency pursuant to the Deposit
Agreement, (v) a fee not in excess of U.S.$5.00 per 100 ADSs (or portion
thereof) for the execution and delivery of ADRs pursuant to the Deposit
Agreement and the surrender of ADRs pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, (vi) a
fee not in excess of U.S.$0.02 per ADS (or portion thereof) for any cash
distribution made pursuant to the Deposit Agreement except for any distribution
of cash dividends and (vii) a fee for the distribution of securities pursuant to
the Deposit Agreement in an amount equal to the fee for the execution and
delivery of ADRs which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of
such securities but which securities are instead distributed to ADR Owners.
 
Liability of ADR Owners or ADR Holders for Taxes or Other Charges
 
     If any tax or other governmental charge shall become payable with respect
to any ADR or any Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by any
ADR, such tax or other governmental charge shall be payable by the ADR Owner or
ADR Holder. The Depositary may and at the request of the Company shall refuse to
effect any transfer of such ADR (or any split-up or combination thereof) or any
withdrawal of the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such
ADRs until such payment is made, and may withhold any dividends or other
distributions or may sell for the account of the beneficial owner thereof any
part or all of the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by
such ADRs and may apply such dividends or other distributions or the proceeds of
any such sale in payment of any such tax or other governmental charge and the
ADR Owner or ADR Holder shall remain liable for any deficiency.
 
     To the extent practicable and in accordance with instructions from SAP, the
Depositary and the Custodian will take all practicable administrative actions
necessary to obtain all tax refunds and to reduce German withholding taxes on
dividends and other distributions on the Deposited Securities. See "Item 7.
Taxation -- German Taxation of Holders of Preference Shares or ADSs -- Refund of
German Tax to United States Holders."
 
Limitations on Execution, Delivery, Transfer and Surrender of ADRs
 
     The ADRs are transferable on the books of the Depositary, and the
Depositary may close the transfer books, at any time and from time to time, when
transfer agents in New York City generally close their transfer books or when
deemed expedient by it or at the request of the Company. As a condition
precedent to the execution and delivery, registration of transfer, split-up,
combination or surrender of any Deposited Securities, or withdrawal of any
Deposited Securities, the Depositary, or the Custodian or Registrar may require
                                       61
<PAGE>   91
 
(1) payment from the person presenting the ADR or the depositor of such
Preference Shares of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any tax or other
governmental charge and, if applicable, any stock transfer or registration fee
with respect thereto and payment of any applicable fees payable to the
Depositary pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, (2) the production of proof
satisfactory to it as to the identity and genuineness of any signature and (3)
compliance with such regulations as the Depositary may establish consistent with
the provisions of the Deposit Agreement. The execution and delivery or transfer
of ADRs generally may be suspended during any period when the transfer books of
the Depositary are closed or if such action is deemed necessary or advisable by
the Depositary or the Company at any time or from time to time because of any
requirement or applicable law or any government or governmental body or
commission, or under any provisions of the Deposit Agreement or the Articles of
Association of the Company, or for any other reason, subject to the provisions
of the following sentence. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Deposit
Agreement or the ADRs, the surrender of outstanding ADRs and withdrawal of
Deposited Securities may not be suspended subject only to (i) temporary delays
caused by closing the transfer books of the Depositary or SAP or the deposit of
Preference Shares in connection with voting at a shareholders' meeting, or the
payment of dividends, (ii) the payment of fees, taxes and similar charges and
(iii) compliance with any U.S. or foreign laws or governmental regulations
relating to the ADRs or to the withdrawal of the Deposited Securities.
 
General
 
     None of the Depositary, SAP or any of their respective officers, directors,
employees, agents or affiliates will be liable to any ADR Owner or other person
if by reason of any provision of any present or future law or regulation of the
United States, the Federal Republic of Germany or any other country, or of any
other governmental or regulatory authority or stock exchange or by reason of any
provision, present or future, of the Articles of Association of SAP, or by
reason of any provision of any securities issued or distributed by SAP or any
offering or distribution thereof, or by reason of any act of God or war or other
circumstance beyond its control, the Depositary, SAP or any of their respective
directors, employees, agents or affiliates shall be prevented, delayed or
forbidden from, or be subject to any civil or criminal penalty on account of,
doing or performing any act or thing which by the terms of the Deposit Agreement
or the Deposited Securities it is provided shall be done or performed; nor will
the Depositary, SAP or any of their respective officers, directors, employees,
agents or affiliates incur any liability to any ADR Owner or ADR Holder by
reason of any nonperformance or delay, caused as stated in the preceding clause,
in the performance of any act or thing which by the terms of the Deposit
Agreement it is provided shall or may be done or performed, or by reason of any
exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for by the Deposit
Agreement.
 
     None of the Depositary, SAP or any of their respective agents shall be
liable for any action or nonaction by it in reliance upon the advice or
information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting Preference
Shares for deposit, any ADR Owner or ADR Holder or any other person believed by
it in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information. The
obligations of the Depositary to ADR Owners and ADR Holders under the Deposit
Agreement are expressly limited to performing its obligations specified therein
without negligence or bad faith.
 
     The Depositary will keep books at its Corporate Trust office, for the
registration and transfer of ADRs, which at all reasonable times will be open
for inspection by the ADR Owners or ADR Holders provided that such inspection
shall not be for the purpose of communicating with holders in the interest of a
business or object other than the business of SAP or a matter related to the
Deposit Agreement or the ADRs.
 
     The Depositary may appoint one or more co-transfer agents approved by SAP
for the purpose of effecting transfers, combinations and split-ups of ADRs at
designated transfer offices on behalf of the Depositary. In carrying out its
functions, a co-transfer agent may require evidence of authority and compliance
with applicable laws and other requirements by beneficial owners of ADSs or
persons entitled to ADRs and will be entitled to protection and indemnity to the
same extent as the Depositary.
 
Governing Law
 
     The Deposit Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of New
York.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>   92
 
                                    PART III
 
ITEM 15. DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES.
 
     Not applicable.
 
ITEM 16. CHANGES IN SECURITIES AND CHANGES IN SECURITY FOR REGISTERED SECURITIES
AND USE OF PROCEEDS.
 
     Not applicable.
 
                                    PART IV
 
ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
     The Company has responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this item.
 
ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
     Reference is made to pages F-1 through F-39 and Item 19.
 
ITEM 19. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS.
 
     (a) The following financial statements are filed as part of this Form 20-F:
 
        Report of ARTHUR ANDERSEN Wirtschaftsprufungsgesellschaft
         Steuerberatungsgesellschaft mbH.
 
        Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 (audited).
 
        Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended 1997, 1996 and 1995
         (audited).
 
        Consolidated Statement of Fixed Assets for the year ended 1997
         (audited).
 
        Consolidated Statement of Fixed Assets for the year ended 1996
         (audited).
 
        Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
        Schedule for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995:
         Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves.
 
     (b) The following documents are filed as exhibits to this Form 20-F:
 
        3.1  Articles of Association (Satzung), as amended to the date of filing
             (English translation included). (Incorporated by reference to
             Registration Statement on Form F-1 of SAP (Registration No.
             333-57383), filed on June 22, 1998.)
 
        4.1  Form of Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement among SAP, The Bank
             of New York, as Depositary, and all owners and holders from time to
             time of American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder, including
             the form of American Depositary Receipts. (Incorporated by
             reference to Registration Statement on Form F-1 of SAP
             (Registration No. 333-57383), filed on June 22, 1998.)
 
                                       63
<PAGE>   93
 
                                   SIGNATURE
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for
filing this Registration Statement on Form 20-F and has duly caused this
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized.
 
                                          SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT SYSTEME,
                                          ANWENDUNGEN, PRODUKTE IN DER
                                          DATENVERARBEITUNG
                                          (Registrant)
 
                                          By:/s/ Prof. Dr. Henning Kagermann
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Name: Prof. Dr. Henning Kagermann
                                             Title: Member of the Executive
                                               Board
 
Dated: June 22, 1998                      By:     /s/ Dieter Matheis
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Name: Dieter Matheis
                                             Title: Principal Financial Officer
 
                                       64
<PAGE>   94
 
                    SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PAGE
                                                              ----
<S>                                                           <C>
Report of Independent Accountants...........................   F-1
 
Consolidated Financial Statements:
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and
     1996...................................................   F-2
  Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended
     December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995.......................   F-3
  Consolidated Statement of Fixed Assets for the year ended
     December 31, 1997......................................   F-4
  Consolidated Statement of Fixed Assets for the year ended
     December 31, 1996......................................   F-5
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................   F-6
Schedule for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and
  1995:
  Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and
     Reserves...............................................  F-39
</TABLE>
 
                                       65
<PAGE>   95
 
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SAP
Aktiengesellschaft Systeme, Anwendungen, Produkte in der Datenverarbeitung and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, and the related consolidated
income statements for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1997. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards in Germany which, as applied by us, are substantially the same as
those followed in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
SAP Aktiengesellschaft Systeme, Anwendungen, Produkte in der Datenverarbeitung
and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 and the results of their
operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in Germany.
 
     Application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States would have affected shareholders' equity as of December 31, 1997 and 1996
and net income for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31,
1997 to the extent summarized in Note 40 to the consolidated financial
statements.
 
Eschborn/Frankfurt/M.
February 18, 1998
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN
                                          Wirtschaftsprufungsgesellschaft
                                          Steuerberatungsgesellschaft mbH
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>                     <C>
 
                                                                   sig                     sig
                                                             Prof. Dr. Weber              Klein
                                                            Wirtschaftsprufer       Wirtschaftsprufer
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-1
<PAGE>   96
 
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                               AS OF DECEMBER 31,
 
ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1997(1)       1997         1996
                                                  NOTE       $ (000)      DM(000)      DM(000)
                                                --------    ---------    ---------    ---------
<S>                                             <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
Intangible assets.............................    (7)          45,189       81,299        5,742
Tangible fixed assets.........................    (8)         474,299      853,312      621,903
Financial assets..............................    (9)         126,616      227,794      161,429
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
Fixed assets..................................                646,104    1,162,405      789,074
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
Inventories...................................    (10)          4,177        7,515        7,799
Accounts receivable...........................    (11)      1,353,843    2,435,699    1,555,869
Accounts due from related parties.............                  3,352        6,030           --
Other assets..................................    (12)         92,909      167,152       55,895
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
     Accounts receivable and other assets.....              1,450,104    2,608,881    1,611,764
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
Marketable securities.........................    (13)         92,875      167,092      164,891
Cash and cash equivalents.....................    (14)        554,399      997,420      737,394
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
Current assets................................              2,101,555    3,780,908    2,521,848
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
Deferred taxes................................    (15)         50,013       89,978       37,462
Prepaid expenses and deferred charges.........                 20,549       36,969       18,720
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
Total assets..................................              2,818,221    5,070,260    3,367,104
                                                            =========    =========    =========
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Subscribed capital(2).........................    (17)        289,875      521,513      517,537
Capital reserve...............................  (17)(18)      238,157      428,469      353,344
Revenue reserves..............................    (17)      1,002,452    1,803,510    1,095,491
Retained earnings -- SAP AG...................    (17)        163,597      294,328      240,698
Minority interests............................                  8,088       14,552        4,242
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
Shareholders' equity..........................              1,702,169    3,062,372    2,211,312
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
Special reserves for capital investment
  subsidies and allowances....................    (19)            232          418           66
Pension reserves and similar obligations......    (20)         23,045       41,461       29,526
Other reserves and accrued liabilities........    (21)        622,598    1,120,114      604,860
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
     Reserves and accrued liabilities.........                645,643    1,161,575      634,386
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
Bonds.........................................    (22)          2,620        4,713        8,669
Other liabilities.............................    (23)        452,581      814,239      494,382
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
     Other liabilities........................                455,201      818,952      503,051
Deferred income...............................                 14,976       26,943       18,289
                                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
Total shareholders' equity and liabilities....              2,818,221    5,070,260    3,367,104
                                                            =========    =========    =========
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) The 1997 figures have been translated solely for the convenience of the
    reader at an exchange rate of DM 1.7991 to $1.00, the Noon Buying Rate on
    December 31, 1997.
 
(2) Contingent capital DM 4,737 thousand and DM 8,713 thousand as of December
31, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
 
                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   97
 
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
                         CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
                        FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1997         1997         1996         1995
                                        NOTE   $ (000)(1)    DM (000)     DM (000)     DM (000)
                                        ----   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                     <C>    <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Sales revenues........................  (27)    3,344,709    6,017,466    3,722,150    2,696,381
Increase in inventory of unfinished
  services............................              1,374        2,472          961          628
Other operating income................  (28)       44,448       79,966       73,712       54,161
                                               ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                3,390,531    6,099,904    3,796,823    2,751,170
                                               ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Raw materials and supplies, purchased
  goods...............................             (9,163)     (16,485)     (13,967)     (11,475)
Purchased services....................           (327,516)    (589,234)    (380,417)    (289,172)
                                               ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Cost of services and materials........           (336,679)    (605,719)    (394,384)    (300,647)
                                               ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Personnel expenses....................  (29)   (1,153,310)  (2,074,920)  (1,338,473)    (956,744)
Depreciation and amortization.........  (30)     (108,566)    (195,321)    (164,591)    (144,456)
Other operating expenses..............  (31)     (895,852)  (1,611,728)    (955,746)    (697,455)
                                               ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Operating expenses....................         (2,157,728)  (3,881,969)  (2,458,810)  (1,798,655)
                                               ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Operating results.....................            896,124    1,612,216      943,629      651,868
                                               ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Income from investments...............  (32)        1,945        3,500        1,745           --
Income from marketable securities and
  loans of financial assets...........                817        1,469        2,188        2,109
Write-down of financial assets........  (33)       (1,562)      (2,811)      (8,192)      (2,124)
Net interest income...................  (34)       29,216       52,562       27,843       22,213
                                               ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Result from ordinary operations.......            926,540    1,666,936      967,213      674,066
Taxes on income.......................  (15)     (393,727)    (708,354)    (382,414)    (258,665)
Other taxes...........................            (18,469)     (33,228)     (17,263)     (10,573)
                                               ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Total taxes...........................           (412,196)    (741,582)    (399,677)    (269,238)
                                               ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
NET INCOME............................            514,344      925,354      567,536      404,828
Minority interests....................             (1,318)      (2,371)      (1,317)      (1,504)
Beginning retained earnings -- SAP
  AG..................................            133,788      240,698      133,784       88,081
Distribution of dividends of SAP AG
  shareholders........................           (133,507)    (240,193)    (133,615)     (88,058)
Transfer to revenue reserves..........           (349,708)    (629,160)    (325,690)    (269,563)
                                               ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
Ending retained earnings -- SAP AG....            163,599      294,328      240,698      133,784
                                               ==========   ==========   ==========   ==========
</TABLE>
 
(1) The 1997 figures have been translated solely for the convenience of the
    reader at an exchange rate of DM 1.7991 to $1.00, the Noon Buying Rate on
    December 31, 1997.
 
                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   98
 
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FIXED ASSETS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                    DM (000)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               PURCHASE OR MANUFACTURING COST
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------
 
                                  1/1/97     ADDITIONS   RETIREMENTS   TRANSFERS   12/31/97
                                 ---------   ---------   -----------   ---------   ---------
<S>                              <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
I. Intangible assets
  1. Trademarks, similar rights
     and assets ...............     29,426     32,342           85          116       61,799
  2. Goodwill..................         --     55,006                                 55,006
                                 ---------    -------      -------      -------    ---------
                                    29,426     87,348           85          116      116,805
                                 ---------    -------      -------      -------    ---------
II. Tangible fixed assets
   1. Land, leasehold rights
      and buildings, including
      buildings on third-party
      land.....................    442,972    229,856       76,078       12,929      609,679
   2. Other property, plant and
      equipment................    621,548    173,975       48,554           59      747,028
   3. Advance payments and
      construction in
      progress.................     28,652     83,531            3      (13,104)      99,076
                                 ---------    -------      -------      -------    ---------
                                 1,093,172    487,362      124,635         (116)   1,455,783
                                 ---------    -------      -------      -------    ---------
III. Financial assets
   1. Shares in affiliated
      companies................     12,112                     128                    11,984
   2. Loans due from affiliated
      companies................        228                     228                        --
   3. Investments in associated
      companies................      2,947     15,826                                 18,773
   4. Other investments........      9,348     41,572                                 50,920
   5. Shares in cooperatives...          1                                                 1
   6. Long-term investments....    100,704      8,801            7                   109,498
   7. Other loans..............     48,529     12,907       11,282                    50,154
                                 ---------    -------      -------      -------    ---------
                                   173,869     79,106       11,645           --      241,330
                                 ---------    -------      -------      -------    ---------
FIXED ASSETS...................  1,296,467    653,816      136,365           --    1,813,918
                                 =========    =======      =======      =======    =========
 
<CAPTION>
                                        ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION                     BOOK VALUE
                                 -------------------------------------------------------   --------------------------------
                                                                                  WRITE-
                                  1/1/97    ADDITIONS   RETIREMENTS   TRANSFERS    UPS     12/31/97    12/31/97    12/31/96
                                 --------   ---------   -----------   ---------   ------   --------   ----------   --------
<S>                              <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>      <C>        <C>          <C>
I. Intangible assets
  1. Trademarks, similar rights
     and assets ...............   23,684       7,838          71         116       102      31,465       30,334      5,742
  2. Goodwill..................                4,041                                         4,041       50,965         --
                                 -------     -------      ------        ----       ---     -------    ---------    -------
                                  23,684      11,879          71         116       102      35,506       81,299      5,742
                                 -------     -------      ------        ----       ---     -------    ---------    -------
II. Tangible fixed assets
   1. Land, leasehold rights
      and buildings, including
      buildings on third-party
      land.....................   78,109      33,656       8,756                           103,009      506,670    364,863
   2. Other property, plant and
      equipment................  393,160     149,786      43,368        (116)              499,462      247,566    228,388
   3. Advance payments and
      construction in
      progress.................                                                                 --       99,076     28,652
                                 -------     -------      ------        ----       ---     -------    ---------    -------
                                 471,269     183,442      52,124        (116)       --     602,471      853,312    621,903
                                 -------     -------      ------        ----       ---     -------    ---------    -------
III. Financial assets
   1. Shares in affiliated
      companies................    4,802         164                                         4,966        7,018      7,310
   2. Loans due from affiliated
      companies................      228                     228                                --           --         --
   3. Investments in associated
      companies................                                                                 --       18,773      2,947
   4. Other investments........                                                                 --       50,920      9,348
   5. Shares in cooperatives...                                                                 --            1          1
   6. Long-term investments....                                                                 --      109,498    100,704
   7. Other loans..............    7,410       2,647         624                   863       8,570       41,584     41,119
                                 -------     -------      ------        ----       ---     -------    ---------    -------
                                  12,440       2,811         852          --       863      13,536      227,794    161,429
                                 -------     -------      ------        ----       ---     -------    ---------    -------
FIXED ASSETS...................  507,393     198,132      53,047          --       965     651,513    1,162,405    789,074
                                 =======     =======      ======        ====       ===     =======    =========    =======
</TABLE>
 
                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   99
 
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FIXED ASSETS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                    DM (000)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PURCHASE OR MANUFACTURING COST
                             --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          CHANGES IN
                                         CONSOLIDATED
                              1/1/96      COMPANIES     ADDITIONS   RETIREMENTS   TRANSFERS   12/31/96
                             ---------   ------------   ---------   -----------   ---------   ---------
<S>                          <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
I. Intangible assets
  1. Trademarks, similar
     rights and assets.....     25,894         (78)        4,414         327         (477)      29,426
                             ---------      ------       -------      ------       ------     ---------
                                25,894         (78)        4,414         327         (477)      29,426
                             ---------      ------       -------      ------       ------     ---------
II. Tangible fixed assets
  1. Land, leasehold rights
     and buildings,
     including buildings on
     third-party land......    411,309         (41)       33,000       2,755        1,459      442,972
   2. Other property, plant
      and equipment........    539,409      (2,866)      153,223      69,179          961      621,548
   3. Advance payments and
      construction in
      progress.............        850                    30,001         256       (1,943)      28,652
                             ---------      ------       -------      ------       ------     ---------
                               951,568      (2,907)      216,224      72,190          477     1,093,172
                             ---------      ------       -------      ------       ------     ---------
III. Financial assets
   1. Shares in affiliated
      companies............     15,379                       288       3,555                    12,112
   2. Loans due from
      affiliated
      companies............        228                                                             228
   3. Investments in
      associated
      companies............         --                     2,947                                 2,947
   4. Other investments....      2,500                     6,848                                 9,348
   5. Shares in
      cooperatives.........          1                                                               1
   6. Long-term
      investments..........    100,499                       205                               100,704
   7. Other loans..........     58,755                     6,020      16,246                    48,529
                             ---------      ------       -------      ------       ------     ---------
                               177,362                    16,308      19,801                   173,869
                             ---------      ------       -------      ------       ------     ---------
FIXED ASSETS...............  1,154,824      (2,985)      236,946      92,318                  1,296,467
                             =========      ======       =======      ======       ======     =========
 
<CAPTION>
                                           ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION                           BOOK VALUE
                             ---------------------------------------------------------------------   ------------------------------
                                        CHANGES IN
                                       CONSOLIDATED                                         WRITE-
                             1/1/96     COMPANIES     ADDITIONS   RETIREMENTS   TRANSFERS    UPS     12/31/96   12/31/96   12/31/95
                             -------   ------------   ---------   -----------   ---------   ------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                          <C>       <C>            <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>
I. Intangible assets
  1. Trademarks, similar
     rights and assets.....   18,421         (57)        5,472         225          73                23,684      5,742      7,473
                             -------      ------       -------      ------         ---      -----    -------    -------    -------
                              18,421         (57)        5,472         225          73                23,684      5,742      7,473
                             -------      ------       -------      ------         ---      -----    -------    -------    -------
II. Tangible fixed assets
  1. Land, leasehold rights
     and buildings,
     including buildings on
     third-party land......   57,195         (28)       26,200       3,133          12      2,137     78,109    364,863    354,114
   2. Other property, plant
      and equipment........  319,359      (2,206)      132,919      56,827         (85)              393,160    228,388    220,050
   3. Advance payments and
      construction in
      progress.............                                                                                      28,652        850
                             -------      ------       -------      ------         ---      -----    -------    -------    -------
                             376,554      (2,234)      159,119      59,960         (73)     2,137    471,269    621,903    575,014
                             -------      ------       -------      ------         ---      -----    -------    -------    -------
III. Financial assets
   1. Shares in affiliated
      companies............      351                     6,591       2,140                             4,802      7,310     15,028
   2. Loans due from
      affiliated
      companies............      228                                                                     228         --         --
   3. Investments in
      associated
      companies............                                                                                       2,947         --
   4. Other investments....                                                                                       9,348      2,500
   5. Shares in
      cooperatives.........                                                                                           1          1
   6. Long-term
      investments..........                                                                                     100,704    100,499
   7. Other loans..........    7,319                     1,601         721                    789      7,410     41,119     51,436
                             -------      ------       -------      ------         ---      -----    -------    -------    -------
                               7,898                     8,192       2,861                    789     12,440    161,429    169,464
                             -------      ------       -------      ------         ---      -----    -------    -------    -------
FIXED ASSETS...............  402,873      (2,291)      172,783      63,046                  2,926    507,393    789,074    751,951
                             =======      ======       =======      ======         ===      =====    =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>
 
                 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   100
 
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
A.  GENERAL INFORMATION
 
  (1) BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
     BUSINESS
 
     SAP Aktiengesellschaft Systeme, Anwendungen, Produkte in der
Datenverarbeitung ("SAP AG"), together with its subsidiaries (collectively,
"Company"), is a leading international developer and supplier of integrated
business application software designed to provide cost-effective comprehensive
solutions for businesses. The Company's primary products, the R/3 System and the
R/2 System, are designed to provide customers with a palette of standard
business solutions arranged in applications which provide integrated
enterprise-wide processing of business work flows. Additionally, the Company
provides independent industry-specific solutions, independent business
solutions, custom components and the necessary technological infrastructure to
support complementary software solutions. The Company has many strategic
partners that offer complementary software, services and hardware. The Company's
services include consulting, support and training. Customers range in size from
large multinational enterprises to medium- and smaller-sized companies.
Concentrations of operating and credit risks are limited due to the Company's
large customer base and its dispersion across many different industries and
countries worldwide. No single customer accounted for 10% or more of revenues
for fiscal year 1997, 1996 and 1995.
 
     BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
     The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in Germany ("German
GAAP") as prescribed by the German Commercial Code and the German Stock
Corporation Act.
 
     Application of certain items of United States generally accepted accounting
principles ("U.S. GAAP") would have resulted in a material difference to the net
income and shareholders' equity as of and for the years ended December 31, 1997
and 1996. See Note 40 for a summary of these differences.
 
     All monetary amounts in the notes to the consolidated financial statements
are shown in Deutsche Marks ("DM" or "Marks"). All Mark financial data that have
been converted into United States Dollars ("$" or "Dollars") have been converted
at the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in foreign
currencies as certified for customs by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the
"Noon Buying Rate") on December 31, 1997, which was 1.7991 Marks per Dollar.
 
B.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  (2) CONSOLIDATED COMPANIES
 
     The consolidated financial statements include, in addition to SAP AG, 8
domestic and 42 foreign subsidiaries in which SAP AG holds, directly or
indirectly, a majority of the voting rights. The following 9 companies were
established in 1997 and are fully consolidated in the financial statements for
the first time:
 
     -- SAP Systems Integration GmbH, Alsbach-Haehnlein/Germany
 
     -- DACOS Software Holding GmbH, St. Ingbert/Germany
 
     -- SAP Hungary Rendszerek, Alkalmazasok es Termekek az Adatfeldolgozasban
     Kft.,
       Budapest/Hungary
 
     -- SAP Retail Solutions Nederland B.V., 's Hertogenbosch/Netherlands
 
     -- SAP Service and Support Center (Ireland) Limited, Dublin/Ireland
 
     -- SAP America Public Sector, Inc., Washington, DC/USA
 
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   101
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     -- PT SAP Asia, Jakarta/Indonesia
 
     -- SAP Taiwan Co. Ltd., Taipei/Taiwan
 
     -- SAP HONG KONG Co. Limited, Taikoo Shing/Hong Kong
 
     The effect of including the above companies in the consolidated financial
statements does not limit comparability of the annual financial statements with
those of the previous year.
 
     One joint venture, SRS Software- und Systemhaus Dresden GmbH,
Dresden/Germany, in which SAP AG holds a 50% interest, is consolidated on a
proportional basis. Balance sheet, income statement and cash flow amounts
recorded on a proportional basis are insignificant to the consolidated financial
statements.
 
     Investments in associated companies in which the Company has the ability to
exercise significant influence are accounted for under the book value method as
described below. The following associated companies were consolidated by the
book value method:
 
     -- SAP Solutions GmbH, Freiberg/Germany
 
     -- IDS Prof. Scheer Gesellschaft fur integrierte Datenverarbeitungssysteme
     mbH,
       Saarbrucken/Germany ("IDS")
 
     -- Schmidt, Vogel und Partner Consult, Gesellschaft fur Organisation und
       Managementberatung mbH, Bielefeld/Germany
 
     Two subsidiaries have not been consolidated, because their impact on the
Company's net worth, financial position and results of operations is immaterial
(their balance sheet totals amount to approximately 0.3% of the consolidated
balance sheet total). They have been excluded pursuant to Article 296 (2) of the
German Commercial Code and are included in "Shares in affiliated companies".
Please refer to the information relating to investments of SAP AG and the
Company on pages F-34 through F-37.
 
  (3) CONSOLIDATION POLICIES
 
     The book value method of consolidation has been used, unless otherwise
noted. Under such method, differences between acquisition costs and attributable
shareholders' equity are first allocated to identifiable assets acquired or
liabilities assumed to the extent of their fair market values. Any remaining
goodwill is set off against the reserves as of December 31, 1996, thus reducing
equity, pursuant to Article 309 (1) sentence 3 of the German Commercial Code. On
January 1, 1997, the Company changed its policy and, prospectively, goodwill is
capitalized and amortized through the income statement over its estimated useful
life.
 
     Inter-company receivables, payables, revenues, expenses and profits among
the consolidated companies are eliminated. Minority interest is identified for
subsidiaries not wholly owned by the parent company.
 
     Equity investments consolidated by the book value method are recorded at
book value plus equity in their undistributed earnings since acquisition and are
included in "Investments in associated companies". Goodwill associated with
equity purchases is included in intangible assets.
 
     The retained earnings of the Company, as shown in the consolidated
financial statements, are the retained earnings of SAP AG. The retained earnings
of the subsidiaries are included in the Company's revenue reserves.
 
  (4) ACCOUNTING AND VALUATION POLICIES
 
     The accounting and valuation policies of SAP AG also apply to the
consolidated financial statements. The financial statements of consolidated
subsidiaries whose accounting policies differ from those of the parent company
have been adjusted where material.
 
                                       F-7
<PAGE>   102
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     USE OF ESTIMATES
 
     The preparation of financial statements requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent amounts at the date of the financial
statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting
period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
     FIXED ASSETS
 
     Purchased intangible assets are shown at cost and amortized on a
straight-line basis over a maximum of 5 years. Goodwill is amortized on a
straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, generally 5 years.
 
     Tangible fixed assets are shown at cost less accumulated depreciation.
Buildings are depreciated using the straight-line method over useful lives of 25
to 50 years. Computer equipment is depreciated using the straight-line method
over useful lives of 3 to 5 years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated using
the straight-line method over the term of the lease. Generally, other movable
fixed assets are depreciated using the declining-balance method. The
depreciation method is changed to the straight-line method in the year in which
the amount of depreciation under the straight-line method exceeds that
calculated under the declining balance method. The useful lives of other movable
fixed assets range between 2 and 20 years. Low-value assets are expensed in the
year of acquisition.
 
     Long-term investments are shown at cost. Interest-bearing loans to
employees and to third parties are shown at their nominal value. Interest-free
loans to employees and to third parties are discounted to their present value
using an effective interest rate of approximately 6% per annum.
 
     CURRENT ASSETS
 
     Inventories are shown at the lower of cost or market.
 
     Accounts receivable from software sales are posted on the basis of the
number of authorized users, provided that the customer has legally signed an
irrevocable contract with the Company, and the software has been delivered in
full. Maintenance revenues are recognized proportionally over the term of the
maintenance contract. Accounts receivable for consulting and training services
are recognized after performance of the services. Accounts receivable are stated
at their nominal value, which approximates fair value. Interest-free accounts
receivable with remaining terms exceeding 1 year are discounted to their present
value using an effective interest rate of 6% per annum. Other assets equal to
the cash surrender value of insurance policies are capitalized at the value of
the insurance company's premium reserve, as shown in its general operational
plan.
 
     Marketable securities are valued at the lower of cost or market as of the
balance sheet date. Gains on marketable securities are recognized when realized.
Other assets are shown at their nominal value, which approximates fair value.
 
     PREPAID EXPENSES AND DEFERRED CHARGES
 
     Prepaid expenses and deferred charges are determined by allocating expenses
to the periods to which they are attributable.
 
     RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
     In 1997, the Company acquired a 25.2% interest in IDS from IDS's existing
shareholders and directly from IDS pursuant to a capital increase. The principal
shareholder of IDS was also a member of SAP AG's Supervisory Board at the time
of such acquisition. Approximately 16% of the aggregate purchase price for
 
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   103
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
such 25.2% interest was paid to the selling shareholders and 84% was paid to
IDS. The majority of the purchase price was paid in 1997. Balances outstanding
as of December 31, 1997 were paid in 1998 and are included in other liabilities
in the 1997 balance sheet. The purchase price for IDS and the effect on net
income was not significant to the consolidated financial statements.
 
     DEFERRED TAXES
 
     On the consolidated balance sheet, deferred taxes are established for
temporary differences between assets, liabilities and net income calculated for
tax purposes and for financial reporting purposes which are expected to reverse
in the future. Moreover, deferred taxes are established on the consolidated
balance sheet for temporary differences resulting from consolidation measures.
 
     Deferred taxes are computed by the "deferral method," under which the
enacted tax rate applicable to the local subsidiaries is applied. Deferred tax
amounts are shown net on the consolidated balance sheet.
 
     RESERVES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES
 
     Reserves for pension obligations in Germany are stated at the highest
amounts allowable for tax purposes, in accordance with Article 6a of the German
Income Tax Act. An interest rate of 6% per annum has been applied. Foreign
subsidiaries record their pension reserves in accordance with similar
principles.
 
     The relief fund of SAP Altersvorsorge e.V. has assumed indirect pension
commitments towards employees of SAP AG. SAP AG, as the sponsor of the relief
fund, has established a reserve for indirect pension obligations, exercising its
option to establish accruals under Article 28(1) sentence 2 of the Introductory
Act to the German Commercial Code.
 
     Accrued taxes are calculated on the basis of the planned distribution of
income. The other reserves and accrued liabilities take into account all
foreseeable risks and contingent obligations.
 
     LIABILITIES
 
     Liabilities are shown at the amounts payable, which approximate fair market
value.
 
     DERIVATIVES
 
     The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage foreign
currency and interest rate risks and holds such instruments for purposes other
than trading. Unrealized losses associated with currency rate changes on forward
foreign exchange contracts and foreign currency options are recorded currently
in income and are included in other liabilities. Gains are recorded when
realized. For interest rate swaps, the net cash amounts paid or received are
accrued and recognized as an adjustment to interest income.
 
     CREDIT ARRANGEMENTS
 
     Certain of the Company's foreign subsidiaries have lines of credit
available which allow them to borrow in the local currency to the extent SAP AG
has guaranteed such amounts. At December 31, 1997, the Company had approximately
DM 151.4 million available through such arrangements under which the Company may
borrow on an overdraft or short-term basis. In addition, the Company has a DM
89.6 million line of credit available for which no guarantee is required.
Interest under all lines is determined at the time of borrowing based on current
market rates.
 
  (5) CURRENCY TRANSLATION
 
     The financial statements of the individual companies include accounts
receivable in foreign currencies, which are translated at the lower of the
exchange rate on the transaction date or the buying rate on the balance
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   104
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
sheet date. Losses arising from movements in exchange rates are recorded.
Accounts payable in foreign currencies are valued at the higher of the
applicable rates.
 
     Fixed assets (excluding loans), shareholders' equity, depreciation and
amortization of foreign subsidiaries are translated using the historical
exchange rate. The remaining assets and liabilities are translated at the median
exchange rates on the balance sheet date (closing rate).
 
     Differences arising from the translation of balance sheet items are charged
directly to the revenue reserves, without affecting income for the year.
 
     With the exception of depreciation and amortization, which are translated
at historical rates, expense and income items are translated at the average
exchange rate for the year. The net income for the year is translated at the
closing rate at December 31. The translation difference from the income
statement is charged to income.
 
     The exchange rates of key currencies changed as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             CLOSING RATE TO
                                                THE DM AT           AVERAGE EXCHANGE RATE
                                               DECEMBER 31,         TO THE DM FOR THE YEAR
                                            ------------------      ----------------------
                                             1997        1996         1997          1996
                                            ------      ------      --------      --------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>
1 USD.....................................  1.7921      1.5548       1.7371        1.5083
100 JPY...................................  1.3838      1.3408       1.4309        1.3811
1 GBP.....................................  2.9820      2.6267       2.8493        2.3689
1 CAD.....................................  1.2445      1.1356       1.2506        1.1050
1 AUD.....................................  1.1725      1.2405       1.2805        1.1848
</TABLE>
 
C.  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
  (6) FIXED ASSETS
 
     Fixed assets activities during 1997 and 1996 are shown on pages F-4 and
F-5.
 
  (7) INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
     The additions to trademarks, similar rights and assets relate to software
programs. The additions to goodwill relate to the first-time capitalization of
goodwill.
 
  (8) TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS
 
     Additions to tangible fixed assets consist primarily of the construction of
office buildings, the acquisition of land and the purchase of computer hardware,
automobiles and other business equipment.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         ADDITIONS    BOOK VALUE    ADDITIONS    BOOK VALUE
                                           1997       12/31 1997      1996       12/31 1996
                                         DM (000)      DM (000)     DM (000)      DM (000)
                                         ---------    ----------    ---------    ----------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
Geographic region:
  Germany..............................   193,242      484,854       130,012      389,186
  Rest of Europe.......................   150,652      184,806        36,630      132,150
  Americas.............................   112,646      136,862        25,854       64,961
  Asia-Pacific/Africa..................    30,822       46,790        23,728       35,606
                                          -------      -------       -------      -------
                                          487,362      853,312       216,224      621,903
                                          -------      -------       -------      -------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   105
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  (9) FINANCIAL ASSETS
 
     Financial assets include long-term investments at December 31, as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       1997                               1996
                         --------------------------------   --------------------------------
                           BOOK      MARKET    UNREALIZED     BOOK      MARKET    UNREALIZED
                          VALUES     VALUES      GAINS       VALUES     VALUES      GAINS
                         DM (000)   DM (000)    DM (000)    DM (000)   DM (000)    DM (000)
                         --------   --------   ----------   --------   --------   ----------
<S>                      <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>
Securities with fixed
  maturities...........  100,000    104,750        4,750    100,000    100,750          750
Other securities.......    9,498      9,498           --        704        704           --
                         -------    -------      -------    -------    -------      -------
                         109,498    114,248        4,750    100,704    101,454          750
                         -------    -------      -------    -------    -------      -------
</TABLE>
 
     Financial assets also include interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing
loans to employees, to members of SAP AG's supervisory board and to third
parties, investments in associated companies, and other investments. Investments
in associated companies are equity investments. Other investments consist of
marketable equity securities which are recorded at the lower of cost or market.
Unrealized gains on marketable equity securities were not significant in 1997 or
1996.
 
  (10) INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories primarily consist of office supplies, documentation and work in
process for services performed on consulting contracts accounted for under the
completed contract method. Under the completed contract method, the cost of
services provided are recorded in inventory and the related gross profit is
recognized upon project completion and customer acceptance.
 
  (11) ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
 
     Amounts shown on the consolidated balance sheets are net of allowance for
bad debts of DM 92,362 thousand and DM 50,296 thousand at December 31, 1997 and
1996, respectively.
 
     At December 31, 1997 and 1996, accounts receivable having a remaining term
greater than 1 year are DM 86,732 thousand and DM 90,837 thousand, respectively.
 
  (12) OTHER ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997        1996
                                                         DM (000)    DM (000)
                                                         --------    --------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>
Other assets...........................................  167,152      55,895
- -- thereof with a remaining term greater than 1 year...  (95,927)    (30,378)
</TABLE>
 
     Other assets include interest receivable for the period, tax refund claims,
notes receivable, cash surrender value of insurance policies and rental
deposits.
 
  (13) MARKETABLE SECURITIES
 
     This item consists primarily of fixed-income securities.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>   106
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The book values, market values and unrealized gains of the marketable
securities on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       1997                               1996
                         --------------------------------   --------------------------------
                           BOOK      MARKET    UNREALIZED     BOOK      MARKET    UNREALIZED
                          VALUES     VALUES      GAINS       VALUES     VALUES      GAINS
                         DM (000)   DM (000)    DM (000)    DM (000)   DM (000)    DM (000)
                         --------   --------   ----------   --------   --------   ----------
<S>                      <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>
Securities with fixed
  maturities...........  167,050    167,984        934      164,891    166,162       1,271
Other securities.......       42         58         16           --         --          --
                         -------    -------        ---      -------    -------       -----
                         167,092    168,042        950      164,891    166,162       1,271
                         -------    -------        ---      -------    -------       -----
</TABLE>
 
     Marketable securities with fixed maturities as of December 31, are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            NOMINAL VALUE
                                                         --------------------
                                                           1997        1996
                                                         DM (000)    DM (000)
                                                         --------    --------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>
Due within 1 year......................................    5,000      27,000
Due between 1 and 5 years..............................  125,000     102,480
Due after 5 years......................................   35,413      33,856
                                                         -------     -------
                                                         165,413     163,336
                                                         -------     -------
</TABLE>
 
     During the fiscal year, SAP AG acquired 54,171 of its own ordinary shares
and preference shares, in each case with a nominal value of DM 5, representing
0.05% of the capital stock, at an average market price of DM 353 per share, for
the purpose of offering them to its employees (Article 71 (1) no. 2 of the
German Stock Corporation Act). Such shares were transferred to employees during
the year at an average price of DM 277 per share. SAP AG did not hold any of its
own shares as of the balance sheet date.
 
  (14) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
     Cash and cash equivalents in Postbank accounts and in banks are stated at
their nominal amounts. The Company has cash investment policies that limit
investments to investment grade securities.
 
     Liquid assets consist of cash and cash equivalents less short-term bank
loans and overdrafts. The Company considers all time deposits as cash
equivalents.
 
     Cash, cash equivalents and liquid assets at December 31, consists of the
following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997        1996
                                                         DM (000)    DM (000)
                                                         --------    --------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>
Cash at banks..........................................   213,220    208,307
Time deposits with maturities of 3 months or less at
  the date of acquisition..............................   579,590    380,787
Time deposits with maturities greater than 3 months and
  less than 1 year.....................................   123,710    138,300
Time deposits with maturities exceeding 1 year.........    80,900     10,000
                                                         --------    -------
Total cash and cash equivalents........................   997,420    737,394
Short-term bank loans and overdrafts...................  (163,134)   (90,272)
                                                         --------    -------
Liquid assets..........................................   834,286    647,122
                                                         --------    -------
</TABLE>
 
     The Company paid income taxes of DM 560,725 thousand, DM 314,847 thousand
and DM 254,272 thousand in 1997, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Interest paid in
1997, 1996 and 1995 was DM 3,803 thousand, DM 2,864 thousand and DM 5,293
thousand, respectively.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>   107
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  (15) INCOME TAXES
 
     Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, consists of the
following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         1997        1996        1995
                                                       DM (000)    DM (000)    DM (000)
                                                       --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>
Current taxes
  German corporation tax on income...................  228,570     139,099      64,974
  German trade tax on income.........................  107,949      70,485      32,809
  Foreign............................................  417,161     207,443     169,923
                                                       -------     -------     -------
                                                       753,680     417,027     267,706
Deferred taxes.......................................  (45,326)    (34,613)     (9,041)
                                                       -------     -------     -------
          Total taxes on income......................  708,354     382,414     258,665
                                                       -------     -------     -------
</TABLE>
 
     Income taxes in 1997 compared to 1996 increased mainly due to higher
earnings in 1997.
 
     The income before income taxes is attributable to the following geographic
locations:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1997         1996        1995
                                                     DM (000)     DM (000)    DM (000)
                                                     ---------    --------    --------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>         <C>
German.............................................    785,122    495,497     247,524
Foreign............................................    848,586    454,453     415,969
                                                     ---------    -------     -------
Income before income taxes.........................  1,633,708    949,950     663,493
                                                     ---------    -------     -------
</TABLE>
 
     In Germany, current year earnings are subject to a 45% corporate income
tax. Income distributed to shareholders is taxed at 30%; any excess paid over
30% is refunded. Additionally, there is a local trade tax levied on German
income and a solidarity surcharge based on the current year's domestic corporate
tax expense.
 
     The reconciliation of the German statutory corporate income tax rate of 45%
and the effective tax rate in terms of DMs is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1997         1996
                                                        DM (000)     DM (000)
                                                        ---------    --------
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>
Income before income taxes............................  1,633,708    949,950
German trade tax on income............................    107,249     68,211
                                                        ---------    -------
  Profit after German trade tax on income.............  1,526,459    881,739
                                                        ---------    -------
Corporation tax on income @45%........................    686,907    396,782
Solidarity charge.....................................     15,927      9,556
Tax reduction for dividend payments...................    (63,046)   (51,470)
Foreign tax rate differential, net....................    (51,098)   (43,661)
Other.................................................     12,415      2,996
Trade tax on German income............................    107,249     68,211
                                                        ---------    -------
                                                          708,354    382,414
                                                        ---------    -------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>   108
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 1997 and 1996
are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997        1996
                                                         DM (000)    DM (000)
                                                         --------    --------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>
Deferred tax assets
  Accounts receivable..................................   23,791      11,801
  Other loans..........................................    2,822       2,342
  Pension provision....................................    5,486       6,844
  Other provisions.....................................  100,678      44,697
  Other................................................    2,310           -
                                                         -------     -------
     Deferred tax assets...............................  135,087      65,684
                                                         -------     -------
Deferred tax liabilities
  Fixed assets.........................................  (19,842)    (23,952)
  Deferred income......................................  (25,267)     (3,466)
  Other................................................       --        (804)
                                                         -------     -------
     Deferred tax liabilities..........................  (45,109)    (28,222)
                                                         -------     -------
     Net deferred tax asset............................   89,978      37,462
                                                         -------     -------
</TABLE>
 
     At December 31, 1997, DM 94,535 thousand of deferred tax assets are
short-term and DM 40,552 thousand are long-term, while short-term deferred tax
liabilities amount to DM 25,267 thousand and long-term deferred tax liabilities
amount to DM 19,842 thousand. At December 31, 1996, DM 45,001 thousand of
deferred tax assets are short-term and DM 20,683 thousand are long-term, while
short-term liabilities amount to DM 4,270 thousand and long-term deferred tax
liabilities amount to DM 23,952 thousand.
 
     Certain foreign subsidiaries of the Company have net operating loss
carryforwards at December 31, 1997 and 1996, totaling approximately DM 17,283
thousand and DM 10,897 thousand, respectively, which may be used to offset
future taxable income. The carryforward losses will expire at different dates
over the next 5 years.
 
  (16) SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
     The issued and outstanding share capital of the Company as of December 31,
1997 consists of the following:
 
        5,393,555 ordinary shares, nominal value DM 50 each;
 
        7,060,000 ordinary shares, nominal value DM 5 each;
 
        2,074,888 nonvoting, participating, cumulative preference shares,
        nominal value DM 50 each; and
 
        22,558,239 nonvoting, participating, cumulative preference shares,
        nominal value DM 5 each.
 
     Preference shares rank equally with the ordinary shares with respect to
liquidation rights and pre-emptive rights. The annual dividend payable on the
preference shares exceeds the ordinary dividend by 1% of the preference shares'
nominal value (or DM 0.05, in the case of preference shares with DM 5 nominal
value, or DM 0.50, in the case of preference shares with DM 50 nominal value),
but no less than a minimum dividend equal to 1% of the preference shares'
nominal value. Holders of preference shares have no voting rights except in
limited instances. The preference shares are not entitled to a preference in
liquidation but rank pari passu with the ordinary shares.
 
     By way of shareholder resolution in 1988 and 1994, the Company was
authorized to issue additional capital (contingent capital) to support the
conversion rights of the 1988 and 1994 convertible bonds program.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>   109
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
The contingent capital increases are carried out only to the extent to which the
holders of the convertible bonds exercise their rights of conversion. As
conversion rights for the 1988/1998 convertible bond issue were exercised, DM 24
thousand of contingent capital, corresponding to 385 ordinary shares, with a
nominal value of DM 50 each, and 96 preference shares, with a nominal value of
DM 50 each, was converted into capital stock. As conversion rights for the
1994/2004 convertible bond issue were exercised in 1997, DM 3,952 thousand of
contingent capital, corresponding to 790,424 preference shares, with a nominal
value of DM 5 each, was converted into capital stock. As a result, contingent
capital decreased by DM 3,976 thousand, to DM 4,737 thousand as of December 31,
1997. As of December 31, 1997, 4,450 ordinary shares and 942,881 preference
shares remain authorized but unissued under these convertible bond plans.
 
  (17) CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
       DM (000)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    REVENUE
                                               SHARES                              RESERVES/
                                             ISSUED AND     SUBSCRIBED   CAPITAL   RETAINED    MINORITY
                                           OUTSTANDING(1)    CAPITAL     RESERVE   EARNINGS    INTERESTS     TOTAL
                                           --------------   ----------   -------   ---------   ---------   ---------
<S>                                        <C>              <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1994...............     101,232        506,153     137,837     589,806     2,410     1,236,206
Net income...............................          --             --          --     403,324     1,504       404,828
Convertible bonds exercised..............           2             10          14          --        --            24
Dividends................................          --             --          --     (88,058)     (862)      (88,920)
Goodwill.................................          --             --          --      (1,428)       --        (1,428)
Currency translation adjustment..........          --             --          --     (21,190)       --       (21,190)
                                              -------        -------     -------   ---------    ------     ---------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1995...............     101,234        506,163     137,851     882,454     3,052     1,529,520
Net income...............................          --             --          --     566,219     1,317       567,536
Convertible bonds exercised..............       2,273         11,374     215,493          --        --       226,867
Dividends................................          --             --          --    (133,615)       --      (133,615)
Other....................................          --             --          --        (924)     (127)       (1,051)
Goodwill.................................          --             --          --      (1,078)       --        (1,078)
Currency translation adjustment..........          --             --          --      23,133        --        23,133
                                              -------        -------     -------   ---------    ------     ---------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996...............     103,507        517,537     353,344   1,336,189     4,242     2,211,312
Net income...............................          --             --          --     922,983     2,371       925,354
Convertible bonds exercised..............         795          3,976      75,125          --        --        79,101
Dividends................................          --             --          --    (240,193)       --      (240,193)
Other....................................          --             --          --      (9,259)    7,939        (1,320)
Currency translation adjustment..........          --             --          --      88,118        --        88,118
                                              -------        -------     -------   ---------    ------     ---------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997...............     104,302        521,513     428,469   2,097,838    14,552     3,062,372
                                              -------        -------     -------   ---------    ------     ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Includes ordinary shares and preference shares. Assumes (i) each ordinary
    share, nominal value DM 50 each, equals 10 ordinary shares, nominal value DM
    5 each, and (ii) each preference share, nominal value DM 50 each, equals 10
    preference shares, nominal value DM 5 each.
 
  (18) CAPITAL RESERVES
 
     Of the increase in the capital reserve in 1997, DM 35 thousand resulted
from the premium necessary to cover the exercise of conversion rights for the
1988/1998 convertible bonds, and DM 75,090 thousand from the premium necessary
to cover the exercise of conversion rights for the 1994/2004 convertible bonds.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>   110
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  (19) SPECIAL RESERVES FOR CAPITAL INVESTMENT SUBSIDIES AND ALLOWANCES
 
     The consolidated balance sheets include special reserves for capital
investment subsidies and allowances pursuant to Article 1 of the German Capital
Investment Subsidy Act and the corresponding regional development programs.
 
  (20) PENSION RESERVES AND SIMILAR OBLIGATIONS
 
     Reserves for pension obligations are established on the basis of benefit
plans that promise old age, disability and survivors' benefits. In most cases,
the benefit plans are performance-oriented, based on the length of service and
compensation of employees.
 
     The pension plans in Germany are performance-oriented and the related plan
assets are held in accordance with the Company's policies by SAP Altersvorsorge
e.V., a legally independent relief fund sponsored by SAP AG. The payments of the
Company to the relief fund are recorded as current period expense. Members of
the Executive Board are covered by individual, performance-oriented benefit
plans, for which reserves have been established.
 
     Pension reserves and similar obligations contain an amount of DM 19,726
thousand and DM 16,500 thousand as of December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively,
which corresponds to the difference between the admissible value under German
commercial law of the obligations computed in accordance with Article 6a of the
German Income Tax Act, and the value of the assets held by the relief fund.
 
  (21) OTHER RESERVES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1997         1996
                                                        DM (000)     DM (000)
                                                        ---------    --------
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>
Accrued taxes.........................................    489,676    273,933
Other reserves and accrued liabilities................    630,438    330,927
                                                        ---------    -------
                                                        1,120,114    604,860
                                                        ---------    -------
</TABLE>
 
     Accrued taxes comprise liabilities for current and prior fiscal years.
 
     Other reserves and accrued liabilities at December 31, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997        1996
                                                         DM (000)    DM (000)
                                                         --------    --------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>
Obligations to employees...............................  397,601     183,642
Vacation entitlement...................................   77,954      54,533
Obligations to customers and suppliers.................   81,777      48,122
Warranty and service costs.............................   50,297      20,380
Professional fees......................................    2,435       1,975
Other..................................................   20,374      22,275
                                                         -------     -------
                                                         630,438     330,927
                                                         -------     -------
</TABLE>
 
     Obligations to employees relate primarily to variable bonus payments tied
to earnings performance, paid out after the balance sheet date. "Other" mainly
comprises contributions to the employees' accident insurance association.
 
  (22) BONDS
 
     This item comprises the outstanding portion of the 6% 1994/2004 convertible
bond, which amounts to DM 4,709 thousand (DM 8,661 thousand as of December 31,
1996), and the outstanding portion of the
                                      F-16
<PAGE>   111
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
1988/1998 floating-rate convertible bond, which amounts to DM 4 thousand (DM 8
thousand as of December 31, 1996). The 1988/1998 convertible bond issue is
divided into DM 50 registered convertible bonds, and carries a right to convert
to SAP ordinary and preference shares at a ratio of 1:6.25 of the share's
nominal value. The conversion right can be exercised up until October 20, 1998.
The exercise of the conversion right related to the remaining 1988/1998
convertible bonds would result in 445 ordinary shares, with a nominal value of
DM 50 each, and 112 preference shares, with a nominal value of DM 50 each. The
1994/2004 convertible bond issue is divided into 4,000,000 registered
convertible bonds with a nominal value of DM 5 each. This convertible bond
carries the right to convert to preference shares at a ratio of 1:1 of the
share's nominal value. This conversion right can be exercised on June 30, July
31, August 31, September 30, October 31 and November 30 of every year up until
June 30, 2004. The exercise of this conversion right related to the remaining
1994/2004 convertible bonds would result in 941,761 preference shares, with a
nominal value of DM 5 each.
 
  (23) OTHER LIABILITIES
 
     The information on liabilities required by German law is included in the
following summary. The liabilities are unsecured, excluding retention of title
and similar rights as is customary in the industry.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                BALANCE ON     REMAINING TERM      REMAINING TERM      BALANCE ON
                                12/31/1997    LESS THAN 1 YEAR    MORE THAN 5 YEARS    12/31/1996
                                 DM (000)         DM (000)            DM (000)          DM (000)
                                ----------    ----------------    -----------------    ----------
<S>                             <C>           <C>                 <C>                  <C>
Bank loans and overdrafts.....   163,547           163,134                 97            90,428
Advance payments received.....    30,972            30,972                 --             5,361
Accounts payable..............   318,309           318,309                 --           198,862
Payables due to associated
  companies...................     8,815             8,815                 --             5,514
Taxes.........................   157,132           157,132                 --           112,507
Social security...............    42,193            42,193                 --            35,431
Other liabilities.............    93,271            89,146              4,054            46,279
                                 -------           -------              -----           -------
                                 814,239           809,701              4,151           494,382
                                 -------           -------              -----           -------
</TABLE>
 
     The bank loans and overdrafts relate primarily to loans taken out in Japan
at an average interest rate of approximately 1%. In the previous year,
liabilities with a remaining term not exceeding 1 year amounted to DM 491,920
thousand, and those with a remaining term exceeding 5 years amounted to DM 2,426
thousand.
 
  (24) CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997        1996
                                                         DM (000)    DM (000)
                                                         --------    --------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>
Notes receivable sold..................................   13,128          --
Guarantees and endorsements............................      364       1,019
Guarantees for unused lines of credit and other
  commitments..........................................  162,639     105,090
Liabilities from the extension of collateral securities
  for others...........................................    6,570          --
                                                         -------     -------
                                                         182,701     106,109
                                                         -------     -------
</TABLE>
 
     Contingent liabilities listed above have not been accrued because the
associated risk of loss is not probable.
 
     The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims, either asserted or
unasserted, which arise in the ordinary course of business. Although the outcome
of these proceedings and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management
does not believe that the outcome of any of these matters will have a material
adverse
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>   112
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
effect on the Company's results of operations, financial condition or cash
flows. Any litigation, however, involves potential risk and potentially
significant litigation costs and therefore there can be no assurance that any
litigation which is now pending or which may arise in the future will not have
such a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations, financial
condition or cash flows.
 
  (25) OTHER FINANCIAL COMMITMENTS
 
     Commitments under rental and leasing contracts:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DM (000)
                                                              --------
<S>                                                           <C>
Due 1998....................................................  184,743
Due 1999....................................................  126,381
Due 2000....................................................   81,855
Due 2001....................................................   61,833
Due 2002....................................................   49,008
Due thereafter..............................................  175,631
</TABLE>
 
     Purchase commitments amounting to DM 124,327 thousand at December 31, 1997
are within the limit of authorized capital expenditures.
 
  (26) DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     As an internationally active enterprise, the Company is subject to risks
from interest-rate and currency fluctuations in its ordinary operations. The
Company utilizes derivative financial instruments to reduce such risks as
described below. The derivative financial instruments employed by the Company
are exclusively marketable instruments with sufficient liquidity. The Company
does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.
 
     The Company is exposed to credit-related losses in the event of
non-performance by counterparties to derivative financial instruments. To avoid
these counterparty risks, the Company conducts business exclusively with major
financial institutions. The credit exposure on interest rate, foreign exchange
forward and currency option contracts is represented by the fair value of
contracts with a positive fair value at year-end.
 
     Foreign Exchange Risk Management
 
     Most SAP AG subsidiaries have entered into license agreements with SAP AG
pursuant to which the subsidiary acquires the right to sublicense the Company's
products to customers within a specific territory. Under those agreements, the
subsidiaries generally are required to pay SAP AG a royalty equivalent to a
percentage of the product fees paid to them by their customers within 90 days
following the end of the month in which the subsidiary recognizes the revenue.
These inter-company royalties payable to SAP AG are generally denominated in the
respective subsidiary's local currency in order to centralize the foreign
currency risks with SAP AG in Germany. The delay between the date when the
subsidiary records product revenue and the date when payment is made to SAP AG
by such subsidiary exposes SAP AG to foreign exchange risk.
 
     The Company closely monitors its foreign exchange exposure. The Company
enters into foreign exchange forward contracts and currency options to protect
the existing and/or expected foreign currency inter-company claims and
liabilities. Specifically, these foreign exchange contracts offset existing and
anticipated inter-company receivables in the countries with significant
operations including the United States, Japan, the United Kingdom, Switzerland
and Canada. Anticipated transactions represent expected inter-company amounts
resulting from revenues generated within the next 12 months from the purchase
date of the derivative instrument. Generally, the maturities of such derivative
instruments do not exceed 12 months from the date of
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>   113
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
purchase. Management believes the use of foreign currency derivative financial
instruments reduces the risks that arise from doing business in international
markets.
 
     The notional values and fair values of the derivative financial instruments
as of December 31, 1997 and 1996 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1997                      1996
                                          ----------------------    ----------------------
                                          NOTIONAL                  NOTIONAL
                                           VALUE      FAIR VALUE     VALUE      FAIR VALUE
      FOREIGN EXCHANGE DERIVATIVES        DM (000)     DM (000)     DM (000)     DM (000)
      ----------------------------        --------    ----------    --------    ----------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
Forward exchange contracts
  Gains.................................  247,820        5,603       18,497         985
  Losses................................   91,741       (2,052)      40,418        (952)
                                          -------       ------       ------        ----
  Net gain..............................  339,561        3,551       58,915          33
                                          -------       ------       ------        ----
  Net foreign exchange losses on
     underlying inter-company claims and
     liabilities........................                (3,125)                     (32)
                                                        ------                     ----
                                                           426                        1
                                                        ------                     ----
Foreign currency options................   25,600          562           --          --
</TABLE>
 
     See Note (39) for additional fair value information.
 
     Interest Rate Risk Management
 
     The Company enters into interest rate swaps to better manage the interest
income on its cash equivalents, marketable securities and long-term investments
and to partially mitigate the impact of German interest rate fluctuations on
these investments. The Company holds such derivative instruments for purposes
other than trading. No swaps were outstanding at December 31, 1997.
 
     The notional values and fair values of interest rate swaps as of December
31, 1997 and 1996 were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   1997                      1996
                                          ----------------------    ----------------------
                                          NOTIONAL                  NOTIONAL
                                           VALUE      FAIR VALUE     VALUE      FAIR VALUE
                                          DM (000)     DM (000)     DM (000)     DM (000)
                                          --------    ----------    --------    ----------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
INTEREST RATE DERIVATIVES
Interest rate swaps.....................       --           --       60,000         400
</TABLE>
 
     See note (39) for additional fair value information.
 
D.  NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
 
  (27) SALES REVENUES
 
     Sales revenues by types of activity for the years ended December 31, were
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1997         1996         1995
                                                    DM (000)     DM (000)     DM (000)
                                                    ---------    ---------    ---------
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>
Product revenues..................................  4,097,117    2,630,512    1,933,811
Consulting and training...........................  1,831,056    1,041,404      724,134
Other.............................................     89,293       50,234       38,436
                                                    ---------    ---------    ---------
TOTAL.............................................  6,017,466    3,722,150    2,696,381
                                                    ---------    ---------    ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>   114
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  (28) OTHER OPERATING INCOME
 
     Other operating income for the years ended December 31, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1997        1996        1995
                                                     DM (000)    DM (000)    DM (000)
                                                     --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>         <C>
Foreign exchange gains.............................   43,401      27,962      20,436
Employee contributions for company cars............    9,923       7,324       8,281
Sale of financial assets...........................       --       6,748          --
Rental income......................................    3,553       2,944       3,134
Gain on sale of marketable securities..............    1,640       1,826       6,431
Income from increase in cash surrender value of
  insurance policies...............................    2,115       1,794       2,061
Income from prior periods..........................    1,666         104          51
Other income.......................................   17,668      25,010      13,767
                                                      ------      ------      ------
TOTAL..............................................   79,966      73,712      54,161
                                                      ------      ------      ------
</TABLE>
 
     Other income mainly comprises gains on the disposal of fixed assets and
insurance refunds. The consolidated income statement contains income from the
reversal of the special reserve for capital investment subsidies in the amount
of DM 29 thousand.
 
  (29) PERSONNEL EXPENSES/NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES
 
     Personnel expenses for the years ended December 31, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      1997         1996         1995
                                                    DM (000)     DM (000)     DM (000)
                                                    ---------    ---------    --------
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>          <C>
Salaries..........................................  1,786,980    1,138,518    825,931
Social security...................................    217,988      143,630    102,691
Pension expense...................................     69,952       56,325     28,122
                                                    ---------    ---------    -------
TOTAL.............................................  2,074,920    1,338,473    956,744
                                                    ---------    ---------    -------
</TABLE>
 
     Applying the calculation method prescribed by Article 267 (5) of the German
Commercial Code, the average number of employees was as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1997        1996        1995
                                                     --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>         <C>
Employees..........................................   11,558      8,177       6,443
</TABLE>
 
     The average number of employees of the joint venture company consolidated
on a proportional basis, in accordance with Article 310 of the German Commercial
Code, was 330 in 1997, compared with 322 in 1996 and 296 in 1995.
 
  (30) DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
 
     In accordance with the German Development Areas Act, additional
depreciation of DM 1,282 thousand applied in accordance with the German tax
rules has been charged to income with respect to the companies included within
the consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>   115
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  (31) OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES
 
     Other operating expenses for the years ended December 31, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1997         1996        1995
                                                     DM (000)     DM (000)    DM (000)
                                                     ---------    --------    --------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>         <C>
Travel and entertainment expenses..................    292,029    191,973     139,998
Marketing..........................................    279,871    162,786     102,264
Rent...............................................    202,067    118,553      79,529
Licenses and commissions...........................    209,215    104,819      95,887
Additional personnel expenses......................     96,398     58,038      52,195
Telecommunications/postage.........................     84,905     51,423      40,312
Repairs and maintenance............................     63,003     42,642      35,241
Bad debt expense...................................     51,266     31,739      17,557
Warranty and service costs.........................     29,842     11,465       8,129
Consulting/administration..........................     89,195     58,572      39,224
Documentation......................................     28,320     20,633      17,391
Foreign exchange losses............................     70,266     18,225      20,541
Translation differences from consolidation of
  income statements................................     13,039     10,371       2,793
Other..............................................    102,312     74,507      46,394
                                                     ---------    -------     -------
TOTAL..............................................  1,611,728    955,746     697,455
                                                     ---------    -------     -------
</TABLE>
 
  (32) INCOME FROM INVESTMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997       1996       1995
                                                         DM (000)   DM (000)   DM (000)
                                                         --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
Income from unconsolidated affiliated companies........     591         --         --
Results from associated companies......................   2,909      1,745         --
                                                          -----      -----      -----
TOTAL..................................................   3,500      1,745         --
                                                          -----      -----      -----
</TABLE>
 
     Income from investments in the consolidated financial statements is derived
from the unconsolidated company WS Investment Holdings, L.P., Wilmington,
DE/USA. Results from associated companies represents income from equity
affiliates.
 
  (33) WRITE-DOWN OF FINANCIAL ASSETS
 
     This amount includes the discounting to present value of interest-free
loans to employees.
 
  (34) NET INTEREST INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997       1996       1995
                                                         DM (000)   DM (000)   DM (000)
                                                         --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>
Other interest and similar income......................   56,344     30,461     27,450
Interest and similar expenses..........................   (3,782)    (2,618)    (5,237)
                                                          ------     ------     ------
                                                          52,562     27,843     22,213
                                                          ------     ------     ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>   116
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
E.  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
  (35) MEMBERS OF THE SUPERVISORY BOARD AND EXECUTIVE BOARD
 
     The members of the Supervisory Board and Executive Board of SAP AG as of
February 18, 1998 are listed on page F-38.
 
  (36) TOTAL REMUNERATION OF MEMBERS OF THE SUPERVISORY BOARD AND EXECUTIVE
       BOARD, LOANS GRANTED
 
     Subject to the adoption of the dividend resolution by the shareholders at
the Annual General Meeting, the total annual remuneration of the Supervisory
Board will amount to DM 1,087 thousand. The total annual remuneration of the
Executive Board will amount to DM 15,973 thousand. In addition, members of the
Executive Board had interest-free loans outstanding in the amount of DM 9
thousand as of December 31, 1997 (repayments of DM 266 thousand were made in
1997), with a remaining term to maturity of 4 to 5 years. Such amounts are
included in other financial assets on the consolidated balance sheet. All loans
extended to members of the Executive Board in 1996 and bearing interest at the
annual rate of 6% were repaid in 1997 (DM 75 thousand).
 
  (37) PROPOSED APPROPRIATION OF RETAINED EARNINGS
 
     A portion of the Company's retained earnings is appropriated for payment of
dividends. After the transfer of DM 153,500 thousand from 1997 net income to the
revenue reserves of SAP AG, retained earnings amount to DM 294,328 thousand.
 
     SAP AG's Executive Board will propose at the Annual General Meeting that
this amount be appropriated as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
DM 2.80 dividend per ordinary share with a nominal value of
  DM 5.00 carrying dividend rights and DM 28.0 dividend per
  ordinary share with a nominal value of DM 50.00 carrying
  dividend rights...........................................  DM 170,788 thousand
DM 2.85 dividend per preference share with a nominal value
  of DM 5.00 carrying dividend rights and DM 28.50 dividend
  per preference share with a nominal value of DM 50.00
  carrying dividend right...................................  DM 123,425 thousand
To be carried forward.......................................  D M    115 thousand
</TABLE>
 
     Because the dividends are paid from appropriated retained earnings, they
qualify for a tax credit in the amount of 3/7 of the dividend value for German
tax residents.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>   117
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  (38) CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31:
 
     The consolidated statements of cash flows are classified by operating,
investing and financing activities pursuant to the principles applied in German
GAAP and U.S. GAAP. The cash flow statements reconcile amounts to changes in
liquid assets.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1997        1996        1995
                                                     DM (000)    DM (000)    DM (000)
                                                     --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                  <C>         <C>         <C>
  I. CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
   Net income for the year.........................   925,354     567,536     404,828
   Depreciation and amortization...................   195,321     164,591     144,456
   Write-ups of intangible and tangible fixed
      assets.......................................      (102)     (2,137)         --
   Write-downs of financial assets.................     2,811       8,192       2,124
   Write-ups of financial assets...................      (863)       (789)       (635)
   Increase in pension reserves....................    11,935      19,000         723
   Increase in medium- and long-term accounts
      receivables and other assets.................  (113,960)    (71,377)    (33,569)
   Increase in medium- and long-term reserves and
      liabilities..................................    57,159      24,909      (8,746)
   Increase in short-term assets...................  (955,839)   (630,811)   (252,629)
   Increase in short-term liabilities..............   713,487     404,383     172,150
                                                     --------    --------    --------
                                                      835,303     483,497     428,702
                                                     --------    --------    --------
 II. CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
   Additions to intangible assets and tangible
      fixed assets.................................  (574,710)   (220,638)   (255,619)
   Additions to financial assets...................   (79,106)    (16,308)    (11,829)
   Change in companies subject to consolidation....        --         694         (74)
   Disposal of fixed assets, net...................    83,318      29,272      58,977
   Change in special reserves for capital
      investment subsidies and allowances..........       352          (7)       (105)
                                                     --------    --------    --------
                                                     (570,146)   (206,987)   (208,650)
                                                     --------    --------    --------
 III. CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
   Dividends.......................................  (240,193)   (133,615)    (88,058)
   Premium on convertible bonds....................    75,125     215,493          14
   Increase in capital stock resulting from
      exercise of conversion rights................     3,976      11,374          10
   Conversion of convertible bonds.................    (3,956)    (11,345)         (2)
   Increase/decrease in long-term bank debt........       257        (376)     (1,399)
   Changes in shareholders' equity not affecting
      liquidity(1).................................    86,798      21,004     (23,480)
                                                     --------    --------    --------
                                                      (77,993)    102,535    (112,915)
                                                     --------    --------    --------
 IV. CHANGE IN LIQUID ASSETS.......................   187,164     379,045     107,137
                                                     --------    --------    --------
 V. LIQUID ASSETS AS OF JANUARY 1,.................   647,122     268,077     160,940
                                                     --------    --------    --------
 VI. LIQUID ASSETS AS OF DECEMBER 31,..............   834,286     647,122     268,077
                                                     --------    --------    --------
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Consists primarily of currency effects on liquid assets.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>   118
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  (39) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
     The Company utilizes various types of financial instruments in the normal
course of business. These instruments include recorded assets and liabilities as
well as items that principally involve off-balance sheet risk. Detailed
information about the fair value of the Company's financial instruments is
included in Notes (9), (13) and (26). A summary of the Company's financial
instrument fair values is presented below.
 
- --  Marketable Securities and Long-Term Investments: The fair values of
    marketable securities and long-term investments are based upon available
    quoted market prices on December 31.
 
- --  Accounts Receivable and Other Loans: The fair values of accounts receivables
    and other loans approximate their carrying values. Differences between the
    fair values and carrying values represent unrealized transaction gains
    resulting from changes in foreign currency exchange rates.
 
- --  Short-Term Bank Loans and Overdrafts: The carrying value of short-term debt
    approximates fair value because of the brief duration of time between the
    origination of the borrowings and their maturities.
 
- --  Derivative Financial Instruments: The fair value of derivatives generally
    reflects the estimated amounts the Company would pay or receive to terminate
    the contracts at the reporting date, thereby considering unrealized gains or
    losses of open positions. Carrying values, as required under German GAAP,
    represent the lower of cost or market.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         AT DECEMBER 31,
                                        --------------------------------------------------
                                                 1997                       1996
                                        -----------------------    -----------------------
                                        CARRYING                   CARRYING
                                          VALUE      FAIR VALUE      VALUE      FAIR VALUE
                                        DM (000)      DM (000)     DM (000)      DM (000)
                                        ---------    ----------    ---------    ----------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
Accounts receivable...................  2,435,699    2,449,860     1,555,869    1,563,572
Marketable securities.................    167,092      168,042       164,891      166,162
Long-term investments.................    109,498      114,248       100,704      101,454
Other loans...........................     41,584       41,826        41,119       41,322
Derivative financial instruments
  Forward exchange contracts..........     (2,052)       3,551          (952)          33
  Foreign currency options............         --          562            --           --
  Interest rate derivatives...........         --           --            --          400
Short-term bank loans and
  overdrafts..........................    163,134      163,134        90,272       90,272
</TABLE>
 
F.  SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN GERMAN GAAP AND U.S. GAAP
 
  (40) RECONCILIATION TO U.S. GAAP
 
     The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in
accordance with German GAAP as prescribed by the German Commercial Code and the
German Stock Corporation Act. The effect of
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>   119
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
the application of U.S. GAAP to net income and shareholders' equity as of and
for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996 are set out in the tables below:
 
     RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME FROM GERMAN GAAP TO U.S. GAAP:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                         -------------------------------------
                                                            1997          1997         1996
                                               NOTE      $ (000)(1)     DM (000)     DM (000)
                                            -----------  ----------   ------------   ---------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
NET INCOME AS REPORTED IN THE CONSOLIDATED
  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNDER GERMAN
  GAAP....................................                 514,344       925,354       567,536
Minority interests........................                  (1,318)       (2,371)       (1,317)
                                                         ---------     ---------     ---------
NET INCOME AS REPORTED IN THE CONSOLIDATED
  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS UNDER GERMAN GAAP
  AFTER MINORITY INTERESTS................                 513,026       922,983       566,219
Revenue recognition.......................      (a)        (43,072)      (77,491)     (166,937)
Pension provisions........................      (b)          1,057         1,901        13,484
Business combinations (goodwill &
  in-process R&D).........................      (c)         (5,874)      (10,568)       (2,423)
Income taxes..............................      (d)         (1,276)       (2,296)      (22,193)
Other.....................................    (e),(f)        5,626        10,122         4,502
Tax effect of U.S. GAAP adjustments.......      (d)         16,006        28,796        59,234
Minority interests........................      (g)             71           127           265
                                                         ---------     ---------     ---------
  NET INCOME IN ACCORDANCE WITH U.S.
     GAAP.................................                 485,564       873,574       452,151
                                                         ---------     ---------     ---------
  NET INCOME PER COMMON ORDINARY SHARE
     UNDER U.S. GAAP
     Basic................................      (m)           4.66          8.38          4.40
     Diluted..............................      (m)           4.61          8.30          4.29
</TABLE>
 
     RECONCILIATION OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY FROM GERMAN GAAP TO U.S. GAAP:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                         -------------------------------------
                                                            1997          1997         1996
                                               NOTE      $ (000)(1)     DM (000)     DM (000)
                                            -----------  ----------   ------------   ---------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
Shareholders' equity as reported in the
  consolidated balance sheets under German
  GAAP....................................               1,702,169     3,062,372     2,211,312
Less: minority interest...................      (g)         (8,088)      (14,552)       (4,242)
                                                         ---------     ---------     ---------
Equity of SAP AG shareholders.............               1,694,081     3,047,820     2,207,070
 
Revenue recognition.......................      (a)       (220,015)     (395,829)     (318,338)
Pension provisions........................      (b)          2,981         5,363         3,462
Business combinations (goodwill &
  in-process R&D).........................      (c)         (1,828)       (3,288)        7,280
Unrealized gains on available for sale
  marketable securities...................      (e)          3,042         5,472           607
Other.....................................  (d),(f),(g)     20,822        37,461        19,524
Tax effect of U.S. GAAP adjustments.......      (d)         78,406       141,060       112,264
                                                         ---------     ---------     ---------
  Shareholders' equity under U.S. GAAP....               1,577,489     2,838,059     2,031,869
                                                         ---------     ---------     ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>   120
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The changes in shareholders' equity in accordance with U.S. GAAP are as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1997         1997         1996
                                                    $ (000)(1)    DM (000)     DM (000)
                                                    ----------    ---------    ---------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>          <C>
U.S. GAAP shareholders' equity, beginning of
  year............................................  1,129,381     2,031,869    1,437,221(2)
Net income........................................    485,564       873,574      452,151
Dividends paid....................................   (133,507)     (240,193)    (133,615)
Exercise of convertible bonds.....................     43,966        79,101      226,867
Tax benefit of convertible bond program...........      1,276         2,296       24,061
Change in unrealized gains on available for sale
  marketable securities, net of tax...............      2,704         4,865          607
Currency translation adjustment...................     53,322        95,933       26,843
Other.............................................     (5,217)       (9,386)      (2,266)
                                                    ---------     ---------    ---------
  Shareholders' equity, end of year...............  1,577,489     2,838,059    2,031,869
                                                    ---------     ---------    ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) The 1997 figures have been translated solely for the convenience of the
    reader at an exchange rate of DM 1.7991 to $1.00, the Noon Buying Rate on
    December 31, 1997.
 
(2) Includes the cumulative effects of the application of U.S. GAAP on prior
    periods where applicable.
 
     (A) REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
     The Company recognizes revenue for U.S. GAAP in compliance with the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 97-2,
"Software Revenue Recognition" ("SOP 97-2"). SOP 97-2 was issued on October 27,
1997, and becomes effective for transactions entered into in fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1997. Prior to the issuance of SOP 97-2, Statement
of Position 91-1 ("SOP 91-1") prescribed the accounting treatment for revenue
recognition under U.S. GAAP. Earlier application of SOP 97-2 is encouraged as of
the beginning of fiscal years or interim periods for which information or
financial statements have not been issued. Because the Company has not
previously issued information or financial statements on a U.S. GAAP basis, SOP
97-2 has been applied for all years reported under U.S. GAAP.
 
     In accordance with SOP 97-2, software license fee revenues are recognized
when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the
license fee is fixed and determinable and the collection of the fee is probable.
Generally, the Company's licensing arrangements do not provide for significant
production, modification or customization of software. Under U.S. GAAP, the
Company allocates a portion of its software revenues to post-contract support
activities or other services or products provided to the customer free of charge
or at nonstandard discounts when included under the licensing arrangement.
Amounts allocated are based upon standard prices charged for those services or
products. Under German GAAP, the Company accrues for estimated costs of
providing post-contract support activities or other services or products
provided to the customer free of charge when included under the licensing
arrangement. Under U.S. GAAP, such cost accruals of DM 29,902 thousand and DM
2,848 thousand are reversed in 1997 and 1996, respectively, since the associated
software revenue has been deferred.
 
     Under certain license arrangements, customers agree to license additional
groups of users at prescribed future dates on a noncancellable basis. Under
German GAAP, the Company recognizes revenue for such additional users at the
dates on which they are authorized to access to the System. Under U.S. GAAP, the
Company recognizes software revenues when the criteria for recognition set forth
in SOP 97-2 have been achieved.
 
     Under U.S. GAAP, revenues from post-contract support are recognized ratably
over the term of the maintenance contract on a straight-line basis. Consulting
and training services are generally recognized at the time the service is
performed.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>   121
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     A portion of the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts pertains to
estimated sales allowances granted in the ordinary course of business. Under
German GAAP, charges to establish and increase this part of the allowance are
included in bad debt expense. Under U.S. GAAP, the portions of the allowance
relating to sales allowances would be recorded as a direct reduction of sales
revenues. These classification differences do not impact net income and do not
have a material effect on sales revenues in 1997 or 1996.
 
     (B) PENSION BENEFITS
 
     Under German GAAP, the Company provides for pension costs in accordance
with Article 6a of the German Income Tax Act. Under U.S. GAAP, pension costs are
accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
87, "Employers' Accounting for Pensions" ("SFAS 87"). SFAS 87 requires actuarial
computation of the pension costs for defined benefit plans using the projected
unit credit method and includes current service cost, interest cost, return on
plan assets and amortization of actuarial gains/losses and prior service cost.
Prior service cost is amortized over the future service period of active
employees. Unrecognized gains and losses exceeding 10% of the greater of the
projected obligation or the market-related value of the plan assets are
amortized over the average service period of active employees.
 
     (C) BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (GOODWILL, IN-PROCESS RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT)
 
     In accordance with German GAAP, the difference between the purchase price
and the aggregate fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets and
liabilities acquired in a business combination may either be charged directly to
shareholders' equity or capitalized as goodwill and amortized over its estimated
useful life, not to exceed 40 years. For acquisitions prior to January 1, 1997,
the Company has elected to record goodwill as a direct reduction to
shareholders' equity. Goodwill arising from business combinations consummated
thereafter is capitalized and amortized through the income statement over its
estimated useful life, generally 5 years. Under U.S. GAAP, goodwill must be
capitalized and amortized through the income statement over its estimated useful
life, which may not exceed 40 years. The Company expects, and thus maintains,
consistent useful lives under German and U.S. GAAP.
 
     Under German GAAP, in-process research and development costs are not
identified in connection with the allocation of the purchase price but rather
are treated as goodwill. U.S. GAAP requires the allocation of a portion of the
purchase price for acquired in-process research and development. The costs
associated with in-process research and development activities having no
alternative future uses must be charged to expense at the time of acquisition.
Under U.S. GAAP, the Company expensed DM 7.8 million in 1997 for acquired in-
process research and development relating to software products for which
technological feasibility had not yet been established at the date of
acquisition.
 
     (D) INCOME TAXES
 
     U.S. GAAP requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for
temporary differences using enacted tax rates in effect at year-end in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting
for Income Taxes" ("SFAS 109"). Under SFAS 109, net operating loss carryforwards
that are available to reduce future taxes are recognized as deferred tax assets.
Such amounts are reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent that it is more
likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. The valuation allowance is DM 5,133 thousand and DM 2,944 thousand for
1997 and 1996, respectively. Under German GAAP, deferred taxes are not recorded
for net operating losses.
 
     Under both German GAAP and U.S. GAAP, deferred tax liabilities are not
reported for the unremitted earnings of non-German subsidiaries as management
considers such amounts to be permanently reinvested; however, under U.S. GAAP, a
deferred tax liability has been established for the small amount of earnings
that are expected to be remitted.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>   122
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     In August 1994, the Company established a convertible bond program for
certain of its foreign and domestic employees. Compensation expense for such
plans is treated differently for financial reporting and tax purposes in certain
countries. The tax effect of such differences is charged or credited directly to
the related components of shareholders' equity for U.S. GAAP purposes. Under
German GAAP, the tax benefit is recorded as a reduction to income taxes for
financial reporting.
 
     (E) MARKETABLE SECURITIES
 
     Under German GAAP, marketable debt and equity securities are valued at the
lower of acquisition cost or market value at the balance sheet date. Under U.S.
GAAP, marketable debt and equity securities, other than investments accounted
for by the equity method, are categorized as either trading, available-for-sale
or held to maturity, depending on management's intent with respect to holding
such investments. The Company's securities are considered to be
available-for-sale and, therefore, are valued under U.S. GAAP at fair market
value at the balance sheet date. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from
earnings and reported net of tax in a separate component of shareholders'
equity. Market values were obtained based on available market prices as of
December 31, 1997 and 1996. Gains or losses recognized on sales of securities
are based on specific identification.
 
     The Company acquires its ordinary shares and preference shares for the
purpose of offering them to its employees. Under German GAAP, the Company
records purchases of its own shares at cost within marketable securities. Upon
distribution to its employees, the Company recognizes gains and losses based on
the differences in the fair market value of SAP shares on the date of purchase
and distribution. Under U.S. GAAP, purchases of Company stock are included in
treasury stock as a separate component of shareholders' equity. Differences
between the purchase and sale price of treasury stock are included in
shareholders' equity and have no impact on earnings. Differences between German
and U.S. GAAP resulting from treasury stock transactions did not materially
impact shareholders' equity or net income in 1996 or 1997.
 
     (F) OTHER
 
     Other differences consist of miscellaneous valuation differences that
individually are not material. These items include foreign currency translation
differences and unrealized foreign currency transaction gains that are
recognized for U.S. GAAP purposes.
 
     (G) MINORITY INTERESTS
 
     Under German GAAP, minority interest is included as a separate component of
shareholders' equity. Under U.S. GAAP, minority interest is shown as a
liability.
 
     ADDITIONAL U.S. GAAP INFORMATION
 
     (H) NEWLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
     The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 130,
"Reporting Comprehensive Income" ("SFAS 130"), and Statement No. 131,
"Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" ("SFAS
131"), each of which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
1997. SFAS 130 requires business enterprises to report comprehensive income and
its components. SFAS 131 requires business enterprises to report information
about operating segments and establishes standards for related disclosures about
products and services, geographic areas and major customers. As these statements
relate to additional disclosure, their adoption will not impact the Company's
financial position or results of operations.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>   123
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     (I) RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
     Research and development costs are expensed as incurred under German GAAP.
The current U.S. accounting rule, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 86, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased, or
Otherwise Marketed", does not materially affect the Company. Research and
development expenses for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995 are DM
813 million, DM 589 million and DM 438 million, respectively.
 
     (J) SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC AREAS
 
     The Company operates in one industry segment, the design, development,
marketing, licensing and support of client/server and mainframe standard
business application software. The Company markets its products and services
through its subsidiaries and distributors throughout the world. The majority of
software development occurs in Germany although the Company maintains
development facilities at certain of its foreign subsidiaries. Inter-company
revenues are generally based on a percentage of the subsidiaries' revenue from
unaffiliated customers. The following table presents a summary of operations by
geographic region. The Company allocates sales revenue by destination based on
the region in which the customer is located. Sales revenue by operation is based
upon the location of the Company's subsidiaries.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              ------------------------
                                                                 1997          1996
                                                               DM (000)      DM (000)
                                                              ----------    ----------
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
SALES REVENUE BY DESTINATION:(1)
Europe......................................................  2,544,519     1,799,650
Americas....................................................  2,594,754     1,385,654
Asia-Pacific/Africa.........................................    878,193       536,846
                                                              ---------     ---------
  TOTAL SALES REVENUE.......................................  6,017,466     3,722,150
                                                              ---------     ---------
SALES REVENUE BY OPERATION:(1)
Europe......................................................  2,633,219     1,853,452
Americas....................................................  2,558,115     1,373,160
Asia-Pacific/Africa.........................................    826,132       495,538
                                                              ---------     ---------
  TOTAL SALES REVENUE.......................................  6,017,466     3,722,150
                                                              ---------     ---------
RESULTS FROM ORDINARY OPERATIONS:(2)
Europe......................................................  1,089,612       674,353
Americas....................................................    461,919       225,366
Asia-Pacific/Africa.........................................    115,405        67,494
                                                              ---------     ---------
  TOTAL RESULTS FROM ORDINARY OPERATIONS....................  1,666,936       967,213
                                                              ---------     ---------
  TOTAL ASSETS:
Europe......................................................  2,834,561     2,190,258
Americas....................................................  1,623,648       777,812
Asia-Pacific/Africa.........................................    612,051       399,034
                                                              ---------     ---------
  TOTAL ASSETS..............................................  5,070,260     3,367,104
                                                              ---------     ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Sales revenue for each geographic region represents revenue from
    unaffiliated customers only.
 
(2) Amounts include inter-company royalties and cost allocations.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>   124
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     (K) MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND FINANCIAL ASSETS
 
     Investments classified as available for sale include marketable securities,
financial assets and certain other investments. Amounts at December 31, 1997 and
1996, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1997
                                                               DM (000)
                                           ------------------------------------------------
                                                          GROSS         GROSS
                                           AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED    MARKET
                                             COST         GAINS         LOSSES       VALUE
                                           ---------    ----------    ----------    -------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
Equity securities........................    12,922        5,725          --         18,647
Debt securities..........................   286,914        5,805         429        292,290
                                            -------       ------         ---        -------
TOTAL....................................   299,836       11,530         429        310,937
                                            -------       ------         ---        -------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1996
                                                               DM (000)
                                           ------------------------------------------------
                                                          GROSS         GROSS
                                           AMORTIZED    UNREALIZED    UNREALIZED    MARKET
                                             COST         GAINS         LOSSES       VALUE
                                           ---------    ----------    ----------    -------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
Equity securities........................    12,922           --          911        12,011
Debt securities..........................   275,974        2,022           99       277,897
                                            -------       ------        -----       -------
TOTAL....................................   288,896        2,022        1,010       289,908
                                            -------       ------        -----       -------
</TABLE>
 
     (L) EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
 
     The Company sponsors various retirement plans for most full-time employees.
These plans, which are either defined benefit or defined contribution plans, are
offered by most German and foreign locations. The benefits offered vary
according to the legal, fiscal and economic conditions of each country.
 
     In accordance with U.S. GAAP, pension plan benefits for defined benefit
plans are determined in accordance with SFAS 87. Under SFAS 87, pension plans
and their costs are determined using the projected unit credit method. The
information provided below is in accordance with SFAS 87.
 
     German Plans
 
     SAP AG has noncontributory defined benefit plans as described in note (20).
Plan assets consist of fixed income securities.
 
     Net period pension expense for 1997 and 1996 for the German Plans is as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997        1996
                                                              DM (000)    DM (000)
                                                              --------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Service cost of benefits earned during the year.............   18,327      13,487
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation...............    7,963       6,080
Return on plan assets.......................................   (5,137)     (3,967)
Net amortization and deferral...............................    2,564       2,286
                                                               ------      ------
  Net periodic pension cost.................................   23,717      17,886
                                                               ------      ------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>   125
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Assumptions used in developing the projected benefit obligation for the
German plans at December 31, were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997        1996
                                                              DM (000)    DM (000)
                                                              --------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Discount rate...............................................     6.5%        7.0%
Rate of increase in compensation............................     5.0%        5.0%
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets............     6.5%        7.0%
</TABLE>
 
     The following table sets forth the German plans' funded status at December
31, 1997 and 1996 in accordance with U.S. GAAP:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997        1996
                                                              DM (000)    DM (000)
                                                              --------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
ACTUARIAL PRESENT VALUE OF BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS
Vested benefit obligations..................................   66,671      52,278
Non-vested benefit obligations..............................   18,200      14,852
                                                              -------     -------
  Accumulated benefit obligations...........................   84,871      67,130
                                                              -------     -------
Projected benefit obligation................................  151,599     122,449
Plan assets at fair value...................................   79,260      59,547
                                                              -------     -------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets.......  (72,339)    (62,902)
Unrecognized net obligation.................................   29,076      31,361
Unrecognized cumulative loss................................   24,611      17,122
                                                              -------     -------
  Accrued pension cost......................................  (18,652)    (14,419)
                                                              -------     -------
</TABLE>
 
     A portion of the unrecognized net obligation for the German plans is
allocated directly to equity as of January 1, 1996, the Company's adoption date
of SFAS 87. Amounts allocated to equity are based on the ratio of the number of
years elapsed between 1987, the SFAS 87 effective date for foreign defined
benefit plans (or the plans' effective date if later), and the remaining service
period of employees expected to receive benefits as estimated at the adoption
date.
 
     U.S. Plan
 
     SAP America, Inc. has a noncontributory defined benefit plan for employees
who are least 21 years old and have been employed by the Company for at least 1
year. The plan provides benefits based upon compensation levels, age and years
of service. Contributions are based on actuarial valuations of benefits payable
under the plan. Plan assets consist primarily of investments in equity and fixed
income securities.
 
     Net period pension expense for 1997 and 1996 for the U.S. plan is as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997        1996
                                                              DM (000)    DM (000)
                                                              --------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Service cost of benefits earned during the year.............   6,975       4,219
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation...............   1,392         658
Return on plan assets.......................................    (900)       (576)
Net amortization and deferral...............................      59         370
                                                               -----       -----
  Net periodic pension cost.................................   7,526       4,671
                                                               -----       -----
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>   126
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Assumptions used in developing the projected benefit obligation for the
U.S. plan at December 31, were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997        1996
                                                              DM (000)    DM (000)
                                                              --------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Discount rate...............................................    7.0%        7.5%
Rate of increase in compensation............................    6.0%        6.0%
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets............    8.0%        8.0%
</TABLE>
 
     The following table sets forth the U.S. plan's funded status at December
31, 1997 and 1996 in accordance with U.S. GAAP:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997        1996
                                                              DM (000)    DM (000)
                                                              --------    --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
ACTUARIAL PRESENT VALUE OF BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS
Vested benefit obligations..................................    5,936       1,953
Non-vested benefit obligations..............................   14,365       7,026
                                                              -------      ------
  Accumulated benefit obligations...........................   20,301       8,979
                                                              -------      ------
Projected benefit obligation................................   22,477       9,726
Plan assets at fair value...................................   20,912       5,293
                                                              -------      ------
Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets.......   (1,565)     (4,433)
Unrecognized cumulative loss................................    3,628       1,426
Adjustment required to recognize minimum liability..........       --        (678)
                                                              -------      ------
  Prepaid (accrued) pension cost............................    2,063      (3,685)
                                                              -------      ------
</TABLE>
 
     (M) EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
     Earnings per ordinary share and preference share for the years ended
December 31, 1997 and 1996 has been calculated using the two-class method in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings
per Share". Net income is allocated between ordinary shares and preference
shares in calculating earnings per share for each class of stock. This
allocation weights net income available (net income less dividends), to the
extent that each class of stock may share in the earnings as if all of the
earnings for the period had been distributed. Distributed earnings are allocated
to each class of stock based on the respective dividends paid. In arriving at
earnings per share, the total allocated earnings for each class of stock is
divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding to which the
earnings are allocated. Because the Company's convertible bonds have a dilutive
effect, they were considered outstanding for the diluted earnings per share
calculation.
 
     Ordinary shares with a nominal value of DM 50 have 10 voting rights,
whereas ordinary shares with a nominal value of DM 5 have 1 voting right.
Preference shares with a nominal value of DM 50 receive 10 times the dividends
received by preference shares with a nominal value of DM 5. For purposes of
basic and diluted earnings per ordinary share, ordinary shares with a nominal
value of DM 50 are increased by a factor of 10 to arrive at weighted average
number of ordinary shares outstanding. Similarly, preference shares are
"equalized" using a factor of 10 in arriving at weighted average number of
preference shares outstanding for basic and diluted earnings per preference
share.
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>   127
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997       1996
     Net income applicable to basic and diluted EPS:(1)       --------    -------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Net income applicable to basic and diluted EPS:.............   873,574    452,151
Less dividends:
  Ordinary shares...........................................  (140,281)   (79,282)
  Preference shares.........................................   (99,912)   (54,333)
                                                              --------    -------
Net income available to holders of ordinary shares and
  preference shares.........................................   633,381    318,536
                                                              --------    -------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1997                      1996
                                                    ----------------------    ----------------------
                                                    ORDINARY    PREFERENCE    ORDINARY    PREFERENCE
                                                    --------    ----------    --------    ----------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
Allocated net income available....................  370,841      262,540      189,277      129,259
Distributed earnings..............................  140,281       99,912       79,282       54,333
                                                    -------      -------      -------      -------
Total allocated earnings -- Basic EPS.............  511,122      362,452      268,559      183,592
Conversion of preference share bonds..............   (5,012)       5,012       (7,160)       7,160
                                                    -------      -------      -------      -------
Total allocated earnings -- Diluted EPS...........  506,110      367,464      261,399      190,752
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1997                      1996
                                                         ----------------------    ----------------------
WEIGHTED AVERAGE ORDINARY SHARES OUTSTANDING APPLICABLE  ORDINARY    PREFERENCE    ORDINARY    PREFERENCE
               TO BASIC AND DILUTED EPS:                 --------    ----------    --------    ----------
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
Weighted average shares -- Basic....................      60,994       42,842       60,988       41,061
Conversion of preference share bonds................           6        1,409           12        3,190
                                                         -------      -------      -------      -------
Weighted average shares -- Diluted..................      61,000       44,251       61,000       44,251
  Earnings per share -- Basic.......................        8.38         8.46         4.40         4.47
  Earnings per share -- Diluted.....................        8.30         8.30         4.29         4.31
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Amounts are in (i) thousands, except for per share information, and (ii) DM,
    except for share information.
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>   128
 
                     INVESTMENTS OF SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
                                AND THE COMPANY
 
     As of December 31, 1997, figures in DM(000), except for % and employee
                                  information
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          NET INCOME/                      NUMBER OF
                                              OWNERSHIP     (LOSS)         EQUITY       EMPLOYEES AS OF
        NAME AND LOCATION OF COMPANY              %       FOR 1997(1)   12/31/1997(1)    12/31/1997(2)
        ----------------------------          ---------   -----------   -------------   ---------------
<S>                                           <C>         <C>           <C>             <C>
I. AFFILIATED COMPANIES
GERMANY
SRS Software-und Systemhaus Dresden GmbH,
  Dresden...................................      50          3,239          8,899             299
SAP Retail Solutions GmbH & Co., St.
  Ingbert...................................     100         11,885         20,345             170
Steeb Anwendungessysteme GmbH, Abstatt......     100          2,238          5,766             106
SAP Systems Integration GmbH, Alsbach-
  Haehnlein.................................      60         (2,689)        27,311             105
AsseT GmbH Assessment & Training
  Technologies, Friedrichshafen.............      75            446          1,169              12
SAP Retail Solutions
  Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH, Walldorf....     100             (2)            50               0
STEEB-CAS Informationstechnik GmbH i.L.,
  Abstatt...................................     100            116            885               0
DACOS Software Holding GmbH, St. Ingbert....     100           (632)        13,830               0
REST OF EUROPE
SAP (UK) Limited, Feltham/UK................     100         52,113        122,430             297
SAP France Systemes Applications et
  Progiciels S.A., Paris/France.............     100         11,972         44,803             263
SAP (Schweiz) AG, Biel/Switzerland..........     100         21,512        165,654             187
SAP Nederland B.V., 's Hertogenbosch/
  Netherlands...............................     100         23,112         53,049             149
SAP Osterreich, Systeme, Anwendungen und
  Produkte in der Datenverabeitung
  Gesellschaft m.b.H., Vienna/Austria.......     100         15,471         35,808             120
SAP Danmark A/S, Brondby/Denmark............     100         19,067         39,750             136
SAP Svenska Aktiebolag, Stockholm/Sweden....     100         23,438         29,299             101
SAP ESPANA Y PORTUGAL SISTEMAS APLICACIONES
  Y PRODUCTOS EN LA INFORMATICA, S.A.,
  Madrid/Spain..............................     100          9,179         23,516             116
S.A.P., Italia Sistemi Applicazioni Prodotti
  in Data Processing S.p.A., Milan/Italy....     100          7,611         21,257             110
NV SAP BELGIUM SA, Brussels/Belgium.........     100         10,793         32,977              97
SAP CR, s.r.o., Prague/Czech Republic.......     100          2,755         13,172             113
SAP Polska Sp. z.o.o., Warsaw/Poland........     100          1,137          6,895              54
SAP Consult C.I.S., Moscow/Russia...........     100            941          2,411              53
SAP Service and Support Center (Ireland)
  Limited, Dublin/Ireland...................     100           (392)         2,220              42
DACOS Software S.A., Vaumarcus
  (NE)/Switzerland 3).......................      52            (21)           384               1
STEEB-CAS Informationstechnik AG in Liq.,
  Pieterlen/Switzerland.....................     100              0              0               0
SAP Ireland Ltd., Dublin/Ireland............     100          2,494         82,291               6
SAP Retail Solutions Nederland B.V., 's
  Hertogenbosch/Netherlands.................     100              0            222               0
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>   129
                     INVESTMENTS OF SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
                         AND THE COMPANY -- (CONTINUED)
 
     As of December 31, 1997, figures in DM(000), except for % and employee
                                  information
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          NET INCOME/                      NUMBER OF
                                              OWNERSHIP     (LOSS)         EQUITY       EMPLOYEES AS OF
        NAME AND LOCATION OF COMPANY              %       FOR 1997(1)   12/31/1997(1)    12/31/1997(2)
        ----------------------------          ---------   -----------   -------------   ---------------
<S>                                           <C>         <C>           <C>             <C>
SAP Hungary Rendszerek, Alkalmazasok es
  Termekek az Adatfeldolgozasban Kft.,
  Budapest/Hungary..........................     100            (12)         2,452               0
AMERICAS
SAP America, Inc., Wayne, PA/USA............     100        199,588        702,937           2,580
SAP Canada Systems, Applications and
  Products in Data Processing Inc., North
  York, ONT/ Canada.........................     100         21,992         60,216             350
SAP BRASIL COMERCIO E REPRESENTACOES LTDA.,
  Sao Paulo/ Brazil.........................     100         11,756         20,182             213
SAP Labs, Inc., formerly SAP Technology,
  Inc., Palo Alto, CA/USA...................     100          4,333         10,826             258
SAP MEXICO S.A. DE C.V., Mexico City/
  Mexico....................................     100         15,230         23,080             125
SAP ARGENTINA S.A., Buenos Aires/
  Argentina.................................     100         10,259         16,722              90
SAP Andina y del Caribe S.A, Caracas/
  Venezuela.................................     100         (6,125)         4,565             101
SAP International, Inc., Miami, FL/USA......     100            216            466              15
SAP America Public Sector, Inc., Washington,
  DC/ USA...................................     100           (286)          (257)             53
WS Investment Holdings, L.P., Wilmington,
  DE/ USA(3)................................      99            528         14,773               0
ASIA/PACIFIC
SAP Japan Co., Ltd., Tokyo/Japan............     100         29,706        104,776             666
SAP AUSTRALIA PTY LTD, Sydney/Australia.....     100         12,797         40,986             249
SAP Asia Systems, Applications and Products
  in Data Processing Pte. Ltd., Singapore...     100           (329)        12,355             202
SAP Korea Limited, Seoul/Korea..............     100          2,622          5,415              69
SAP India Systems, Applications and Products
  in Data Processing Private Limited,
  Bangalore/ India..........................     100          2,272          5,037              74
SAP Data Processing (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd,
  Kuala Lumpur/Malaysia.....................     100          2,089          4,884              58
SAP New Zealand Limited, Auckland/New
  Zealand...................................     100          1,794          8,500              24
SAP SYSTEMS, APPLICATIONS AND PRODUCTS IN
  DATA PROCESSING (THAILAND) LTD.,
  Bangkok/Thailand..........................     100         (1,252)         1,277              39
SAP (Beijing) Software System Co., Ltd.,
  Beijing/China.............................     100         (2,955)         6,207              91
SAP Taiwan Co. Ltd., Taipei/Taiwan..........     100          1,424          5,347              38
SAP HONG KONG CO., LIMITED, Taikoo
  Shing/Hong Kong...........................     100          1,148          5,758              27
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>   130
                     INVESTMENTS OF SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
                         AND THE COMPANY -- (CONTINUED)
 
     As of December 31, 1997, figures in DM(000), except for % and employee
                                  information
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          NET INCOME/                      NUMBER OF
                                              OWNERSHIP     (LOSS)         EQUITY       EMPLOYEES AS OF
        NAME AND LOCATION OF COMPANY              %       FOR 1997(1)   12/31/1997(1)    12/31/1997(2)
        ----------------------------          ---------   -----------   -------------   ---------------
<S>                                           <C>         <C>           <C>             <C>
SAP PHILIPPINES SYSTEMS, APPLICATIONS AND
  PRODUCTS IN DATA PROCESSING, INC., Makati
  City/ Philippines.........................     100         (1,568)          (523)             33
SAP India (Holding) Pte. Ltd., Singapore....     100            (11)           794               0
PT SAP Asia, Jakarta/Indonesia..............     100           (671)          (167)             16
AFRICA
SYSTEMS APPLICATIONS PRODUCTS (SOUTHERN
  AFRICA) (PTY) LTD, Woodmead/South
  Africa....................................     100          9,083         13,921             125
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) These figures do not include eliminations resulting from consolidation and
    therefore do not reflect the contribution of these companies included in the
    consolidated financial statements.
 
(2) As of December 31, 1997, including managing directors.
 
(3) Not consolidated according to Article 296(2) of the German Commercial Code.
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>   131
                     INVESTMENTS OF SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
                         AND THE COMPANY -- (CONTINUED)
 
     As of December 31, 1997, figures in DM(000), except for % and employee
                                  information
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        NET INCOME/                        NUMBER OF
                                           OWNERSHIP      (LOSS)          EQUITY        EMPLOYEES AS OF
      NAME AND LOCATION OF COMPANY             %        FOR 1997(1)    12/31/1997(1)     12/31/1997(2)
      ----------------------------         ---------    -----------    -------------    ---------------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>            <C>              <C>
II. ASSOCIATED COMPANIES
IDS Prof. Scheer Gesellschaft fur
  integrierte Datenverarbeitungssysteme
  mbH, Saarbrucken/Germany(3)............    25.2          1,653          56,352              513
SAP Solutions GmbH, Freiberg/Germany.....      40          8,362          11,432              299
Schmidt, Vogel und Partner Consult
  Gesellschaft fur Organisation und
  Managementberatung mbH,
  Bielefeld/Germany(3)...................    25.2          1,081           1,450              127
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) These figures do not include eliminations resulting from consolidation and
    therefore do not reflect the contribution of these companies included in the
    consolidated financial statements.
 
(2) As of December 31, 1997, including managing directors.
 
(3) Included in the consolidated financial statements for the first time.
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>   132
 
                     SUPERVISORY BOARD AND EXECUTIVE BOARD
 
SUPERVISORY BOARD
 
Elected at the Annual General Meeting:
 
Dr. Bernd Thiemann
Kronberg/Taunus
Chairman of the DG Bank
Frankfurt am Main
Chairperson
 
Dr. Wilhelm Haarmann
Kronberg/Taunus
RA WP StB HAARMANN, HEMMELRATH & PARTNER
Frankfurt am Main
 
Dr. Heinrich Hornef
Weinheim
 
Klaus-Dieter Laidig
Boblingen
 
Botho von Portatius
Cologne
 
Prof. Dr. August-Wilhelm Scheer
Saarbrucken
Director of the Institute for Information Systems
Saarland University
Saarbrucken
 
ELECTED BY THE EMPLOYEES:
 
Helga Classen
St. Leon-Rot
Deputy Chairperson
 
Willi Burbach
Dusseldorf
 
Rudiger Gerber
Bad Schonborn
 
Bernhard Koller
Walldorf
 
Dr. Gerhard Maier
Wiesloch
 
Alfred Simon
Malsch
EXECUTIVE BOARD
 
Dietmar Hopp
Walldorf
Co-Chairman and CEO
Administration, Sales and Consulting in Germany,
Corporate Communication
 
Prof. Dr. h. c. Hasso Plattner
Schriesheim/Altenbach
Co-Chairman and CEO
Basis Development, Technology, Industry Solutions
 
Dr. Claus E. Heinrich
Walldorf
Logistics Development, Industry Solutions
 
Prof. Dr. Henning Kagermann
Hockenheim
Development Financials, Human Resources, Industry Solutions
 
Gerhard Oswald
Wiesloch
R/3 Services, Training, Internal Systems
 
Dr. h. c. Klaus Tschira
Heidelberg
Human Resources Development
 
Paul Wahl
Wilhelmsfeld
SAP America, Inc. (CEO), Worldwide Marketing
 
Dr. Peter Zencke
Weinheim
Development Logistics, Industry Solutions
 
EXTENDED MANAGEMENT BOARD
 
Michael Gioja as of January 1, 1998
Stutensee
Human Resources Development
 
Karl-Heinz Hess
Stutensee
Basis Development
 
Dieter Matheis
Muhlhausen
Chief Financial Officer
 
Paul Neugart
Hockenheim
Head of Sales in Germany
 
Dr. Gerhard Rode until December 31, 1997
Ostringen
Basis Development
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>   133
 
           SCHEDULE II VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997, 1996 AND 1995
                                    DM (000)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  ADDITIONS
                                                     -----------------------------------
                                         BEGINNING   CHARGED TO COSTS   CHARGED TO OTHER                ENDING
DESCRIPTION                               BALANCE      AND EXPENSES         ACCOUNTS       DEDUCTIONS   BALANCE
- -----------                              ---------   ----------------   ----------------   ----------   -------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>                <C>                <C>          <C>
Allowances for Doubtful Accounts:
  Year ended December 31, 1995.........   20,560          17,557                             14,560     23,557
  Year ended December 31, 1996.........   23,557          31,739                              5,000     50,296
  Year ended December 31, 1997.........   50,296          51,266                              9,200     92,362
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-39

<PAGE>   1
 
                             LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
               TO ACCOMPANY RULE 144A AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES,
     EACH REPRESENTING ONE-THIRD OF ONE NON-VOTING PREFERENCE SHARE WITHOUT
                                 NOMINAL VALUE
 
                                       OF
 
                             SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
                         SYSTEME, ANWENDUNGEN, PRODUKTE
                            IN DER DATENVERARBEITUNG
                      TENDERED PURSUANT TO THE PROSPECTUS
                    (PLEASE READ THE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY)
 
     IMPORTANT:  This Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile hereof) and all
other documents and instruments required hereby should be sent or delivered to
the Exchange Agent at the appropriate address set forth below. Tenders must be
received by the Exchange Agent prior to 12:00 Midnight, New York City time, on
July 23, 1998, unless extended (the "Expiration Date").
 
            THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS WILL EXPIRE AT
     12:00 MIDNIGHT, NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON JULY 23, 1998, UNLESS EXTENDED.
 
                              The Exchange Agent:
 
                              THE BANK OF NEW YORK
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
  If by Hand, Express Mail or       Facsimile Transmission                If by Mail:
      Overnight Courier:               Telephone Number:             The Bank of New York
     The Bank of New York             Fax: (212) 815-6213               P.O. Box 11248
      101 Barclay Street              Tel: (800) 507-9357            Church Street Station
   New York, New York 10286                                      New York, New York 10286-1248
Attention: Receive and Deliver                                  Attention: Tender and Exchange
            Window                                                        Department
</TABLE>
 
                            DELIVERY TO ANY ADDRESS
                    OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH HEREIN WILL NOT
                           CONSTITUTE VALID DELIVERY.
 
THE INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ
CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED. ANY CAPITALIZED TERMS
USED, BUT NOT DEFINED, HEREIN SHALL HAVE THE RESPECTIVE DEFINITIONS SET FORTH IN
THE PROSPECTUS.
<PAGE>   2
 
     The Letter of Transmittal is to be completed by holders of Rule 144A ADSs
who desire to exchange their Rule 144A ADSs pursuant to the Exchange Offer to
which this Letter of Transmittal relates. Tenders of Rule 144A ADSs may only be
made by delivery of this Letter of Transmittal by or on behalf of such holder to
the Exchange Agent instructing that book-entry transfer of such Rule 144A ADSs
be made to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust
Company ("DTC") for the purposes of this Exchange Offer. All transfers must be
made pursuant to the procedures set forth under the caption "The Exchange
Offer -- How to Tender" in the Prospectus. Delivery of documents to DTC does not
constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.
 
TENDERING HOLDERS OF RULE 144A ADSs MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION:
 
  Name of Tendering Institution
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  DTC Account Number
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  Transaction Code Number
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
1.  [ ] CHECK HERE IF ADRs REPRESENTING ADSs TO BE EXCHANGED FOR VALIDLY
        TENDERED RULE 144A ADSs ARE TO BE RETURNED BY CREDITING THE DTC ACCOUNT
        NUMBER SET FORTH ABOVE.
 
2.  [ ] CHECK HERE IF CERTIFICATED ADRs REPRESENTING ADSs TO BE EXCHANGED FOR
        VALIDLY TENDERED RULE 144A ADSs ARE TO BE RETURNED BY MAIL.
 
ALL TENDERING HOLDERS OF RULE 144A ADSs MUST COMPLETE THIS BOX:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION OF RULE 144 ADSS TENDERED
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IF BLANK, PLEASE PRINT NAME AND ADDRESS OF
HOLDER                                                   NUMBER OF RULE 144A ADSS TENDERED
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C>                                           <C>                                          <C>
 
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   * All Rule 144A ADSs held shall be deemed tendered unless a lesser number
     is specified in this column.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
     NEITHER THE COMPANY NOR THE EXCHANGE AGENT SHALL HAVE ANY RESPONSIBILITY OR
LIABILITY FOR ANY FAILURE TO DELIVER ON A TIMELY BASIS ANY LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL, ANY DEFECTS OR IRREGULARITIES THEREIN NOT CURED OR WAIVED ON A
TIMELY BASIS OR ANY FAILURE TO GIVE NOTIFICATION OF ANY SUCH IRREGULARITY OR
DEFECT.
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   3
 
                    NOTE: SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW
              PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
 
Ladies and Gentlemen:
 
     Pursuant to (i) the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange
Offer of SAP Aktiengesellschaft Systeme, Anwendungen, Produkte in der
Datenverarbeitung, a corporation organized under the laws of the Federal
Republic of Germany (the "Company"), to holders of the Company's Rule 144A ADSs,
each representing one-third of one non-voting preference share, without nominal
value ("Preference Share"), of the Company, as set forth in the Prospectus and
(ii) this Letter of Transmittal, the signer of this Letter of Transmittal (the
"Holder") hereby accepts the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer and
tenders the number of the Rule 144A ADSs listed on this Letter of Transmittal on
the basis of four American Depositary Shares (collectively, the "ADSs") each
representing one-twelfth of one Preference Share for one Rule 144A ADS tendered
and accepted. The Holder hereby acknowledges receipt of the Prospectus.
 
     Accordingly, subject to and effective upon acceptance for exchange of the
Rule 144A ADSs tendered herewith in accordance with the terms and conditions of
the Exchange Offer, the Holder hereby sells, assigns and transfers to the Rule
144A Depositary all right, title and interest in and to all of the Rule 144A
ADSs that are being tendered for exchange hereby, and hereby irrevocably
constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent the true and lawful agent and
attorney-in-fact of the Holder with respect to such Rule 144A ADSs, with full
power of substitution (such power of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable
power coupled with an interest), subject only to the right of withdrawal
described in the Prospectus, to (i) transfer ownership of such Rule 144A ADSs to
the Rule 144A Depositary concurrently with the receipt by the Exchange Agent, as
the Holder's agent, of the consideration therefor pursuant to the Exchange
Offer, (ii) present such Rule 144A ADSs for registration and transfer on the
books of the Rule 144A Depositary and (iii) receive all benefits and otherwise
exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such Rule 144A ADSs.
 
     THE HOLDER HEREBY REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT THE HOLDER HAS FULL POWER
AND AUTHORITY TO TENDER, EXCHANGE, SELL, ASSIGN AND TRANSFER THE RULE 144A ADSs
TENDERED HEREBY AND TO ACQUIRE THE ADSs ISSUABLE UPON THE EXCHANGE OF SUCH
TENDERED RULE 144A ADSs, THAT THE RULE 144A DEPOSITARY WILL ACQUIRE GOOD AND
UNENCUMBERED TITLE TO SUCH RULE 144A ADSs FREE AND CLEAR OF ALL LIENS,
RESTRICTIONS, CHARGES AND ENCUMBRANCES, AND THAT THE RULE 144A ADSs TENDERED
HEREBY ARE NOT SUBJECT TO ANY ADVERSE CLAIM OR PROXIES. THE HOLDER WILL, UPON
REQUEST, EXECUTE AND DELIVER ANY ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS DEEMED BY THE COMPANY OR
THE EXCHANGE AGENT TO BE NECESSARY OR DESIRABLE TO COMPLETE THE EXCHANGE, SALE,
ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER OF THE RULE 144A ADSs TENDERED HEREBY.
 
     All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter of
Transmittal shall survive the death or incapacity of the Holder and any
obligation of the Holder hereunder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal
representatives, successors and assigns of the Holder. Except as stated in the
Prospectus, this tender is irrevocable.
 
     A tender of Rule 144A ADSs pursuant to the procedures described in the
Prospectus and in the instructions hereto will constitute the Holder's
acceptance of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer and upon the
Company's acceptance of such Rule 144A ADSs for exchange will constitute a
binding agreement between the tendering Holder of Rule 144A ADSs and the Company
upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer. The Holder
recognizes that, under certain circumstances set forth in the Prospectus, the
Company may not be required to accept any of the Rule 144A ADSs tendered for
exchange hereby. Unless otherwise indicated, the Holder hereby directs that the
ADRs evidencing ADSs be issued in the name of the Holder. The Holder understands
that any Rule 144A ADSs not exchanged will be returned to such Holder by
crediting the account maintained by DTC in the name of such Holder. Unless
otherwise indicated by checking box No. 2 above, the Holder hereby directs that
ADRs representing ADSs be recorded
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   4
 
in records maintained by (i) DTC or its nominee or (ii) institutions that have
accounts with DTC (each, an "Eligible Institution").
 
     By tendering Rule 144A ADSs and executing this Letter of Transmittal, the
Holder hereby acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being made in reliance
upon interpretations issued to third parties by the staff of the SEC that the
ADSs issued in exchange for the Rule 144A ADSs pursuant to the Exchange Offer
may be offered for sale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof
(other than any such holder that is an "affiliate" or "promoter" of the Company
within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) without compliance with
the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act,
provided that such ADSs are acquired in the ordinary course of such Holder's
business and such Holder has no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in the distribution of such ADSs. If the undersigned is not a
broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does
not intend to engage in, a distribution of the ADSs. If the undersigned is a
broker-dealer that will receive ADSs for its own account in exchange for Rule
144A ADS, the undersigned represents that such Rule 144A ADSs were acquired as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and not acquired
in the Prior Offerings for resale pursuant to Rule 144A or another available
exemption under the Securities Act, and, if so, acknowledges that it will
deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such ADSs; however, by so
acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed
to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
 
     The undersigned represents that (i) the ADSs acquired pursuant to the
Exchange Offer are being obtained in the ordinary course of such Holder's
business, (ii) is not participating in and has no arrangement or understanding
with any person to participate in the distribution of such ADSs, (iii) is not a
broker-dealer that purchased the Rule 144A ADSs in the Prior Offerings for
resale pursuant to Rule 144A or another available exemption under the Securities
Act and (iv) such Holder is not an "affiliate" or "promoter," as defined under
Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company or, if such Holder is an
affiliate or a promoter, that such Holder will comply with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable.
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   5
 
                                HOLDER SIGN HERE
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          (SIGNATURE(S) OF HOLDER(S))
 
Dated
- ------------------------ , 199  Holder's Telephone Number
                                            ------------------------------------
 
(Must be signed by Holder(s) exactly as name(s) appear(s) on the Rule 144A
ADR(s). If signature is by an attorney, executor, administrator, trustee,
guardian or others acting in a fiduciary capacity, please set forth full title
and see Instruction 2.)
 
Signature(s) Guaranteed (See Instruction 2):
                       ---------------------------------------------------------
 
Name and address of member of Medallion
Signature Guarantee Program:
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              FIRM -- PLEASE PRINT
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      DATE
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   6
 
                         SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
 (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 2 AND 3 -- ANY HOLDER WHO COMPLETES THIS BOX MUST ALSO CHECK
    BOX NO. 2 ABOVE AND MUST ALSO HAVE ITS SIGNATURE GUARANTEED AS DESCRIBED
                               IN INSTRUCTION 2)
 
   TO BE COMPLETED ONLY IF CERTIFICATED ADRS REPRESENTING ADSS ARE TO BE SENT
            TO THE HOLDER AT AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN THAT SHOWN ABOVE.
 
                                 MAIL ADRS TO:
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             (NAME -- PLEASE PRINT)
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   (ADDRESS)
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               (INCLUDE ZIP CODE)
 
     UNLESS THE FOREGOING BOX IS COMPLETED AND BOX NO. 2 ABOVE IS CHECKED, ADRS
REPRESENTING ADSS TO BE EXCHANGED FOR VALIDLY TENDERED RULE 144A ADSS WILL BE
CREDITED TO THE DTC ACCOUNT NUMBERS SET FORTH ABOVE.
 
                         NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
                              (SEE INSTRUCTION 1)
 
     To be completed ONLY if book-entry transfer of a Holder's Rule 144A ADSs
may not be effected prior to the Expiration Date.
 
     The undersigned commercial bank (not a savings bank or a savings and loan
association) or trust company having an office or correspondent in the City of
New York or a firm that is a member of a national securities exchange, by
executing below (i) represents and warrants that it is the type of institution
indicated, (ii) guarantees that notations of transfer on the books of DTC have
been confirmed and (iii) guarantees that it will effect delivery of such
confirmation to the Exchange Agent prior to 12:00 Midnight, New York City time,
on July 23, 1998. Delivery of ADRs evidencing ADSs will not be made until such
confirmation has been received by the Exchange Agent.
 
Name and Address of Commercial Bank, Trust Company or Member Firm:
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Delivery Guaranteed:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Date:
- ------------------------------------, 199
 
                                         By:
                                         ------------------------------------
 
                                         Title:
                                         ------------------------------------
                                        6
<PAGE>   7
 
                                  INSTRUCTIONS
 
                    FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                             OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
 
     1.  DELIVERY OF LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND TRANSFER OF RULE 144A ADSs.  In
order to participate in the Exchange Offer and receive the ADSs, a holder must
properly complete and duly execute the Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile
thereof) and mail or deliver it, and any other required documents, to the
Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent must also receive a timely confirmation of a
book-entry transfer of a Holder's Rule 144A ADSs into the Exchange Agent's
account at DTC as described in the Prospectus. The Exchange Agent must receive
the foregoing documents and instruments on or prior to the Expiration Date.
Delivery of documents to DTC does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.
 
     All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt) and acceptability of Rule 144A ADSs tendered will be determined by the
Company in its sole discretion, and such determinations will be final and
binding. The Company reserves the right to reject any tender determined not to
be in proper form or otherwise not valid or the acceptance for exchange of which
may, in the opinion of the Company's counsel, be unlawful. The Company's
interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including this
Letter of Transmittal and the instructions thereto) will also be final and
binding. Unless waived by the Company, irregularities and defects must be cured
by the Expiration Date. Neither the Company nor the Exchange Agent is under any
duty to give notification of irregularities or defects and shall not incur any
liability for failure to give any such notification. Tenders will not be deemed
to have been duly or validly made until such irregularities or defects have been
cured or waived. In the event any tender is not properly made, such Rule 144A
ADSs not accepted will be credited to the account maintained within DTC by the
participant in DTC tendering the Rule 144A ADSs promptly after the Expiration
Date.
 
     A Holder of Rule 144A ADSs may tender Rule 144A ADSs by (a) properly
completing and signing the Letter of Transmittal (or a facsimile thereof) and
any other required documents and delivering such documents to the Exchange Agent
on or prior to the Expiration Date, and (b) effecting the tender of Rule 144A
ADSs by book-entry transfer on or prior to the Expiration Date by crediting or
causing to be credited such Rule 144A ADSs to the account of the Exchange Agent
or requesting a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or other nominee to effect
the transaction on or prior to the Expiration Date. Unless otherwise indicated
on the properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal, beneficial
interests in ADRs evidencing ADSs to be issued in exchange for validly tendered
Rule 144A ADSs will be recorded in records maintained by DTC or its nominee or
institutions that have accounts at DTC.
 
     The method of delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and any other required
documents is at the election and risk of the tendering Holder and, except as
otherwise provided in this Instruction 1, the delivery will be deemed made only
when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, registered
mail, with return receipt requested, properly insured, is recommended.
 
     If a Holder desires to tender Rule 144A ADSs pursuant to the Exchange Offer
and time will not permit all of the above documents to reach the Exchange Agent
prior to the Expiration Date, or if such Holder cannot complete the procedure
for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, such tender may be effected provided
that the following conditions are satisfied:
 
          (a) such tenders are made by or through Eligible Institution;
 
          (b) a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed
     Delivery, in substantially the form provided herein, is received by the
     Exchange Agent as provided on or prior to the Expiration Date (transmittal
     may be by facsimile);
 
          (c) confirmation of book-entry transfer of such Rule 144A ADSs into
     the Exchange Agent's account at DTC as described above, together with a
     properly completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal and all other
     documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, are received by the
     Exchange Agent within five trading days of the New York Stock Exchange
     after the date of execution of such Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   8
 
     No alternative, conditional or contingent tenders will be accepted. All
tendering holders, by execution of this Letter of Transmittal or facsimile
hereof, waive any rights to receive any notice of the acceptance of their
tender.
 
     2.  SIGNATURES ON LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.  This Letter of Transmittal must
be signed by the Holder of the Rule 144A ADSs tendered hereby as shown on the
records of DTC as of the date of the Prospectus and the signature must
correspond exactly with the name of such Holder as indicated on the registry
maintained by DTC without alteration or any change whatsoever.
 
     If the Rule 144A ADSs hereby tendered are owned of record by two or more
joint owners, all such owners must sign this Letter of Transmittal.
 
     If any tendered Rule 144A ADSs are registered in different names on the
registry maintained by DTC it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as
many separate Letters of Transmittal as there are different registrations of
Rule 144A ADSs.
 
     If this Letter of Transmittal is signed by trustees, executors,
administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others
acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so
indicate when signing, and proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their
authority to so act must be submitted.
 
     If ADRs are to be delivered or ADSs are to be credited to an address other
than that of the Holder appearing on the transfer books of the Rule 144A
Depositary, or those of DTC, or if ADRs are to be delivered or ADSs are to be
credited, to an account in a different name than so appears on such transfer
books, or if any signature authorizing tender of Rule 144A ADSs is not in the
exact name that so appears on such transfer books, such signature must be
guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution which is a member of a Medallion
Signature Guarantee Program.
 
     3.  DELIVERY OF ADSS.  Delivery of ADSs will be made promptly after the
acceptance for exchange of Rule 144A ADSs validly tendered therefor. ADRs
evidencing ADSs will be recorded in records maintained by (i) DTC or its nominee
or (ii) institutions which have accounts at DTC or, at the request of such
Holder(s), certificated ADRs will be mailed by the Exchange Agent promptly after
the acceptance of the tendered Rule 144A ADSs.
 
     4.  SECURITY TRANSFER TAXES.  The Company will pay all security transfer
taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of Rule 144A ADSs tendered and
accepted pursuant to the Exchange Offer except that, if delivery of ADSs in
exchange for surrendered Rule 144A ADSs is to be made to a person other than the
registered holder(s) of the surrendered Rule 144A ADSs or if surrendered Rule
144A ADSs are registered in the name of any person other than the person(s)
signing this Letter of Transmittal, the Company will not be responsible for any
security transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder(s) or such
other person or otherwise) payable on account of the transfer to or from such
other person and the surrendered Rule 144A ADSs will not be accepted by the
Exchange Agent unless and until satisfactory evidence of the payment of all such
applicable security transfer taxes.
 
     5.  REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES.  Questions and requests for additional
copies of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal may be obtained from the
Exchange Agent at the addresses and telephone numbers set forth in the
Prospectus.
 
     6.  BACKUP FEDERAL INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING AND SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.  Under
the "backup withholding" provisions of Federal income tax law, the Exchange
Agent may be required to withhold 31% of the amount of any "reportable payments"
made to holders of Rule 144A ADSs pursuant to the Merger. To prevent backup
withholding, each holder should complete and sign the Substitute Form W-9
included in this Letter of Transmittal and either (a) provide the correct
taxpayer identification number ("TIN") and certify, under penalties of perjury,
that the TIN provided is correct (or that such holder is awaiting a TIN), and
that (i) the holder has not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service
("IRS") that the holder is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure
to report all interest or dividends, or (ii) the IRS has notified the holder
that the holder is no longer subject to backup withholding; or (b) provide an
adequate basis for
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   9
 
exemption. If the box in Part I (indicating that you do not have a TIN) of the
Substitute Form W-9 is checked, the Exchange Agent shall retain 31% of
reportable payments made to a holder during the sixty (60) day period following
the date of the Substitute Form W-9. If the holder furnishes the Exchange Agent
with his or her TIN within sixty (60) days of the date of the Substitute Form
W-9, the Exchange Agent shall remit such amounts retained during the sixty (60)
day period to the holder and no further amounts shall be retained or withheld
from payments made to the holder thereafter. If, however, the holder has not
provided the Exchange Agent with his or her TIN within such sixty (60) day
period, the Exchange Agent shall remit such previously retained amounts to the
IRS as backup withholding and shall withhold 31% of all reportable payments to
the holder thereafter until the holder furnishes a TIN to the Exchange Agent. In
general, if a holder is an individual, the TIN is the Social Security number of
such individual. If the certificates for Rule 144A ADSs are registered in more
than one name or are not in the name of the actual owner, consult the Guidelines
for Certification of Taxpayer Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 for
additional guidance on which number to report. If the Exchange Agent is not
provided with the correct TIN or an adequate basis for exemption, the holder may
be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by the IRS and backup withholding at a rate
of 31%. Certain holders (including, among others, all corporations and certain
foreign individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting
requirements. In order to satisfy the Exchange Agent that a foreign individual
qualifies as an exempt recipient, such holder must submit a statement
(generally, IRS Form W-8), signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that
individual's exempt status. A form for such statements can be obtained from the
Exchange Agent.
 
     For further information concerning backup withholding and instructions for
completing the Substitute Form W-9 (including how to obtain a TIN if you do not
have one and how to complete the Substitute Form W-9 if Stock is held in more
than one name), consult the Guidelines of the IRS for Certification of Taxpayer
Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9.
 
     Failure to complete the Substitute Form W-9 may require the Exchange Agent
to withhold 31% of the amount of any reportable payments made pursuant to the
Merger. Backup withholding is not an additional Federal income tax. Rather, the
Federal income tax liability of a person subject to backup withholding will be
reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment
of taxes, a refund may be obtained from the IRS (not from the Company or the
Exchange Agent).
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   10
 
                          PAYER: THE BANK OF NEW YORK
 
<TABLE>
<S>                      <C>                                           <C>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 Name (if joint names, list first and circle the name of the person or entity whose number you enter below)
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 Business Name (Sole proprietors see the instructions in the enclosed Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer
 Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9 (the "Guidelines"))
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Address
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 City, State and Zip Code
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
SUBSTITUTE                PART I -- Taxpayer Identification Number      --------------------------------------
FORM W-9                  Enter your taxpayer identification number in  Social Security Number
DEPARTMENT OF THE         the appropriate box. For individuals, this                                        
TREASURY                  is your social security number. For sole      OR----------------------------------
INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE  proprietors, see the instructions in the          Employer Identification
                          Guidelines. For other entities, it is your        Number
                          employer identification number.
                          [ ] If you do not have a number, check the
                          box here and see "Obtaining a Number" in the
                          Guidelines.
                          Note: If the account is in more than one
                          name, see the chart on page 1 of the
                          Guidelines on whose number to enter.
 
                         ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Request for Taxpayer
Identification Number     PART II -- If you are a Payee Exempt from Backup Withholding, see instructions in
and Certification         the Guidelines.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 CERTIFICATION -- Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:
 (1) The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number
     to be issued to me), and
 (2) I am not subject to backup withholding because (a) I am exempt from backup withholding or (b) I have not
     been notified by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") that I am subject to backup withholding as a result
     of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer
     subject to backup withholding.
 CERTIFICATION INSTRUCTIONS -- You must cross out item (2) above if you have been notified by the IRS that you
 are currently subject to backup withholding because of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax
 return.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 SIGNATURE                                                        DATE                            , 199
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP WITHHOLDING
      OF 31% OF CERTAIN PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU. PLEASE REVIEW THE GUIDELINES FOR
      ADDITIONAL DETAILS.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   11
 
            GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
                         NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
 
WHAT NAME AND NUMBER TO PROVIDE:
 
<TABLE>
<C>  <S>                       <C>
- -------------------------------------------------------
                               GIVE THE NAME AND
    FOR THIS TYPE OF ACCOUNT:  SOCIAL SECURITY
                               NUMBER OF --
- -------------------------------------------------------
 
 1.  Individual                The individual
 2.  Two or more individuals   The actual owner of the
     (joint account)           account or, if combined
                               funds, the first
                               individual on the
                               account(1)
 3.  Custodian account of a    The minor(2)
     minor (Uniform Gift to
     Minors Act)
 4.  (a) The usual revocable   The grantor-trustee(1)
         savings trust
         (grantor is also
         trustee)
     (b) So-called trust       The actual owner(1)
     account that is not a
         legal or valid trust
         under State law
 5.  Sole proprietorship       The owner(3)
     account
 
=======================================================
                               GIVE THE NAME AND
    FOR THIS TYPE OF ACCOUNT:  EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION
                               NUMBER OF --
- -------------------------------------------------------
 
 6.  Sole proprietorship       The owner(3)
 7.  A valid trust, estate,    Legal entity (Do not
     or pension trust          furnish the identifying
                               number of the personal
                               representative or
                               trustee unless the legal
                               entity itself is not
                               designated in the
                               account title.)(4)
 8.  Corporate                 The corporation
 9.  Association, club,        The organization
     religious, charitable,
     educational or other
     tax-exempt organization
10.  Partnership               The partnership
11.  A broker or registered    The broker or nominee
     nominee
12.  Account with the          The public entity
     Department of
     Agriculture in the name
     of a public entity (such
     as a State or local
     government, school
     district, or prison)
     that receives
     agricultural program
     payments
- -------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
(1) List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish.
(2) Circle the minor's name and furnish the minor's social security number.
(3) Show the individual's name. If you are a sole proprietor, you must furnish
    your individual name and either your Social Security number or your employer
    identification number. You may also enter your business name or "doing
    business as" name on the business name line. Enter your name(s) as shown on
    your social security card and/or as it was used to apply for your employer
    identification number on Form SS-4.
(4) List first and circle the name of the legal trust, estate, or pension trust.
 
NOTE: (i)  If no name is circled when there is more than one name, the number
           will be considered to be that of the first name listed.
      (ii)  If you are an individual, you must generally provide the name shown
            on your social security card. However, if you have changed your last
            name, for instance, due to marriage, without informing the Social
            Security Administration of the name change, please enter your first
            name, the last name shown on your social security card, and your new
            last name.
      (iii) For a joint account, only the person whose Taxpayer Identification
            Number is shown on Substitute Form W-9 should sign the form.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   12
 
            GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION
                         NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
 
OBTAINING A NUMBER:
If you do not have a taxpayer identification number, apply for one immediately.
To apply, obtain Form SS-5, Application for a Social Security Number Card (for
individuals), from your local office of the Social Security Administration, or
Form SS-4, Application for Employer Identification Number (for businesses and
all other entities), from your local office of the Internal Revenue Service.
 
PAYEES EXEMPT FROM BACKUP WITHHOLDING:
Payees that are generally exempt from backup withholding include the following:
  - A corporation.
  - A financial institution.
  - An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), or an individual
    retirement account or a custodial account under section 403(b)(7).
  - The United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof.
  - A State, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United States, or any
    subdivision or instrumentality thereof.
  - A foreign government, a political subdivision of a foreign government, or
    any agency or instrumentality thereof.
  - An international organization or any agency or instrumentality thereof.
  - A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in the United
    States or a possession of the United States.
  - A real estate investment trust.
  - A common trust fund operated by a bank under section 584(a).
  - An entity registered at all times under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
  - A foreign central bank of issue.
Exempt payees described above should file Substitute Form W-9 to avoid possible
erroneous backup withholding. Such payees should furnish their taxpayer
identification number, write "exempt" on the face of the form (Part II), and
sign and date the form.
 
EXEMPT FOREIGN PAYEES:
A payee that is a nonresident alien individual or foreign entity not subject to
backup withholding should complete and execute Form W-8, Certificate of Foreign
Status, and return the executed form with the Letter of Transmittal.
 
PENALTIES:
(1) FAILURE TO FURNISH TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. -- If you fail to furnish
your correct taxpayer identification number to a payor, you are subject to a
penalty of $50 for each such failure unless your failure is due to reasonable
cause and not to willful neglect.
(2) CIVIL PENALTY FOR FALSE INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO WITHHOLDING. -- If you
make a false statement with no reasonable basis that results in no backup
withholding, you are subject to a penalty of $500.
(3) CRIMINAL PENALTY FOR FALSIFYING INFORMATION. -- Willfully falsifying
certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal penalties including
fines and/or imprisonment.
(4) MISUSE OF TINS. -- If the requester discloses or uses TINs in violation of
Federal law, the requester may be subject to civil and criminal penalties.
 
PRIVACY ACT NOTICE. -- Section 6109 requires you to furnish your correct TIN to
persons who must file information returns with the IRS to report interest,
dividends, and certain other income paid to you, mortgage interest you paid, the
acquisition or abandonment of secured property, or contributions you made to an
IRA. The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes and to help verify the
accuracy of your tax return. You must provide your TIN whether or not you are
required to file a tax return. Payors must generally withhold 31% of taxable
interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not furnish a
TIN to a payor. Certain penalties may also apply.

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 99.2

                                                              June __, 1998

                                   FORM OF
                           EXCHANGE AGENT AGREEMENT


The Bank of New York
Corporate Trust Trustee Administration
101 Barclay Street - 21st Floor
New York, New York  10286

Ladies and Gentlemen:

                  SAP Aktiengesellschaft Systeme, Anwendungen, Produkte in der
Datenverarbeitung (the "Company") proposes to make an offer (the "Exchange
Offer") to exchange its American Depositary Shares previously issued under Rule
144A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Old Securities"), for its
American Depositary Shares (the "New Securities"). The terms and conditions of
the Exchange Offer as currently contemplated are set forth in a prospectus,
dated_____________, 1998 (the "Prospectus"), proposed to be distributed to all
record holders of the Old Securities. The Old Securities and the New Securities
are collectively referred to herein as the "Securities".

                  The Company hereby appoints The Bank of New York to act as
exchange agent (the "Exchange Agent") in connection with the Exchange Offer.
References hereinafter to "you" shall refer to The Bank of New York.

                  The Exchange Offer is expected to be commenced by the Company
on or about July __, 1998. The Letter of Transmittal accompanying the Prospectus
is to be used by the holders of the Old Securities to accept the Exchange Offer,
and contains instructions with respect to the delivery of certificates for Old
Securities tendered.

                  The Exchange Offer shall expire at 12:00 Midnight, New York
City time, on July __, 1998 or on such later date or time to which the Company
may extend the Exchange Offer (the "Expiration Date"). Subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in the Prospectus, the Company expressly reserves the right
to extend the Exchange Offer from time to time and may extend the Exchange Offer
by giving oral (confirmed in writing) or written notice to you before 9:00 A.M.,
New York City time, on the business day following the previously scheduled
Expiration Date.

                  The Company expressly reserves the right to amend or terminate
the Exchange Offer, and not to accept for exchange any Old Securities not
theretofore accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions
of the Exchange Offer specified in the Prospectus.
<PAGE>   2
The Company will give oral (confirmed in writing) or written notice of any
amendment, termination or nonacceptance to you as promptly as practicable.

                  In carrying out your duties as Exchange Agent, you are to act
in accordance with the following instructions:

                  1. You will perform such duties and only such duties as are
specifically set forth in the Prospectus, the Letter of Transmittal and as
specifically set forth herein; provided, however, that in no way will your
general duty to act in good faith be discharged by the foregoing.

                  2. You will establish an account with respect to the Old
Securities at The Depository Trust Company (the "Book-Entry Transfer Facility")
for purposes of the Exchange offer within two business days after the date of
the Prospectus, and any financial institution that is a participant in the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility's systems may make book-entry delivery of the Old
Securities by causing the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to transfer such Old
Securities into your account in accordance with the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility's procedure for such transfer.

                  3. You are to examine each of the Letters of Transmittal and
certificates for Old Securities (or confirmation of book-entry transfer into
your account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility) and any other documents
delivered or mailed to you by or for holders of the Old Securities to ascertain
whether: (i) the Letters of Transmittal and any such other documents are duly
executed and properly completed in accordance with instructions set forth
therein and (ii) the Old Securities have otherwise been properly tendered. In
each case where the Letter of Transmittal or any other document has been
improperly completed or executed or any of the certificates for Old Securities
are not in proper form for transfer or some other irregularity in connection
with the acceptance of the Exchange Offer exists, you will endeavor to inform
the presenters of the need for fulfillment of all requirements and to take any
other action as may be necessary or advisable to cause such irregularity to be
corrected.

                  4. With the approval of Dieter Matheis, Chief Financial
Officer of the Company, or Michael Junge, General Counsel of the Company (such
approval, if given orally, to be confirmed in writing), or any other party
designated by such persons in writing, you are authorized to waive any
irregularities in connection with any tender of Old Securities pursuant to the
Exchange Offer.

                  5. Tenders of Old Securities may be made only as set forth in
the Letter of Transmittal and in the Prospectus and Old Securities shall be
considered properly tendered to you only when tendered in accordance with the
procedures set forth therein.

         Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph 5, Old Securities
which Dieter Matheis, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, or Michael Junge,
General Counsel of the


                                        2
<PAGE>   3
Company, shall approve as having been properly tendered shall be considered to
be properly tendered (such approval, if given orally, shall be confirmed in
writing).

                  6. You shall advise the Company with respect to any Old
Securities received subsequent to the Expiration Date and accept its
instructions with respect to disposition of such Old Securities.

                  7. You shall accept tenders:

                  (a) in cases where the Old Securities are registered in two or
more names only if signed by all named holders;

                  (b) in cases where the signing person (as indicated on the
Letter of Transmittal) is acting in a fiduciary or a representative capacity
only when proper evidence of his or her authority so to act is submitted; and

                  (c) from persons other than the registered holder of Old
Securities provided that customary transfer requirements, including any
applicable transfer taxes, are fulfilled.

                  You shall accept partial tenders of Old Securities where so
indicated and as permitted in the Letter of Transmittal and deliver certificates
for Old Securities to the transfer agent for split-up and return any untendered
Old Securities to the holder (or such other person as may be designated in the
Letter of Transmittal) as promptly as practicable after expiration or
termination of the Exchange Offer.

                  8. Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the
Exchange Offer, the Company will notify you (such notice if given orally, to be
confirmed in writing) of its acceptance, promptly after the Expiration Date, of
all Old Securities properly tendered and you, on behalf of the Company, will
exchange such Old Securities for New Securities and cause such Old Securities to
be cancelled. Delivery of New Securities will be made on behalf of the Company
by you at the rate of four New Securities for each corresponding Old Security
tendered promptly after notice (such notice if given orally, to be confirmed in
writing) of acceptance of said Old Securities by the Company; provided, however,
that in all cases, Old Securities tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer will
be exchanged only after timely receipt by you of certificates for such Old
Securities (or confirmation of book-entry transfer into your account at the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility), a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
Transmittal (or facsimile thereof) with any required signatures guarantees and
any other required documents.

                  9. Tenders pursuant to the Exchange Offer are irrevocable,
except that, subject to the terms and upon the conditions set forth in the
Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal, Old Securities tendered pursuant to
the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time prior to the Expiration Date.



                                        3
<PAGE>   4
                  10. The Company shall not be required to exchange any Old
Securities tendered if any of the conditions set forth in the Exchange Offer are
not met. Notice of any decision by the Company not to exchange any Old
Securities tendered shall be given (and confirmed in writing) by the Company to
you.

                  11. If, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the Company does not
accept for exchange all or part of the Old Securities tendered because of an
invalid tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth in the
Prospectus or otherwise, you shall as soon as practicable after the expiration
or termination of the Exchange Offer return those certificates for unaccepted
Old Securities (or effect appropriate book-entry transfer), together with any
related required documents and the Letters of Transmittal relating thereto that
are in your possession, to the persons who deposited them.

                  12. All certificates for reissued Old Securities, unaccepted
Old Securities or for New Securities shall be forwarded by (a) first-class
certified mail, return receipt requested under a blanket surety bond protecting
you and the Company from loss or liability arising out of the non-receipt or
non-delivery of such certificates or (b) by registered mail insured separately
for the replacement value of each of such certificates.

                  13. You are not authorized to pay or offer to pay any
concessions, commissions or solicitation fees to any broker, dealer, bank or
other persons or to engage or utilize any person to solicit tenders.

                  14. As Exchange Agent hereunder you:

                  (a) shall have no duties or obligations other than those
specifically set forth herein or as may be subsequently agreed to in writing by
you and the Company;

                  (b) will be regarded as making no representations and having
no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any
of the certificates or the Old Securities represented thereby deposited with you
pursuant to the Exchange Offer, and will not be required to and will make no
representation as to the validity, value or genuineness of the Exchange Offer;

                  (c) shall not be obligated to take any legal action hereunder
which might in your reasonable judgment involve any expense or liability, unless
you shall have been furnished with reasonable indemnity;

                  (d) may reasonably rely on and shall be protected in acting in
reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telegram or
other document or security delivered to you and reasonably believed by you to be
genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties;



                                        4
<PAGE>   5
                  (e) may reasonably act upon any tender, statement, request,
comment, agreement or other instrument whatsoever not only as to its due
execution and validity and effectiveness of its provisions, but also as to the
truth and accuracy of any information contained therein, which you shall in good
faith believe to be genuine or to have been signed or represented by a proper
person or persons;

                  (f) may rely on and shall be protected in acting upon written
or oral instructions from any officer of the Company listed in paragraph 4;

                  (g) may consult with your counsel with respect to any
questions relating to your duties and responsibilities and the advice or opinion
of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in
respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by you hereunder in
good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel; and

                  (h) shall not advise any person tendering Old Securities
pursuant to the Exchange Offer as to the wisdom of making such tender or as to
the market value or decline or appreciation in market value of any Old
Securities.

                  15. You shall take such action as may from time to time be
requested by the Company or its counsel (and such other action as you may
reasonably deem appropriate) to furnish copies of the Prospectus, Letter of
Transmittal and the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (as defined in the Letter of
Transmittal) or such other forms as may be approved from time to time by the
Company, to all persons requesting such documents and to accept and comply with
telephone requests for information relating to the Exchange Offer, provided that
such information shall relate only to the procedures for accepting (or
withdrawing from) the Exchange Offer. The Company will furnish you with copies
of such documents at your request. All other requests for information relating
to the Exchange Offer shall be directed to the Company, Attention: Michael
Junge, General Counsel, with a copy thereof sent to Peter Solmssen, Morgan,
Lewis & Bockius, 2000 One Logan Square, Philadelphia, PA 19103-6993.

                  16. You shall advise by facsimile transmission or telephone,
and promptly thereafter confirm in writing to Michael Junge, General Counsel, of
the Company, and such other person or persons as the Company may request, daily
(and more frequently during the week immediately preceding the Expiration Date
and if otherwise requested) up to and including the Expiration Date, as to the
number of Old Securities which have been tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer
and the items received by you pursuant to this Agreement, separately reporting
and giving cumulative totals as to items properly received and items improperly
received. In addition, you will also inform, and cooperate in making available
to, the Company or any such other person or persons upon oral request made from
time to time prior to the Expiration Date of such other information as it or he
or she reasonably requests. Such cooperation shall include, without limitation,
the granting by you to the Company and such person as the Company may request of
access to those persons on your staff who are responsible for receiving tenders,
in


                                        5
<PAGE>   6
order to ensure that immediately prior to the Expiration Date the Company shall
have received information in sufficient detail to enable it to decide whether to
extend the Exchange Offer. You shall prepare a final list of all persons whose
tenders were accepted, the amount of Old Securities tendered, the amount of Old
Securities accepted and deliver said list to the Company.

                  17. Letters of Transmittal and Notices of Guaranteed Delivery
shall be stamped by you as to the date and the time of receipt thereof and shall
be preserved by you for a period of time at least equal to the period of time
you preserve other records pertaining to the transfer of securities. You shall
dispose of unused Letters of Transmittal and other surplus materials by
returning them to the Company.

                  18. You hereby expressly waive any lien, encumbrance or right
of set-off whatsoever that you may have with respect to funds deposited with you
for the payment of transfer taxes by reasons of amounts, if any, borrowed by the
Company, or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates pursuant to any loan or credit
agreement with you or for compensation owed to you hereunder.

                  19. For services rendered as Exchange Agent hereunder, you
shall be entitled to such compensation payable by the Company as agreed by the
Company and you in a separate written agreement.

                  20. You hereby acknowledge receipt of the Prospectus and the
Letter of Transmittal and further acknowledge that you have examined each of
them. Any inconsistency between this Agreement, on the one hand, and the
Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal (as they may be amended from time to
time), on the other hand, shall be resolved in favor of the latter two
documents, except with respect to the duties, liabilities and indemnification of
you as Exchange Agent, which shall be controlled by this Agreement.

                  21. The Company covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold you
harmless in your capacity as Exchange Agent hereunder against any loss,
liability, cost or expense, including attorneys' fees and expenses, arising out
of or in connection with any act, omission, delay or refusal made by you in
reliance upon any signature, endorsement, assignment, certificate, order,
request, notice, instruction or other instrument or document reasonably believed
by you to be valid, genuine and sufficient and in accepting any tender or
effecting any transfer of Old Securities reasonably believed by you in good
faith to be authorized, and in delaying or refusing in good faith to accept any
tenders or effect any transfer of Old Securities; provided, however, that the
Company shall not be liable for indemnification or otherwise for any loss,
liability, cost or expense to the extent arising out of your gross negligence or
willful misconduct. In no case shall the Company be liable under this indemnity
with respect to any claim against you unless the Company shall be notified by
you, by letter or cable or by facsimile confirmed by letter, of the written
assertion of a claim against you or of any other action commenced against you,
promptly after you shall have received any such written assertion or notice of
commencement of action. The Company shall be entitled to participate at its own


                                        6
<PAGE>   7
expense in the defense of any such claim or other action, and, if the Company so
elects, the Company shall assume the defense of any suit brought to enforce any
such claim. In the event that the Company shall assume the defense of any such
suit, the Company shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of any
additional counsel thereafter retained by you so long as the Company shall
retain counsel satisfactory to you to defend such suit.

                  22. You shall arrange to comply with all requirements under
the tax laws of the United States, including those relating to missing Tax
Identification Numbers, and shall file any appropriate reports with the Internal
Revenue Service. The Company understands that you are required to deduct 31% on
"reportable payments" to holders who have not supplied their correct Taxpayer
Identification Number or required certification. Such funds will be turned over
to the Internal Revenue Service in accordance with applicable regulations.

                  23. You shall deliver or cause to be delivered, in a timely
manner to each governmental authority to which any transfer taxes are payable in
respect of the exchange of Old Securities, your check in the amount of all
transfer taxes so payable, and the Company shall reimburse you for the amount of
any and all transfer taxes payable in respect of the exchange of Old Securities;
provided, however, that you shall reimburse the Company for amounts refunded to
you in respect of your payment of any such transfer taxes, at such time as such
refund is received by you.

                  24. This Agreement and your appointment as Exchange Agent
hereunder shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the
State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely
within such state, and without regard to conflicts of law principles, and shall
inure to the benefit of, and the obligations created hereby shall be binding
upon, the successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto.

                  25. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which
taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

                  26. In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

                  27. This Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be
modified, amended, rescinded, cancelled or waived, in whole or in part, except
by a written instrument signed by a duly authorized representative of the party
to be charged. This Agreement may not be modified orally.

                  28. Unless otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests
and other communications to any party hereunder shall be in writing (including
facsimile or similar


                                        7
<PAGE>   8
writing) and shall be given to such party, addressed to it, at its address or
telecopy number set forth below:

                  If to the Company:

                           SAP AG
                           Neurottstrasse 16
                           69190 Walldorf
                           Federal Republic of Germany

                           Facsimile:  011 49 6227 74 2060
                           Attention:  Michael Junge, General Counsel

                  with a copy to:

                           Morgan, Lewis & Bockius, LLP
                           2000 One Logan Square
                           Philadelphia, PA  19103-6993

                           Facsimile: 212-963-5299
                           Attention: Peter Solmssen, Esq.

                  If to the Exchange Agent:

                           The Bank of New York
                           101 Barclay Street
                           Floor 21 West
                           New York, New York  10286

                           Facsimile:  (212) 815-5915
                           Attention:  Corporate Trust Trustee
                                 Administration

                  29. Unless terminated earlier by the parties hereto, this
Agreement shall terminate 90 days following the Expiration Date. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, Paragraphs 19, 21 and 23 shall survive the termination of this
Agreement. Upon any termination of this Agreement, you shall promptly deliver to
the Company any certificates for Securities, funds or property then held by you
as Exchange Agent under this Agreement.

                  30. This Agreement shall be binding and effective as of the
date hereof.





                                        8
<PAGE>   9
                  Please acknowledge receipt of this Agreement and confirm the
arrangements herein provided by signing and returning the enclosed copy.



                                                 SAP Atkiengesellschaft Systeme,
                                                 Anwendungen, Produkte in der
                                                 Datenverarbeitung


                                                 By: ________________________
                                                        Name:
                                                        Title:


                                                 By: ________________________
                                                        Name:
                                                        Title:






Accepted as the date
first above written:

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Exchange Agent



By: ________________________
       Name:
       Title:



                                        9
<PAGE>   10
                                   SCHEDULE I

                                      FEES











                                       10


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission